Home

Skkynet VINE™ User Manual

Contents

1. Selected Point Trisngle yes te ABU ha eatin yates eevee eee 9 99999999999999E 02 Enter new a value Oct OF Izaia 0a jaa Sine be Oct 4 122643109 Good O L545059499 722 Squere Oct 4 Iza Good 0 5 ct OF 12 2604s 109 9 Ss El Microsoft Excel Booki iz led SRS Tare ter Tye vein iee 8 X pid Sa Sa d am a d aed gdl Ta opty wath ihar Ba ihe datahub DataSimiR amp A ae ct D ET Fog 1 Ramp 1 ot F 2 Sine 0 154569 J Square 0 5 4 Triangle 0 1 5 You should see the data updating in the cells SG You can drag and drop point names timestamps and other attributes of a point using the Property dropdown list Please refer to Drag and Drop Style and Property in the Data Browser section for more details Drag and drop an array into Excel Here is how you can take a single point in VINE whose value is an array and have each value in the array occupy a unique cell in Excel To demonstrate this we are going to first combine the two procedures shown above to create an array in VINE Make an array 1 Select a range in Excel such as created in Drag and drop a group of points into Excel above and in the name box at the top left corner enter the name FirstRange 29 Chapter 3 Excel Connections a a E R FirstRange 2 Inthe Skkynet VINE Properties Window select the DDE option and make sure the Act as DDE client box is checked Then click the Add button
2. If you need to send data continually from Excel to Skkynet VINE you may run into problems using DDEInitiate and DDEPoke When you open a DDE channel using the DDEInitiate statement and follow it with several DDEPoke statements there is a chance that the DDE channel may fail after some time For this reason if you need to keep a DDE channel open for an extended period of time we suggest that you attempt to deal with DDE errors within the macro 3 3 Working with Ranges Skkynet VINE can send and receive the data contained in an entire range of an Excel spreadsheets This data is treated as an array a two dimensional range of cells as rows and columns The array can be as big as necessary within point size limits or as small as a single cell at least one row and one column Data Format Excel transmits array data as a tab and newline delimited text string of values Each value in a row is separated by a tab and each row is separated by a newline character The string does not contain any information concerning the source range of the array within the spreadsheet 3 3 1 Getting a Range out of Excel There are two methods of transmitting a range or array data from Excel to Skkynet VINE These exactly match the mechanisms used for individual point data DDEPoke and DDEAdvise Using DDEPoke with a Macro A DDEPoke command can be issued by Excel to send data to Skkynet VINE based on a trigger within Excel For this to work Skkynet V
3. Process running ny Email notification For example by monitoring process ID you could determine whether a particular process is running or not Any information accessed here becomes part of VINE s data set and can thus be tunneled across the network used in scripts or as email triggers viewed in a spreadsheet or stored in a database Remote systems Monitoring station i Network amp Internet DIS gz ay 9 2 Configuring the System Monitor 1 With Skkynet VINE running right click on the VINE system tray icon and choose Properties O Sys Monitor 2 Inthe Properties window select System Monitor system Monitor Configuration Enable system monitoring Data Domain Update Rate 1000000 When a parameter is invalid Set value to Set quality to led M Point Mames Flat no tree hierarchy Remove parentheses ti Remove spaces Remove o sign Remove Moankoared eveken naramcoberc To enable system monitoring check the Enable system monitoring box and edit the configuration options as desired 84 3 Chapter 9 System Monitor Data Domain The name of any VINE data domain The values retrieved from the system will be shown as points in this data domain Update Rate The frequency that the system is polled and all selected points are updated The minimum polling time is 100 ms so the value entered here cannot be less than 100 A high update
4. Time Sine Quality Square ka zm gt Insert Point 97 Chapter 10 Email and SMS Message Type e Plain Text Message sends the text of the message as written in the source file or entered in this interface Data point values will be assigned at the time the message is sent HTML Message sends the source file or entry in this interface as an HTML file Data point values will be assigned at the time the message is sent Recipients This can be a single email address or a list of email addresses where each address is separated by a comma Addresses can be in either of these two forms e username datadomain com e User Name lt username datadomain com gt It is also possible to create a dynamic list of recipients as explained in Section 10 9 Dynamically Changing Email Subjects and Recipients Message Content e Subject Enter the subject of the message e Body You can use a message from a file or compose one in the editing box e Use this file lets you insert the name of a file that you want to send as the text of your email This is not an attachment but rather the body of your message Press the button to browse for the file you need To see some HTML file examples please refer to Section 10 8 HTML Message Examples Use the following text lets you write and edit the body of your message To insert the name value timestamp or quality of the point in the point picke
5. You can use the Reconnect button to reconnect and the Pause button to freeze all data generation Press the Show button to view and change some of the data parameters 183 Chapter 16 Other Windows and Programs Ay OataSim Connection Parameters Hast Service Status localhost 4502 Connected Lier Hame Password k r Nar m Configurable Options Waveform Parameters Ampitude 1 Offset Frequency 0 1 He Update Frequency Domain Datasim 2 Hz Send data changes as binary Defaultis ASCII x85 CPU only Data Generabon lw 0 0000 a1 3000 1 0000 0 0000 Configurable Options The following options can be set in DataSim and sent to Skkynet VINE All of the numeric options have a corresponding point in VINE that contains the value Thus these values can be set from within the Data Browser by selecting the point name and entering a new value for it Waveform Parameters Amplitude The height of the wave forms VINE Point name Amplitude Offset An offset from zero of the generated data and thus the wave form VINE Point name Ofset Frequency The frequency of the wave form VINE Point name Frequency Data Domain The Skkynet VINE data domain name for the data points Any entry in this box changes the connection Status to IDLE You must press the Reconnect button to reestablish the connection Update Frequency The number of times per second that data changes and is sent to Skk
6. indicating that the condition has succeeded and the action should proceed If the value is 0 then simply return nil indicating that the action should not proceed We need to test for zero because when we reset the trigger point to zero a second data change event will occur The argument is unevaluated so the condition should look like this i HighWithReset default TriggerPoint nil ay function HighWithReset triggerpoint local value if undefined_p value eval triggerpoint amp amp value 0 after 0 001 setq triggerpoint 0 t else haw This is the inverse of HighWithReset see above If the trigger point is zero perform the action and set the trigger point to 1 If the trigger point is non zero do nothing and return nil a function LowWithSet triggerpoint local value if undefined_p value eval triggerpoint amp amp value 0 103 Chapter 10 Email and SMS after 0 001 setg triggerpoint 1 t 10 7 Configured Actions A configured action will cause a given email to be sent based on a trigger and optional conditions It is the end result of your configuration activities in this interface The Configured Actions list shows the actions you have configured and allows you to create modify or remove actions as well as turn them on or off Configured Actions On Type Subject Recipients Trigger Condition text This is atest test
7. Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command lets you show or hide the system try icon 342 show_properties show_properties displays the Properties window Syntax show_properties 0 1 Arguments O 1 Use 1 to display the Properties window or 0 to hide it Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command shows or hides the Properties window 343 show_script_log show_script_log displays the Script Log Syntax show_script_log 0 1 Arguments O 1 Use 1 to display the Script Log or 0 to hide it Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command shows or hides the Script Log 344 subassembly subassembly creates a subassembly Syntax subassembly domain assemblyname subassemblyname instancename Arguments domain The name of the domain in which this subassembly will be created assemblyname The name of the parent assembly subassemblyname The name for this subassembly instancename The instance name for this instance of the subassembly Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command creates a subassembly level of a data organization Unlike assemblies each subassembly is
8. The total number of seconds that the chart will span Update ms The update rate for the trend in milliseconds Major Tick s The time interval between major tick marks in seconds Minor Tick s The time interval between minor tick marks in seconds Y Axis The Y axis displays the value coordinate Label Any text string displays at the far left of the chart 151 Chapter 15 Properties Window Minimum The minimum value to include in the chart Maximum The maximum value to include in the chart Major Tick The value between major tick marks Minor Tick The value between minor tick marks 15 6 Database f database E datbose The Database option lets you configure VINE for writing data or making queries to any ODBC compliant database Database Configuration Write to a Database ODBC Enable logging to ODBC database Reconnection delay fs Maximum transaction queue 100 Show diagnostics in the script log Write to a Database ODBC Enable logging to ODBC database Globally enables or disables all ODBC logging activity Reconnection delay s Specifies the number of seconds before a reconnect is attempted if the ODBC connection is broken Maximum transaction queue VINE maintains an in memory queue of pending operations This queue helps to avoid writing to disk during busy periods or during short database or network outages You can modify the depth of this queue to re
9. _ Send dete changes ec np ea ie C ade CPU prk Cots Carer FINN Elsk EITI Ejler Briefly you can change the Configurable Options and click the Apply Changes button to apply them The Waveform Parameters and Update Frequency are all points in Skkynet VINE and the corresponding points change their values in the Data Browser as you make the changes Changing the Data Domain from DataSim will yield no results until custom data domains are configured for VINE If you shut down DataSim its points will still appear in VINE until it is shut down and restarted Please refer to Section 13 1 Data Points for more information on creating and deleting points Now you are ready to start using VINE 2 3 Test with Excel To test Skkynet VINE by putting live data into Excel follow these steps 1 Right click on the Skkynet VINE system tray icon and choose Properties M 2 Inthe Properties window select DDE gio 15 Chapter 2 Getting Started DDE Server 4ct as a DDE server listening on these services Register these DDE services DDE Service Mame datahub Edit Remove Ensure that the box Act as a DDE server is checked and that the name vine appears in the DDE Service Name area If not click the Add button and add the name vine Click OK to close the Properties window Right click on the Skkynet VINE system tray icon and choose View Data from the pop up menu to open the Data Browser Start DataSi
10. name The name of the point Returns The complete point definition in a message with this syntax point name type value conf security locked seconds nanoseconds flags quality where name The name of the point type The data type of the point one of integer floating point or character string value The value of the point conf The confidence level of the point O 100 percent unused by most applications security The security level of the point O to 32768 where higher numbers represent higher security locked O for locked or 1 for unlocked seconds The operating system time in seconds when the point was read nanoseconds The number of nanoseconds after seconds when the point was read flags User defined flags Gualacy A constant representing a quality of the connection assigned by the VINE for this point such as Good Bad Last known Local override etc The possible values are those supported by OPC in Microsoft Windows Description This command creates a point and then reads the information it contains See also read 256 create create creates a new point Syntax create name 0 1 Arguments name The name of the point as a string O 1 Tells create what to do if a point already exists with that name Use 1 to ignore an existing point and do nothing Use 0 to have create throw an error If nothing is entered the default is 0 Returns A message i
11. 269 DDEUnadvisePattern DDEUnadvisePattern removes multiple items from a DDE connection Syntax DDEUnadvisePattern label pattern Arguments label A label identifying a connection as assigned by the DDEConnect command pattern A pattern that matches the DDE item names of the points you wish to stop advising on Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command undoes the DDEAdvise command for a group of points that match the pattern removing those items from a DDE connection The available patterns are as follows e matches any number of characters including zero e c matches a single character which is a member of the set contained within the square brackets c matches any single character which is not a member of the set contained within the square brackets e matches a single character e xx yy matches either of the simple strings contained within the braces e c a backslash followed by a character matches that character 270 DDEUnadvisePoint DDEUnadvisePoint removes an item from a DDE connection by its point name Syntax DDEUnadvisePoint label pointname Arguments label A label identifying a connection as assigned by theDDEConnect point The point name corresponding to the DDE item you wish to stop advising on Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax f
12. DDE client add remove edit enable 147 DDE Item Definition Window 147 DDE Properties 146 DDE server add remove enable 148 DDEAdvise 263 with drag and drop 19 DDEConnect 264 DDEDisconnect 265 DDEExcelUnicode 266 DDEInit 267 DDERequest in a macro 21 DDEService 268 DDEUnadvise 269 DDEUnadvisePattern 270 DDEUnadvisePoint 271 debug 272 defaultprop 273 delete 274 deleted 370 direction for bridging 146 div 275 domain 276 domains 277 domain_bridge 278 domain_bridge_enable 280 domain_bridge_prefer 281 domain_bridge_refresh 282 domain_bridge_remove 283 drop_license 371 DSN setting up for logging 54 setting up for queries 72 dump 284 echo 372 edit DDE client 147 Security client 171 Email assigning a trigger 99 configure 162 configured actions 104 defining a message 97 how it works 91 how to send 91 HTML messsage examples 104 400 test message 93 trigger conditions 101 Email Properties 162 Email server configuring 92 EnableDDEServer 374 enable_bridging 285 enable_connect_server 373 enable_dde_client 286 enable_dde_server 287 enable_domain_bridging 288 enable_opc_client enable_opc_server enable_scripting 289 enter licenses 176 error 290 Excel arrays 27 bridging to connecting to the Cogent DataHub 19 data from 22 data into 19 data to DDE Client 23 macro to get data 21 macro to send data 25 networking
13. The View Data button starts Data Browser The Event Log button starts Event Log The Script Log button starts Script Log 138 Chapter 15 Properties Window 15 2 Tunnel Mirror a Tunnevmiror The Tunnel Mirror option lets you configure Skkynet VINE to act as a master or slave for tunnelling mirroring Tunnelling Mirroring allows you to send OPC or DDE data across a network robustly and securely Tunnelling is done over TCP which provides connectivity across a network or over the Internet Tunnelling and Mirroring The Skkynet VINE tunnelling connection is sometimes referred to as a mirroring connection Mirroring means that the data and any updates to that data on one VINE are exactly mirrored across the network onto the other VINE and vice versa For all practical purposes tunnelling and mirroring are identical People working with OPC tend to use the term tunnelling while people from other backgrounds often say mirroring So Cogent uses tunnelling for Skkynet VINE and mirroring for other Cogent products For example Skkynet VINE can tunnel mirror data to the Cascade DataHub running in the Linux or QNX operating systems Please refer to the Mirroring Data section of the Cascade DataHub for Linux and QNX manual for details about those operating systems Direct TCP connections In addition to tunnelling Skkynet VINE can accept direct connections from any TCP client using the Skkynet VINE APIs for C Java and NET such
14. instance default plant2 Plant Example 2 Private Attributes Here is a simpler example for creating a hierarchical data model using private attributes This models a control system in a factory with 2 pumps The sample file shown below will create a point hierarchy in the default data domain that looks like this default Point Mame Date Quality Type testdomain amps Derc 31 19 00 00 000 Good R8 El Factory 1 Flow Dec 31 19 00 00 000 Good Ra onoff Derc 31 19 00 00 000 Good BOOL pumpz Create two assemblies assembly testdomain factory assembly testdomain pump Create two subassemblies subassembly testdomain factory pump pumpi subassembly testdomain factory pump pump2 29 Chapter 13 Working With Data Assign private attributes private_attribute testdomain pump flow R8 rw O 100 private_attribute testdomain pump amps R8 rw 0 100 private_attribute testdomain pump onoff BOOL rw 0 100 Instantiate the model instance testdomain factoryl factory 130 Chapter 14 Optimizing Data Throughput Skkynet VINE has a wide range of configuration options Among these there are several settings that will optimize data throughput These are explained in this chapter 14 1 Binary Mode Tunnel Mirror TCP Connections TCP IP connections to Skkynet VINE can be either ASCII or binary mode A large part of the CPU cost of transmission is marshalling messages constructing messages at the source and pars
15. ranges 27 exception_buffer 375 execute_plugin 291 exit 292 exiting the DataHub 11 failed_license 376 flush 377 flush_log 378 force 293 format 294 General Properties 137 get_client_stats 295 heartbeat 296 help pop up 11 historian configure 156 Historian Properties 156 HistorianAdd 297 HistorianFlags 298 HistorianRemove 299 HistorianSaveConfig 300 HistorianSetConfiguring 301 HistoryGroupAdd 302 HistoryGroupAddPoint 303 HistoryGroupDeadband 304 HistoryGroupDefault 305 HistoryGroupFileTimes 306 HistoryGroupFlushTimes 307 HistoryGroupRemove 308 HistoryGroupStorageTimes 309 How to query a database 69 How to send email 91 text messages 91 How to use data logging 48 the mailer 91 the System Monitor 84 the web server HTML messsage examples email 104 ignore 310 ignore_old_data 311 include 312 installing updates 7 installing the Cogent DataHub instance 313 InTouch connections Item Names DDE 147 Key columns for logging 60 401 licenses entering 176 loading 175 removing 176 string 175 Licenses Properties 175 Linux connections to OPC Linux setup to OPC Windows setup load configuration file 169 load_config_files 314 load_plugin 315 load_scripts 316 lock 317 Logging assigning a trigger 61 configured actions 68 configuring a database table 56 key columns 60 quick start 48 setting up DSN 54 trigger conditi
16. with a table named querytest that has 4 columns and 3 rows In our example we will be writing the contents of the VariableName and VariableValue columns to VINE l 2 3 Select the 2 Query tab Query a Database ODBC Configure ODBC Database Query 1 DSN 2Quey 3 Trigger 4 Condition Enter the database quer and press Submit to issue the quer and populate the combo boses Select whether to assign values to Individual data points one row at a time orto emit the entire result as an SML data set Configure Database Query w am D C One point per row Point Hame Value Timestamp Quality In the Label field enter a name for this query such as TestQuery This can be any string Enter a valid SQL query As an example for our small database we can use a simple SQL query 70 Chapter 8 Query a Database SELECT FROM database table LIMIT 3 If you use a SELECT FROM query like this on a large database with a frequent timer we recommend limiting the number of rows returned to prevent hanging the database Configure Database Query SELECT FROM test querytest LIMIT 3 4 Press the Submit button to submit your query to the database for a check If the query is not valid a message will pop up informing you about any errors You can also open the Script Log to see more information about your connection to the database and the results of your query 5 There are two options for how a
17. 0 means disabled timeout The number of milliseconds for the timeout on this connection O means disabled The timeout should be significantly longer than the heartbeat username optional The user name to use if authenticating this connection password optional The password to use if authenticating this connection This password is stored in obfuscated text to stop somebody from casually copying it However since this obfuscation must be reversible to give access to the original password it does not represent strong security Do not allow untrusted people access to your configuration file Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command is the same as mirror_master but includes the necessary parameters for security This command is sent to the slave VINE in a mirroring relationship It tells the slave all the information it needs about its connection to the master VINE This command corresponds to all the entries in the Tunnel Master dialog that opens when you click the Add button in the Tunnel Nirror option of the Properties window The VINE uses mirroring to do tunnelling so the term mirror is used to name the command 323 mult mult multiplies the value of a point Syntax mult name number secs nano Arguments name The name of a point which must be a number type number A value to multiply by the value of the po
18. 1 enables the capability 0 disables it Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command enables or disables the capability of the Cascade DataHub to support scripting 289 error error sends an error with an error string Syntax error errstring Arguments errstring a string containing an error message Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command sends an error to the VINE which it displays in the Event Log along with the message from the errstring 290 execute_plugin execute_plugin executes a plugin experimental Syntax execute_plugin plugin_name Arguments plugin_name The name of a plugin Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command lets you instruct the VINE to execute a plugin The commands related to plugins are currently experimental 291 exit shuts down the VINE Syntax exit exit_status Arguments exit status An optional string to describe the circumstances of the shut down Returns A message containing the exit_status message Description This command closes the VINE and all associated windows 292 force force forces a write to a point Syntax force name value confidence Arguments name T
19. 31 mon The number of months since January 0 11 year The number of years since 1900 wday The number of days since Sunday 0 6 yday The number of days since January 1 0 365 isdst 1 if daylight saving time is in effect 0 if not and a negative number if the information is not available The year and month are entered differently here than for Time of Day trigger conditions as explained in Section 8 5 Assigning a Trigger There are two automatic variables available for working with time values e lasteventtime the system clock time UTC floating point that the last event was executed e curtime the system clock time UTC floating point when the current trigger occurred Custom Conditions If the conditions you need to meet are beyond the scope of this interface you can use a Gamma function to express virtually any condition you need Then you can insert the function into one of the condition boxes and set a condition based on the return value of the function To do this is you can create a VINE script g file that contains only the functions you will be using for conditions without any classes or methods For example here is the complete contents of such a file named MyConditions g function MyFunction myvalue SDataSim Sine princ Value when the trigger fired myvalue n myvalue This function prints the value of the DataSim Sine point and returns its value We c
20. Chapter 7 Write to a Database if LogFunctionDebug princ Checking value of ptsym previous oldvalue current curvalue n if oldvalue curvalue result t setprop ptsym last_log_value curvalue else if LogFunctionDebug prince log condition value of ptsym is undefined n result 7 9 Configured Actions Notes A configured action will cause a row of data to be written into the table specified in your DSN based on a trigger and optional conditions It is the end result of your configuration activities in this interface The Configured Actions list shows the actions you have configured and allows you to create modify or remove actions as well as turn them on or off Configured Actions On DSN Table Points Trigger Condition Create Tests datasimtest DataSim Sine DataSim Square Test dstests DataSim Sine DataSim Sine Modify Remove The list of configured actions shows the actions you have already configured Selecting an existing action from the list automatically fills in the DSN Table Trigger and Condition tabs with its information Checking or unchecking the On box at the left lets you switch the action on or off The Create button creates an action for the information currently entered in the DSN Table Trigger and Condition tabs If you press the Create button while a configured action is selected it creates a duplicate of that configured action and add
21. Email 2 Trigger 3 Condition Define the email message The email message it passed through an ASP interpreter allowing you to embed live data directly in the message The recipient list i also treated as ASF so the recipient list can be dynamically computed Message Type Recipients comma separated email address list Plain Test Message HTML Message Recipients test hotmail cord Message Content ww oww Sd Use the following text The point D ataim Sine T gt Define the Email Message AvsDomain Name DataPid E Val l DataSim pA ui Ramp Time sine Quality Square Insert Point x Select the 1 Email tab For the Message Type choose Plain Text Message Enter a recipient email address in the Recipients box You can enter several addresses separated by commas Enter a subject in the Subject box For the Body choose Use the following text Start the DataSim program if it isn t already running and ensure that it is connected to VINE In the point picker list on the right expand the DataSim data domain and select the point named Sine Click the Name button to the right of the point picker list In the text entry field type the following The point Click the Insert Point button Your text display should now look like this The point DataSim Sine Press Enter and continue typing The point DataSim Sine had a value of Click the Valu
22. Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination fits its criteria of freedom The Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with the library We call this license the Lesser General Public License because it does Less to protect the user s freedom than the ordinary General Public License It also provides other free software developers Less of an advantage over competing non free programs These disadvantages are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries However the Lesser license provides advantages in certain special circumstances For example on rare occasions there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible use of a certain library so that it becomes a de facto standard To achieve this non free programs must be allowed to use the library A more frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non free libraries In this case there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free software only so we use the Lesser General Public License In other cases permission to use a particular library in non free programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of free software For example permission to use the GNU C Library in non free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating system as well as its variant the GNU Linux operating system Although the Lesser General Publ
23. REPAIR OR CORRECTION Section 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms To do so attach the following notices to the program It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty and each file should have at least the copyright line and a pointer to where the full notice is found lt one line to give the program s name and a brief idea of what it does gt Copyright C lt year gt lt name of author gt This program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licen
24. This is not a command that a user would normally emit Point changes should be sent to the VINE using the write or cwrite commands 382 qnx_name_attach qnx name_attach does nothing Syntax qnx_name_attach node name 383 qnx_receiver qnx_ receiver does nothing Syntax qnx_receiver name 354 readid readid should not be used Syntax readid pointnumber Arguments pointnumber The n point in the sender s default domain Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command is like read but not as useful or robust It reads the n point in the point table of the sender s default domain This is neither useful nor not robust since deleting a point will cause unpredictable behavior Avoid using this command 385 register_datahub register_datahub replaced by report_domain Syntax register_datahub domain 386 report_all report_all replaced by report_domain Syntax report_all future domain_needed 387 report_datahubs report_datahubs does nothing Syntax report_datahubs yes no 388 request request replaced by report_domain Syntax request pointname 389 run run does nothing Syntax run command argument 390 script_register script_register is for internal use only 391 script_symbol script_symbol is for inter
25. To set up Skkynet VINE to receive that test data just follow these steps 1 Right click on the Skkynet VINE system tray icon and choose Properties Tunnel Mirro 2 Inthe Properties window select Tunnel Mirror 3 Inthe Tunnelling Mirror Slave section check the Act as a tunnelling mirroring slave to these masters box Tunneling Mirror Slawe Act as a tunneling mirror slave to these masters Pott Doman Remote SSL Status 4 Click the Add Master button to open the Tunnel Mirror Master Configuration window Tunnel Mirror Master Configuration Primary Host developers cagentrts com Pork 4502 gt ii 6 Le Local data domain Remote user name re Remote data domain Remote password aa a rei PE rags Secure 551 5 Fill in these entry fields at the top as follows Primary Host developers cogentrts com Local data domain test Remote data domain test There is no need to make or change any other entries 6 Click OK to close the Tunnel Mirror Master window and then click Apply in the Properties Window 7 Open the Data Browser and click the test data domain name in the left hand pane of the window 17 AUTO 0i FREQ ODI WT 00i Pw 001 PIDI_Kd PIDI Ki PIDI_Kp PROP ODI Aug 09 10 59 54 6 Aug OF LOsSos34 S82 Aug 9 10 59 54 381 Ang OF 11 35 27 6 Aug 03 10 59 54 385 Aug OF IESi Aug 09 10 59 54 395 Aug OFF 1059354 580 Type Any PB Ary PGB Ary FRE Arny RE Ary R
26. Tunnelling Mirroring Properties 139 TunnelPlainPort 353 TunnelSlaveStatus 354 TunnelSSLCert 355 TunnelSSLPort 356 type 358 un buffered delivery optimizing 132 uninstalling the DataHub unload_plugin 359 unreport 360 unreport_domain 361 update configure 169 Update Properties 169 updates installing 7 using_license 397 version 362 warn_of_license_expiry 398 web server configure how to use options Web Server Properties webview configure Web View Properties write 363 write to database 152 writing data 123 405 Colophon This book was produced by Skkynet Cloud Systems Inc from a single source group of SGML files Gnu Emacs was used to edit the SGML files The DocBook DTD and related DSSSL stylesheets were used to transform the SGML source into HTML PDF and QNX Helpviewer output formats This processing was accomplished with the help of OpenJade JadeTeX Tex and various scripts and makefiles Details of the process are described in our book Preparing Cogent Documentation which is published on line at hetps deve Lopers cogent trts com cogent preodoc7 book Atm Text and illustrations by Bob Mcllvride and Paul Benford 406
27. click the Configure button Query a Database ODBC Enable query from ODBC database Configure Reconnection delay 5 Maximum transaction queue Show diagnostics in the script log Show statistics controls in tray menu This opens the Query a Database ODBC window shown below Connect to the Database 1 Select the 1 DSN tab A DSN is a Data Source Name Windows uses this name to identify the database you want to connect to 69 Chapter 8 Query a Database Query a Database ODBC Configure ODBC Database Query 1 DSH 2 Query 3 Trigger l 4 Condition Select the DSN Data Source Name and authentication defining your database connection Open the DSN Administrator to create or configure a DSN You must connect successfully before configuring a query Configure Data Source Name DSM Select Existing DSH Create or Configure DSN Status Not Connected From the drop down box select a DSN If you do not have any DSNs or you wish to create a new DSN you can do this by opening the DSN Administrator Please refer to Setting up a DSN for more details Enter the appropriate user name and password if required and click the Connect button A Connected to message should appear in the message box If you get an error message in the box consult your system administrator Configure a Query For this and other queries in this chapter we will use a simple example database named test
28. eval pt if number_p v v 0 q GetQualityName info quality ts PointGetUnixTime pt tm format 19 19s 03dqd date tts ts 1 0 1000 5 gt lt tr gt lt td gt lt pt gt lt td gt lt td class highlight gt lt format 4f v gt lt td gt lt td align center gt lt q gt lt td gt lt td align center gt lt tm gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt catch princ _last_error_ a print_stack nil _error_stack_ gt lt table gt lt body gt lt html gt 107 Chapter 10 Email and SMS This file consists of HTML code interspersed with Gamma code Gamma is the scripting language of Skkynet VINE The Gamma code is often used to determine the value of a VINE point with the following syntax lt S domainname pointname gt The pointed brackets and percent signs lt gt indicate to VINE that this is Gamma code The equals sign tells Gamma to evaluate the expression and the dollar sign tells Gamma that this is a VINE point Other Gamma statements and functions used in this example include require try local with if format catch princ and print_stack The functions Get QualityName and PointGet UnixTime are from the required files QUality g and Time g respectively 10 9 Dynamically Changing Email Subjects and Recipients The ASP processor in Gamma allows you to embed the result of any Gamma expression within the subject and recipient fi
29. if no licenses are found If any license is found Skkynet VINE switches to license mode and each connection then requires a license Licenses can be entered individually or loaded from a file e The Enter a License button opens the Enter License String window Chapter I Installation Enter License String Enter a new license string Example product 00000000 u 1 0 0 0 5i6k6a6d9392606a Eaa Here you can paste or manually enter the text string for the license provided by Cogent Make sure to include all colon characters in the string The license string may contain the characters 1 and 1 which can look nearly identical in some type fonts If possible it is best to copy and paste the string rather than retyping it e The Load License File button opens a Windows file selection window Browse to find the directory and license file that you want to load License files end with a lic extension Once you have found the license file click the Open button to load the file Please refer to Configuration and License File Locations in Section 1 5 Configuration Files for more information on license file locations To remove a license from your system select one or more licenses in the DetailS window then click the Remove Selected button 1 3 Installing VINE as a Service Skkynet VINE can be installed as a service using the Service Manager With this program you can select and configure how VINE runs cha
30. list of items associated with this DDEAdvise loop You can continue to add points for other cells in your spreadsheet or click OK to close the dialog The DDE Item is associated with a point in VINE You can change the Point Name and Data Domain to anything you want by double clicking on the name and typing a new name When you click OK the new point will be created in the DataHub Click OK to close the DDE Item Definition window The new DDEAdvise loop is added to the list Click the Apply button for your changes to take effect Once you have done this you should see the DDEAdvise loop connection Status change to Connected Open the Data Browser by right clicking the VINE icon in the system tray and selecting View Data With the default data domain chosen scroll down to see the name of the point In Excel type a number into the cell or range you named in step 2 and press Enter You should see the data update in the Data Browser 24 Chapter 3 Excel Connections Although this is an easy way to send data from Excel it is not the most efficient when you have a large number of points to transmit Whenever Excel transmits a data point using DDEAdvise it also transmits the current value of every other point associated with any DDEAdvise loop Where you have a large number of cells to update we have found it to be much more efficient to transmit the data as Excel ranges In your DDEAdvise loop define a range of cells that contains
31. service names in common running on a single machine If you plan to configure a system like this you should ensure that each instance of VINE has unique data domain names Otherwise when any two of those VINEs are acting as servers it is not possible to predict which one of them a given client will send data to Non English Characters in Excel Accept non English characters in Excel strings slower Checking this box will cause Excel to send strings of Unicode characters correctly although slower than numerical data 15 5 Quick Trend 148 Chapter 15 Properties Window The QuickTrend option lets you create a live trending graph for any number of data points in any domain of Skkynet VINE You can configure the X and Y axes of the graph zoom in on a particular area and apply offsets and scales to raw data to plot widely disparate values together in a single chart To configure a quick trend press the Open quick trend window button a055 ansa SAt ARNS 44 10 20 Ald 411030 AM 44 10 40 AM 44 10 50 Ald Configuration QuickTrend supports multiple display configurations which you can manage using the Configuration options The top button opens a dropdown list that contains all named configurations The New Rename and Delete buttons let you create rename and delete configurations kij 149 Chapter 15 Properties Window Data Points You can se
32. the data you want to transmit Using Excel ranges will reduce the load on the computer and make it easier to configure your application Another option for reducing the load on the computer when transmitting a large number of points is to write an Excel macro that uses DDEPoke to transmit data on a timed basis say once a second Information on how to write a macro in Excel to do this is given below When you save and close a spreadsheet connected to Skkynet VINE and then attempt to reopen it you may get one or more messages depending on your security settings in Excel or other circumstances Here s a summary of each message and what to do This document contains macros Enable them Click Enable Macros This workbook contains links Update them Click Update If VINE is already running all the links should then update automatically If VINE is not running you will get a REF entry in each cell that has an advise loop established with VINE and the next message see below will probably appear Remote data not accessible Start VINE Click No At this point the best thing to do is close the worksheet start VINE manually and then reopen the worksheet When you update the spreadsheet see above this time you won t get any REF entries If instead of No you click Yes at this point VINE will not start but instead generate an error message and Excel may even crash later on 3 2 2 Method 2 Writing Excel macros that use the DDE
33. the file is simply added to the VINE s list of configuration files 312 instance instance creates an instance of a data organization model Syntax instance domain pointname assemblyname Arguments domain The domain of the model pointname A name for the instance assemblyname The assembly associated with the model Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command creates an instance of a data organization model based on a given domain and assembly For more information and an example please refer to Section 13 4 Data Organization 313 load_config files load_config_files loads configuration files Syntax load_config_files 0 1 Arguments O 1 Use 1 to have configuration files loaded or 0 to not have them loaded Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command lets you instruct the VINE to load or not load its configuration files 314 load_plugin load_plugin loads a specified plugin experimental Syntax load_plugin plugin_name run_now Arguments plugin_name The name of a plugin run_now One of the following flags 1 means the plugin will run immediately after it is loaded e 0 means disabled the plugin will be loaded but not run Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for d
34. 12 Minute 0 59 Day 1 31 Second 0 59 The year and month are entered differently here than for the Gamma localtime function as explained in Time Conditions Examples These entries Mom Mint would cause a row to be logged at 8 45 every day every month and every year e These entries 62 Chapter 7 Write to a Database Yw He S Day Second 0 would cause a row to be logged every hour on the 15th day of each month every year These entries er would cause the event to fire every second for 5 minutes every two hours between 8 a m and 6 p m After fires once when the specified number of seconds elapses e None configures no trigger 7 8 Setting Trigger Conditions Each logging action can have up to four conditions that determine whether a row gets written to the database when the trigger fires Write to a Database ODBC Configure ODBC Database Logging LDSN 2Table 3 Trigger 4 Condition Define an optional condition to be evaluted when the Trigger occurs fio condition is defined or if the condition is true then the action will be processed When the tigger occurs wite only if this condition i true O CG ze A vsdomain DataPid Amplitud aN BT EG G 2 0 fe OE 1 ty Fill in the conditions according to the guidelines below Check the box next to the condition to apply it As you make entries the corr
35. 12 Out of memory 13 14 15 16 ENOMEM EACCES EFAULT ENOTBLK EBUSY Device or resource busy or operation already in Permission denied Bad memory address Block operation attempted on non block device progress 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 EEXIST EXDEV ENODEV ENOTDIR EISDIR EINVAL ENFILE EMFILE ENOTTY ETXTBSY EFBIG ENOSPC ESPIPE EROFS EMLINK EPIPE EDOM ERANGE File exists Cross device link No such device Not a directory Is a directory Invalid argument File table overflow Too many open files Character operation on non character device Text file is busy File is too large No space left on device Illegal seek attempted on a pipe Attempted write to a read only file system Too many links Broken pipe Math argument out of data domain of function Result too large 214 Appendix G Error Messages EUCLEAN a EDEADLOCK Deadlock avoided Q N 5 Q O T j O D m O c 3 oO D T 10035 EWOULDBLOCK Resource temporarily unavailable or operation would block 10036 EINPROGRESS Operation now in progress 10037 EALREADY Device or resource busy or operation already in Error Description progress ENOTSOCK Socket operation on non socket 10039 EDESTADDRREQ Destination address required 10038 10040 EMSGSIZE Message too long EPROTOTYPE Protocol wrong type for socket 10041 10042 E
36. 245 authreload authreload is new not yet documented Syntax authreload Description This command has not yet been documented 246 auto create domains auto_create_domains automatically adds domains requested by clients Syntax auto_create_domains 0 1 Arguments O 1 Use 1 to have domains added or 0 to not have domains added automatically Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command instructs the VINE to create a domain automatically if a client requests a domain that doesn t already exist This corresponds to the Automatically add domains requested by clients checkbox in the General option of the Properties window 247 auto_timestamp auto_timestamp adds timestamps to unstamped changes Syntax auto_timestamp 0 1 Arguments O 1 Use 1 to add timestamps or 0 to not add timestamps automatically Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command instructs the VINE to timestamp points automatically to changes that don t already have a timestamp This corresponds to the Automatically add a timestamp to unstamped changes checkbox in the General option of the Properties window 248 bridge bridge creates a bridge between two points Syntax bridge source destination flags multiply add srcmin srcmax dstmin dstmax A
37. 3 Inthe DDE Item Definition window type in the following information e Connection Name type in Ranges e Service type in Excel e Topic type in Book1 or the name of your worksheet file including the x1s extension Item Names Type in FirstRange 4 Click the Add button The fields DDE Item and Point Name should be FirstRange and the Data Domain should be default 5 Click OK to close the DDE Item Definition window and in the Properties Window click OK to close it as well 6 Open the Data Browser and go to the default data domain You should see the point FirstRange with a value like this Point Name Date Quality Value FirstR ange Oct Good kamp i 350 OSineO 0 40450849 0 O SquareO0 SOO Tri The single boxes separate values in a row and the double boxes separate rows The array is now ready to put into Excel Drag and drop the array For simplicity s sake we are going to just put the same array back into Excel 1 Click on the FirstRange point name and drag it into Excel dropping it in cell D1 Use Edit Paste Special Paste Link Use Ecit gt Spe i 0 535 lal gt Paste Link O4505 0 0 5 0 3 The values don t start updating right away because you have to tell Excel how to paste in the link 2 Go to the Edit menu and select Paste Special 30 Chapter 3 Excel Connections B Microsoft Excel Hook Fil Delete _ Faze npe HTL e T
38. 33 27 109 Good arrayO0u Jan 20 17 33 27 109 Good arrayvOno gt Jan 20 17 33 27 119 Good arayin Jan 30 17 3E27 119 Goud D OE Gea E ee bh a Each data point represents a row of data This macro assumes the names are arrayOOO1 arrayO002 etc Sub register_arrays Dim pname As String For i 1 To 100 pname Format i 0000 pname vine default array amp pname Worksheets Sheet1 Range Cells i 1 Cells i 40 FormulaArray pname Next i End Sub e Attach individual point data in Skkynet VINE one point per cell to a table of values This macro sets up DDEAd vise loops from VINE to Excel so that each cell in the table is linked to a point in Skkynet VINE Point Mame Date Qualty Wale paintOogd Jan 0 17 33 47 109 Good pointhohe Jan 20 17 337 109 Good poinbhois Jon 20 17 33 27 119 Good mon tO0 Jan 20 LF iSa27 119 Good LD OE Geo oe oo bh afaa This macro assumes that the data points are named point0001 point0002 etc Sub register_points Dim pname As String For i 1 To 100 For j 1 To 40 pname Format i 1 40 gj 0000 pname vine default point amp pname Worksheets Sheet1 Cells i j Formula pname Next j Next i End Sub 203 Appendix B Excel Macro Library B 2 Write data from Excel User initiated using DDEPoke These macros are useful for writing data out from Excel on demand In other words the user decides when to
39. 338 E E E A E E ce EE E E E E NEE 339 Don SU NE Ta A 340 RN NT T N 341 u i PE secs ca ae A E A E E E 342 I Pe A E A EA A E E 343 TE E T E A E A E A A E E 344 O l k E A E A E E E A E E 345 a E o P TAE S E A E A E A A E E 346 On E n T T EEEN AE 347 E ET 1 E A E E E A O E E A sues E 348 AE MN PI acc A NN 349 E e P a 350 Atie L S E a E E suceveeesacceeues 351 Atse d ee e P E case sucevceesecceeuss 352 E E E ocr cecses ce csea cecuvaceteavaceceessacesescucusssvecceeauencatueuscessetvisesusneaseoedsecacasesssuseuenseeaeeecnrses ters eeenceeeees 353 MUN AU ose corsa cacuvaceteavacycees saceaescucesssvecccearencatucuscessetvasesusvenseoedeesasaeeuasusaeuensesaeee carne tevseeencueeees 354 SA N aaa vesvaueavausceenossecsesecevceecacceeuss 355 AAL here DA i a E E E A E A E E O A E E 356 a aR a 1 A A E E A E 357 OI N E E EN A AN AA E N A A A E A A A A E E 358 al R o i E E E A A A A A E set seteeess seen 359 IIAIR E a POP E E A E E E A A T A A A E secs suereess sents 360 repor A ieii iE EET E 361 MN E EN A AA E N A A A A E A A E E E 362 aa TPE A T A AE ses caver EE S I A EAA A AEAEE E AE AE E E A eas 363 This is the internal command set for VINE For general information on how to use these commands please refer to Chapter 17 Using VINE Commands acksuccess acksuccess tells the VINE to return success messages Syntax acksuccess 0 1 Arguments O A Use 1 to have messages returned or 0 to not have messages returned Returns A
40. A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command permanently deletes all bridges that match a specified pattern The available patterns are as follows e matches any number of characters including zero e c matches a single character which is a member of the set contained within the square brackets c matches any single character which is not a member of the set contained within the square brackets e matches a single character e xx yy matches either of the simple strings contained within the braces e c a backslash followed by a character matches that character 232 bridge_ transform bridge_transform modifies an existing bridge Syntax bridge_transform name flags multiply add srcmin srcmax dstmin dstmax Arguments name The name of the bridge flags A bitwise combination of 1 Forward bridge bridge from source to destination Z Inverse bridge bridge from destination to source 16 Clamp output to the minimum Range mapping only 32 Clamp output to the maximum Range mapping only 256 The bridge is a direct copy DIZ The bridge uses a linear transformation 1024 The bridge uses range mapping 4096 The bridge is disabled GS Bits 256 512 and 1024 are mutually exclusive PULCI PLY The multiplier value for a linear transformation This is ignored if flags amp 512 add The adder value for a linear transformati
41. Bridges button The Bridging Configuration window will open 38 gt Bridging Configuration Source Remove Selected Destination Chapter 5 Bridging PEX Transformation Load a storad transform Destination Datasim default mem Transl oer kai a Direct copy Linear Trarsformationi miultipke by then add Linear Range Mapping Source Destination Piri Plas Direction Forward Source bo Destination C Force consistancy Cl inverse Destination to Source Apoly Fed Inv Multiply Src Min Src Max Dst Min Dst Max The three top panes in this window correspond to the three basic steps in making the configuration specify a source a destination and any desired transformations The horizontal pane across the bottom shows the bridges that exist on the system From the tree diagram in the Source panel select a source point that you want to bridge Bridging Configuration eC ee E DataS im Sine El DakaSim Amplitude Frequency Offset Ramp re Trianole For example if you have the DataSim program running you can select the point Sine in the DataSim data domain The name of the point gets automatically entered in the field at the top of the panel Alternatively you can type the name of the point in the entry field In the tree diagram in the Destination panel select a destination point Jetset o oms 4 Datasim default on
42. Configured Actions On DSH T able Points Trigger Condition Tests datazimtest DataSim Sine DataSim Square Modify a Remove Your configured action should now display the DataSim Square point as your Trigger 5 Click the Apply button to activate the configured action 51 Chapter 7 Write to a Database 6 Open the Script Log to check for error messages and ensure that your data is being written successfully Each write action to the database gets logged here You can also verify the writes by querying the database itself You have just configured an action that logs the name and value of the Sine point in the DataSim data domain whenever the value of the Square point changes Now you can create tables to log your own data with triggers based on points or timers The remaining sections in this chapter explain the interface in more detail and introduce the option of setting specific conditions for logging if desired 7 3 Configuring the Queue Store and Forward VINE maintains an in memory transaction queue of pending operations This queue helps to avoid writing to disk during busy periods or during short database or network outages The Maximum transaction queue option lets you modify the depth of this queue with a default of 100 messages The Reconnection delay s option specifies the number of seconds before a reconnect is attempted if the ODBC connection is broken And the Show diagnostics in the Script Log option let
43. D form defaut celdus 1 0 59 D Ge By gt form defaut Fahrenhet 17 4 7E pform defat Fehrenher z Fice Matchcase Regex storm defaut ceous 32 0 5 lt form deFauit Fahrenhet 0 sform defauit Fahrenkhet 0 efor defaut celdus 32 0 5 ja Get the Gamma library Functions and methods for ODBC and or a Windows programming Uncomment either or both 7 require Application Type a Gamma expression and p reguire WindowsSupport ff require ODBCSupport Applications share the execution thread and the global name espace 50 we create 4 class that contains all of the functions and variables For the application This does two things 1 crasateas A private nama snane For tha annlinatioan and Please refer to the VINE Scripting manual for more information about how to use these tools 109 Chapter 11 VINE Scripting 11 2 VINE ODBC Open Database Connectivity Scripting The ODBC support in VINE provides an interface to any ODBC compliant database It lets you create a class for any database table and assign each column of the table as an instance variable of the class giving you complete access to any point of data in the database Script Log ODE CResult colurns PODBOCounn columnsize 1 datatype 4 decimaldigts 01 mame id riuflable 1 2080 Column columnsize 8 debatype 12 decmaldigts 0 name naene rullable 0 ODeC Column co
44. E Running as a Windows Service Specified User for important additional information 190 Chapter 16 Other Windows and Programs Automatically restart on failure Have the service restart should it fail or be stopped for some reason Install Update Service When the above configuration is complete press this button to install VINE as a service This will also start the VINE service though on some systems the service may need to be started manually if it doesn t start with the install operation If the service is running and you make changes to the configuration pressing this button will cycle through a service shutdown and restart to apply your changes Service Status Service Status Installed as a service True Uninstall Service state Running stop Installed as a service Indicates whether the selected program is installed as a service or not True or False The Uninstall button allows you to uninstall VINE as a service service state Indicates the run status of the service Stopped StartPending Running etc The Start and Stop buttons allow you to start or stop the service Show Properties Dialog This option appears differently for different versions of the Windows operating system Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 A Show Properties Dialog button allows you to open the Skkynet VINE Properties window Show Properties Dialog Show Properties Dialog The VINE Properties window is only visible on t
45. E E 306 e AE A aT E A E E A E 307 r aE a ea T a E E E E E E E E E E 308 HistoryGroupStorage Io cs vi ccces cern ves ccecceaerc occa cceavesvesnavaneccenscesceerecevecedecceasenveseawassccenssseesesveemeeeseceeesss 309 E a AN E T T E E E TE E E E E E O E E A E 310 WM MON AIA ioc ce cceees seca ccsveseeceesaceccedsecesvsevasncersacunas ca sscvasecsase ususecsacetenssescsuataceseseacocuceaevsassrstnvssceectanes 311 WR UN saci ees sek crane ce eects cave coun ccc sc eave E E E E 312 AE E acco esc EN E A E sce ea EE A A E E A A O A E 313 an Con ME EE ET E 314 De e E E E E E 315 o T E E E E EER 316 MN EEEE I AEN EA E A AEE A A A O E E A A E A 317 On R E E E 318 WE Pe E a va saecnesueaeccsecseseessuscsuesissesseeveunceuersestusecescteesenke 319 e Te csc cee ec seca evs vaniccvectscecesssseucscceusseiececesaeceecuecs vassus va saecncouaceccseceseessuscsueviscesseevesncuseeausieocescteeeenss 320 TE NE ET E EAEN ss cae I ENO EE OE O E EEEN E O AEE O OA 321 Hrot moser Eosi Eea Eaa E E ANESSAN 322 ME access occa cacese aes wa aesees cash E TN 326 NST E 327 BR acca E NE E E E E T E E E E E T E E AE T E neeeseeess 328 i a A E E AE E E E EE E E E E E A E E E E 329 ven E aO TE EET 330 anoa ai a SE P E E E O E E E OE E E E A A tees 331 romeri m A EPN 332 I PONE on AN ETN 333 BA A S E P E E A E E O E E E E A E E E A E ss 334 o EAE E P A E E E O E E E A E E E A E ss 335 e N E A NE E EE cs E E E E E 336 R a a E EE E E E E E E EE 337 Me a e PE E E E EE E E E NEE
46. Ee a if u lt Bl When the trigger fires MyFunction is called and the return value gets checked to see 1f it is less than 4 If so the data gets logged Below are two practical examples demonstrating custom functions The first creates an automatically resetting trigger and the second lets you test for changed values before logging a point which is useful if you are logging based on a timer 65 Chapter 7 Write to a Database An Auto Resetting Trigger This script can turn any VINE point into a trigger that automatically resets To use it you first need to load and run the TriggerFunctions g script shown below and included in the installation archive Then if you put this formula HighWithReset TriggerPoint nil into the condition boxes whenever the TriggerPoint changes to a non zero number in VINE your trigger will fire The script waits for a millisecond then resets the TriggerPoint back to zero The second function works similarly but triggers on a change to zero instead of a change to a non zero number TriggerFunctions g This file contains handy functions to perform more complex condition handling in the Condition tab of the data logging and email interfaces my Test a trigger point for a non zero value If the point is non zero create a delayed event to reset the point to zero and return true indicating that the condition has succeeded and the action should proceed If
47. Excel using only this advise capability as follows e To receive data into Excel from VINE you set VINE to act as a DDE server which requires you to enter a service name This identifies VINE to Excel Then you can drag and drop a point name from VINE into a cell of an Excel spreadsheet 201 Appendix A DDE Overview To send data from Excel to VINE you set VINE to act as a DDE client which requires you to enter service topic and item names These identify the item in the spreadsheet to VINE Then in Excel you name a cell with the VINE point name 202 Appendix B Excel Macro Library This set of Excel macros each work on a 100 row x 40 column table of data in Sheet 1 of the worksheet starting at cell position A1 We have tried to make these macros generic so you can easily modify them to suit your needs B 1 Configure Excel to receive data from Skkynet VINE using DDEAdvise These macros normally need to be run only once when first setting up a spreadsheet to receive data e Attach array data in Skkynet VINE one array per row to a table of values in Excel It is often more convenient to transmit large sets of Excel data as an array because this significantly reduces the bandwidth requirements and increases the speed of transmission This macro sets up DDEAdvise loops from VINE to Excel so that each row of the table is linked to an array point in VINE L oO E F E H Point Mame Date Quality vale arati Jan 20 17
48. However if you have a very slow or irregular network connection the best thing to ensure that the connection remains open is to override the VINE timeout and use the TCP timeout mechanism It takes longer to detect a network failure because it waits as long as the TCP stack waits It means the slowest recognition of a broken link but doesn t give up until TCP says the link is really dead How to Optimize To ensure the longest lasting TCP connection over a very slow network you need to set the heartbeat Timeout to 0 This will cause VINE to ignore its heartbeat settings and rely on the TCP implementation for detecting a broken connection Please refer to How to Optimize Procedure 14 3 Slow network for details 14 3 Old Value Queuing Skkynet VINE maintains a queue of old values for all registered points for each client The depth of this queue is variable The purpose of queuing old values is to reduce the chance that a data change will be missed during bursts of abnormally high data flow 131 Chapter 14 Optimizing Data Throughput For example if a switch is turned on then off then on again very rapidly the data might arrive at VINE so quickly that it has no opportunity to send it where it needs to go before the next value arrives If this happens VINE may only transmit the final on value and the client will not notice that there was in fact an on off on transition Skkynet VINE can maintain a short queue to reduce the pr
49. Method 2 Writing Excel macros that use the DDEPoke command 2 DDERequest reads a data value from Skkynet VINE To get that value into Excel for example the DDERequest command is run from within an Excel macro For more details please refer to Section 3 1 2 Method 2 Excel Macros using DDERequest 3 DDEAdvise creates a connection called an advise loop that updates a new data value automatically The advise loop is a unidirectional link established by a client program that wants to receive data from a server program The client continues to receive new point values as long as the two programs are running or until the advise loop is terminated You can use DDEAdvise to read data from Skkynet VINE by configuring VINE to act as a DDE Server For an example using Excel please refer to Section 3 1 1 Method I Drag and Drop using DDEAd vise Likewise you can use DDEAdvise to write data to Skkynet VINE by configuring it to act as a DDE Client For an example using Excel please refer to Section 3 2 1 Method 1 Configuring DDEAavise loops in Skkynet VINE For more information on DDE please refer to Appendix A DDE Overview TCP and Tunnelling Mirroring Skkynet VINE uses TCP to communicate over a LAN WAN or the Internet You can join two or more copies of Skkynet VINE together over TCP and share exact copies of the data through data tunnelling mirroring Tunnelling Mirroring means that the data and any updates to that data on one
50. Multiply Add Src Min SrcMax Dst Min Dst Max DataSim Sine test Sine VES Remove Selected If you click on a transformation the source point destination point and transform information get displayed in their respective panels Use the check box at the front of each bridge to activate or deactivate that particular bridge 15 4 DDE 146 Chapter 15 Properties Window mA r The DDE option lets you configure Skkynet VINE to act as a DDE client and or DDE server for DDEAdvise messages For more information on DDE please refer to Section 13 3 1 DDE Protocol and Appendix A DDE Overview DDE Client To act as a DDE client check the Act as a DDE client box For best performance ensure that a DDE server is running when using VINE as a DDE client A DDE client can consume substantial system resources trying to connect if a DDE server is not available DDE Dynamic Data Exchange Settings DDE Client Oct as a DDE client to these services and topics Request Advise From these services topics DDE Connection Mame Status Edit Remove To add a new service or topic press the Add button To edit a service topic double click it or select it and press the Edit To remove a service topic select it and press the Remove button Double click a selection or pressing the Add or Edit button opens the DDE Item Definition Window DDE Item Definition Item Mames DDE Item Foint Mame Domain Here is what m
51. Password field for that user Passwords are stored using a reasonably strong non reversible encryption If a user forgets his password it is not recoverable To change HTTP realm for a user their password must be reentered For more information on passwords please refer to Section 12 6 Passwords HTTP Realms Here you can maintain a list of HTTP authentication realms This list is accessed by the VINE Web Server as described here 113 Chapter 12 Security HTTP Realm Realm To add an authentication realm simply type it into the list One or more of these realms are assigned to each user when their password is configured see above Common Scenario The most common Skkynet VINE security configuration is to allow any user to connect via OPC or DDE while only allowing authorized users to connect via TCP or via a tunnel mirror This eliminates exposure of the the TCP and tunnel mirror connections to unwanted Internet and network clients OPC and DDE are not exposed in this way To configure this scenario you need to remove all group memberships from the special Anonymous TCP and Mirror users Simply click on each of these user names in turn and uncheck all group memberships for that user When you are finished only DDE and OPC should have any group memberships 12 2 SSL and Firewalls Skkynet VINE provides the option to use SSL encryption to protect your data when tunnelling mirroring to another VINE across a networ
52. Setting Trigger Conditions Repeat Timer fires cyclically each time the number of seconds elapses Time of Day fires at the time you specify You can enter A number indicating a specific value For example a 0 in the seconds field would cause the event only on the Oth second of the minute A 30 would indicate only on the 30th second of the minute A list of numbers separated by commas For example entering 0 15 30 45 in the minutes field would indicate that the event should fire on the hour and at 15 30 and 45 minutes past the hour 99 Chapter 10 Email and SMS A range of numbers separated by a dash For example entering 8 18 in the hours field would indicate that the event should fire every hour from 8 a m to 6 p m Ranges can be mingled with lists asin 0 4 8 16 20 e An asterisk indicates that the event should fire for every possible value of the field For example a in the seconds field would cause the event to fire every second A in the hours field would cause the event to fire every hour To regularly log a record on specific days of the week please refer to Section 10 6 Setting Trigger Conditions The ranges of the fields are Year 1970 Hour 0 23 Month 1 12 Minute 0 59 Day 1 31 Second 0 59 The year and month are entered differently here than for the Gamma localtime function as explained in Time Conditions Examples These entries ve He se would cause
53. The Create New Data Source window will open displaying a list of data source drivers 2 Select the data source driver that corresponds to your ODBC database A data source setup window will open Each data source setup window is different but you should be able to find the appropriate entry fields easily enough 3 Enter the data source name and select the database 4 Enter any other required or optional information such as login name password etc What entries need to be made and where they are entered depends on the particular data source setup window you are using 5 Click OK to return to the ODBC Data Source Administrator window You should be able to see the new database and driver listed If you need to make any changes you can configure an exiting database as explained below Configure an existing database 1 Select a data source name and click the Configure button This takes you to the data source setup window explained above where you can make changes to the configuration 2 Make your changes and click OK to return to the ODBC Data Source Administrator window Any time you need to make a change you can go to this window Once you have created a DSN you can select it as explained above 8 4 Configuring a Database Query After you have set up a DSN you can create a database query 74 Chapter 8 Query a Database Query a Database ODBC Configure ODBC Database Query 1 DSN 2 Quey 3 Tr
54. The value of the data which will be used in comparisons as a number Data value is statepoint The name of a point that will be used to indicate which data source is currently being used Point for current source number controlpoint The name of a point that will be used to indicate which data source is preferred Point for preferred source number statuspoint1 The name of a point that will be used to indicate the current status of the first data domain Point for the current state of domain 1 statuspointz The name of a point that will be used to indicate the current status of the second data domain Point for the current state of domain 2 278 domain_bridge fill _delay_ms The number of seconds to wait before switching domains if the data flow detection is activated Switch sources if data stops for Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command configures a VINE redundancy set It corresponds to the Configure Redundancy dialog optons in the Redundancy option of the Properties window 279 domain_bridge_enable domain_bridge_enable Syntax domain_bridge_enable label enabled Arguments O 1 1 enables the capability 0 disables it Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This commandenables or disables the VINE Redundancy feature It correspond
55. VINE by this connection e Dropped data point changes that Skkynet VINE attempted to send but could not because the client was too busy to receive them before the next point change When VINE drops a point change it only drops values that have already been superseded by a newer value Skkynet VINE will never drop the latest value e Blocked and Unblocked If Skkynet VINE identifies that the client is unable to keep up with the transmission data rate it will mark the client as blocked indicating that the client will receive no new value changes until it is able to cope with them VINE unblocks the client after a short period of time or when it identifies that the client has queue space to accept new data changes If a client is blocked superseded point changes will be dropped The latest value for each point is queued so that when the client is unblocked it will receive the latest values for all points that changed while it was blocked Again Skkynet VINE never drops the latest value for any point in which a client is interested e CPU the CPU time in seconds that a given thread has consumed since it started When the Performance option is selected the CPU percentage is the average percentage of the CPU resources that the thread has been using since the Connection Viewer window was opened or the Set Checkpoint button was pressed You have the following options for viewing the data e Total displays all connection statistics from th
56. When you select a destination point its name gets automatically entered in the field at the top of the panel Or you can type the name of a point in the entry field 6 Specify direct copy or transformation 39 Chapter 5 Bridging Transform Direct copy O Linear Transformation then add See een Linear Range Mapping Source Destination Min Hee po sco Mire ctinn To make a direct copy just leave the default Direct copy selected To make a linear transformation select Linear Transformation or Linear Range Mapping and enter the appropriate data as explained in Section 5 2 2 Making transformations below 7 Determine which direction you want the bridge to apply Direction Forward Source to Destination Force consistency Inverse Destination to Source Apply e Select Forward to change the destination point when the source point changes but not change the source when the destination changes If you select Force consistency with this option and if the destination point gets changed for some reason then VINE will attempt to force its value to be consistent with the source point value e Select Inverse to change the source point if the destination point changes but not vice versa Selecting Inverse will apply the inverse of the transformation as explained below e Select both Forward and Inverse for a bidirectional bridge where either point changes whenever the other point changes Th
57. again this type of communication is synchronous A typical read command from a program using DDE protocol is DDERequest e Automatic Receive It is possible to set up live data channels where a program receives updates on data points sent from Skkynet VINE How it works is the program sends an initial request to VINE to register for all changes to a data point VINE immediately sends the current value of the point and then again whenever it changes VINE can receive data automatically in a similar way This asynchronous type of communication is sometimes referred to as publish subscribe A DDEAdvise command sets up this type of connection which is called an advise loop Client Server Exchanging data with Skkynet VINE is done through a client server mechanism where the client requests a service and the server provides the service Depending on the programs it interacts with VINE is capable of acting as a client as a server or as both simultaneously The client server relationship itself does not determine the direction of data flow For example a client may read data from the server or it might write data to the server The data can flow either way the client might initiate a read or a write and the server would respond Synchronous and Asynchronous Communication Every type of communication natural or man made comes in two basic forms synchronous or asynchronous e Synchronous communication means that for each message
58. an action that sends an email with the name value and timestamp of the Sine point in the Dat aSim data domain whenever the value of the UpdateFrequency point changes to a value over 100 Now you can configure other emails to send your own text messages or HTML pages The remaining sections in this chapter explain the interface in more detail 10 4 Defining the Email Message To send an email you need to determine the type of email message its recipients title and message body This is done from the Email SMS Events window which you can access in this way Email SMS 1 Inthe Skkynet VINE Properties window select Email SMS 2 Inthe Configure Email section press the Configure button Configure Email and SMS Events 3 Select the 1 Email tab and configure your email as explained below Email SMS Events Configure Email SMS Events 1 Email 2 Trigger 3 Condition Define the email message The email message is passed through an ASP interpreter allowing you to embed live data directly in the message The recipient list i also treated as ASF so the recipient list can be dynamically computed Message Type Recipients comma separated email address list Plain Text Message HTML Message Recipients test hotmail cord Message Content ww OU Sd Use the following text The point DataSin Sine A AvyvsDomain Name DataPid E Val E DataSim ney Ramp
59. an email to be sent at 8 45 every day every month and every year e These entries ves He Day second 0 would cause an email to be sent every hour on the 15th day of each month every year e These entries se would cause an email to be sent every second for 5 minutes every two hours between 8 a m and 6 p m 100 Chapter 10 Email and SMS 10 6 Setting Trigger Conditions Each action can have up to four conditions that determine whether an email gets sent when the trigger fires 1 Email 2 Trigger 3 Condition Define an optional condition to be evaluted when the Trigger occurs fio condition is defined or if the condition is true then the action will be processed When the tigger occurs wite only if this condition i true AyvsDomain A Fill in the conditions according to the guidelines below Check the box next to the condition to apply it As you make entries the corresponding Gamma code will appear in the display Gamma is VINE s built in scripting language The code that appears in the Expression box is the actual code that gets run by Gamma The order of precedence for And and Or operators amp amp and is first And then Or Point Value Conditions Point names can be entered on either or both sides of the comparison They can be picked from the data tree list or typed in Each point name needs to have a dollar sign in front of it to indicate to Gamma that this is a VINE poin
60. and some duplication of logged data is acceptable Show statistics in tray menu Adds a Data Logging entry to the VINE s system tray menu which lets you open a statistics window W ODBC VINE Demo Transactions sent successfully Skkynet VINE Transactions sec 10 sec window 0 0 7 Transactions curmenth on queue 0 0 i ores Results currently on queue 0 0 View Data Transactions rejected full queue 0 0 View Connections Transactions stored in L1 cache oD View Ewent Log Failed to store in L1 cache 7 0 0 View Script Log Transactions stored in LA cache 00 View QuickTrend Failed to store in L2 cache as OROREEERES Transactions forwarded from cache fas Penn ae J Pata Longus Transactions failed from cache 0 0 Help Transactions sent successfully The number of transactions that were sent either directly to the database or to the disk cache Transactions sec 10 sec window The sending rate for transactions calculated over the past 10 seconds Transactions currently on queue The number of transactions in the queue Results currently on queue Not yet documented 53 Chapter 7 Write to a Database Transactions rejected full queue The number of transactions that were rejected from the queue because it was full Transactions stored in L1 cache The number of transactions taken off the queue and put into the first level cache An internal algorithm determines which of the two caches is
61. and close the Visual Basic text entry window 3 2 2 2 Add a Control Button This explanation is illustrated in Section 3 1 2 2 Add a Control Button We repeat the text briefly here Activate the Forms toolbar by clicking on the View menu and selecting Toolbars and then Forms Click on the button icon and then click in cell D4 You can choose another cell if you d like An Assign Macro window should appear Select SendOutput and click OK Change the label on the button to Send Save the spreadsheet 3 2 2 3 send the data l Now you re ready to send the data Open the Skkynet VINE Data Browser if it is not already open go to the default data domain and find the name of the point In Excel type a number in cell C4 or the cell or range you assigned the macro to and press Enter Click the Send button You should see the data update 3 2 2 4 Additional Pointers e To reduce CPU for large amounts of data send arrays of data using ranges instead of sending the data for each cell as a separate point e If you are using Unicode characters in strings for DDEPoke commands you should check the Accept non English characters in Excel strings Slower button in the DDE option of the Properties window Accept non English characters in Excel strings slower This will cause Excel to send your strings of Unicode characters correctly although slower than numerical data The DDEInitiate and DDETerminate
62. and license files from previous versions in the application installation directory and copy them to the user s private configuration If there are no old configuration files VINE will copy all the current configuration files from the application installation directory Thereafter changes to Skkynet VINE s properties made through the Properties window will only change the user s private configuration A user can modify this behaviour in two ways with the following command line options 1 Provide the H home option which will indicate to VINE that it should store the private configuration and license files in the directory specified by home rather than in a subdirectory of Application Data Skkynet VINE will still search for previous and default configuration files and licenses in the application installation directory as described above 2 Provide the U option which will indicate to VINE that it should not create private configuration files for each user but store its configuration in the application installation directory If both H and U are specified the U flag is ignored Custom Configuration Files When Skkynet VINE starts up you may wish to have certain points and data structures get created immediately To do this you can create one or more custom configuration files These files must be listed in the bottom of the Scripting option of the Properties Window A Creating and editing custom configuration files should on
63. as DataSim or other custom applications Master and Slave We identify the two tunnelling mirroring VINEs as master and slave The only difference between the master VINE and slave VINE is that the slave initiates the connection Once the connection is established they function exactly the same It is possible for a VINE to be both tunnelling mirroring slave and master simultaneously acting as a slave to one or more VINEs and a master to one or more others For slave mode you need to specify each master Tunnel Mirror Slave Check the Act as a tunnelling mirror slave to these masters box to have Skkynet VINE act as a slave Tunnel Mirror Configuration Tunneling Mirror Slave Act as a tunneling miror slave to these masters Port Domain Remote SSL Status To add a master for this mode click the Add Master button To edit a master double click it or select it and press the Edit button Either button opens the Tunnel Mirror Master window 139 Chapter 15 Properties Window TunnelW Mirror Master Configuration Primary Host Po Port Local data domain Remote user name Ys Remote data domain Remote password e m ml m L Secure 551 Type in the following information Primary Secondary Host The name or IP address of the host computer This slave VINE will alternate attempts to connect first on the primary host then on the secondary host back and forth until a connection is made The secondary host i
64. be shut down together to ensure that a point is deleted Viewing Data Points You can view the values of all data points with the Data Browser Point Size Limits Skkynet VINE itself does not limit the size of a point data message The only limits are those imposed by the operating system and in Windows there are no such limits If however you intend to share data between with Linux or QNX computers there is a limit of 64000 bytes for QNX and 128000 bytes for 23 Chapter 13 Working With Data Linux In any case bear in mind that very large values will take some time to be transmitted over a network 13 2 Data Communication Concepts 13 2 1 13 2 2 13 2 3 These basic concepts of data communications will help you understand how Skkynet VINE works Send and Receive Data e Send write data A program sends a value for a data point and VINE records or writes the value for that point This type of communication is synchronous The send and the write are essentially two parts of a single process so we use the terms pretty much interchangeably You can write a value to VINE manually using the Data Browser A typical write command from a program using DDE protocol is DDEPoke e Receive read data A program requests to receive the value of a data point VINE then responds by sending the current value of the point We call this reading the value from Skkynet VINE Again we sometimes use the two terms interchangeably and
65. be stored Change file every How often to close a recorded history file and open another Keep data for How long to store data on disk Flush to disk every How often to flush the data from memory and write it to disk 157 Chapter 15 Properties Window Example The directory tree and example filename that the history will be written to Deadband A deadband is used to reduce the amount of data stored by only storing data if there is a significant change in value This approach is superior to simply reducing the sampling frequency which will lose information when data changes quickly and will waste storage by saving the same values when data doesn t change The deadband approach defines a resolution below which changes in data are deemed to be noise and therefore ignored Deadband i Absolute change 0 i i Percent change 0 Yo i i Maximum time between values 0 seconds Maximum number of skipped values 0 Absolute change Sets the deadband range to a single value Any new value differing from the baseline current value by less than the number entered here will not be recorded If a value s difference from the baseline is greater than or equal to this number that value gets recorded and it becomes the new baseline for the absolute change deadband Percent change Sets the deadband range to be a percent of the last logged data value Every new value is compared to that value and if their percentag
66. been restarted This restriction is not currently being enforced Restrictions Expires This user will be allowed to log in to Skkynet VINE up to but not including the date specified by the Restrictions ExpiryDate This restriction is not currently being enforced Restrictions MaxLoginLimit An integer specifying the maximum total number of logins permitted used by Restrictions LimitTotalLogins This restriction is not currently being enforced Restrictions ConcurrentLoginLimit An integer specifying the maximum number of concurrent logins used by Restrictions LimitConcurrentLogins This restriction is not currently being enforced Restrictions ExpiryDate A date used by Restrictions Expires This restriction is not currently being enforced HTTP HTTP Connect This user is allowed to connect to the VINE Web Server 117 Chapter 12 Security WebView WebView Connect This user is allowed to connect to WebView When a connection is made the client has a 5 second grace period in which to authenticate before the client is disconnected If the client does not have WebView Connect permissions after the grace period expires it will be disconnected WebView CreatePage This user is allowed to create pages in WebView WebView CreateControl This user is allowed to create controls in WebView This function is not currently available WebView SavePage This user is allowed to save his own pages in WebView WebView SaveC
67. boiler 1 powered Oct Local 1 pump temperature valvel pressure temperature W boilerz plant H boiler 1 W boiler You can have VINE load this plant cfg configuration file on startup see Section 1 5 Configuration Files Create a generic object to share all of the common properties and 77 attributes in the model Give it a common property called name assembly default Object property default Object AUTO name string rw unnamed 100 Create a temperature attribute that can be shared by boilers and pumps It has three properties value highlimit units type default Temperature property default Temperature AUTO value R8 rw 0 100 property default Temperature AUTO highlimit R8 rw 120 100 property default Temperature AUTO units STRING rw C 100 defaultprop default Temperature value Create a pressure attribute for boilers type default Pressure property default Pressure AUTO value R8 rw 0 100 property default Pressure AUTO units STRING rw kPa 100 defaultprop default Pressure value Create a plant model sharing the properties and attributes of object assembly default Plant Object Create a boiler model as an object assembly default Boiler Object attribute default Boiler temperature Temperature attribute default Boiler pressure Pressure Create a pump model as an object 128 13 4 5 Chapter 13 Working With Data assembl
68. by reducing thread context switching and by giving its protocol specific data transmitters an opportunity to collect more than one data change into a single outgoing message One of the side effects of buffering is that the old value queue will be more likely to fill If your application is very sensitive to every change of value then it may be necessary to turn off the buffering The CPU penalty for turning off buffering is very high perhaps as much as 200 in heavy load conditions How to Optimize Do not use un buffered data delivery in high load conditions unless you absolutely must Please refer to How to Optimize Procedure 14 4 Old value queueing and un buffered delivery for details 14 5 Screen Output Output to the screen can use a huge amount of processing time The worst offenders are multi line text boxes where text is constantly being added and scrolled If you think that the CPU usage for Skkynet VINE is too high close all Event Log and Script Log windows You may also find that the Data Viewer window uses too much CPU if the data is changing very rapidly or if the number of data points visible in the right hand pane of the Data Viewer is very large Try closing the Data Viewer to reduce CPU load If you need to monitor some data in the Data Viewer consider using bridging to collect the subset of data points that you need into separate data domain Viewing that subset of the data will consume less CPU and may have the added ben
69. by the datahub ST_UNKNOWN There is an unknown error ST_NO_QUEUE A target task has no queue or qserve is absent ST_CMD_SYNTAX_ERROR The command was not found or there was a syntax error ST_REPLIED The reply was complete ST_WRONG_TYPE The type of a point or variable was wrong ST_TOO_LARGE A value to be written to memory is larger than the available buffer ST_NO_MEMORY There is insufficient memory available ST_OLD_DATA Time significant data is out of date ST_TIMEOUT A timeout occurred in poll mode 17 3 Sending Commands by TCP It is possible to send commands directly to VINE over TCP by using a tunnelling mirroring connection The communication between a client and VINE over TCP follows these guidelines e The connection is a single bi directional socket All communication from VINE to the client is non blocking and asynchronous It is possible to use blocking I O in the client and to wait for a response from VINE as well but we don t advise doing either e Since TCP is streamed there are no packets as such Each message starts with an open parenthesis and ends with a matching closing parenthesis Messages should be terminated with a newline n character If they are not then VINE will hold off on processing the incoming messages until it receives a newline character and then it processes all messages in order in a batch There is a maximum character length allowed around 1 MB for a batch of messages after wh
70. can be from 0 to 32767 locked An indication that the point is locked and cannot be changed Can be 0 or 1 Attempts to write to a locked point will fail seconds The UNIX epoch seconds since Jan 1 1970 as produced by the time function nanoseconds The number of nanoseconds inside this second Cannot exceed 1 000 000 000 flags User level code should always send a 0 for this value Gualicy A quality indicator consistent with the OPC DA specification This is not a bit field It can be one of PT_QUALITY_BAD O PT_QUALITY_UNCERTAIN 0x40 PI OUVAGILTY GOOD OxcO 261 PT_ QUALITY CONFIG ERROR PT_QUALITY_NOT_CONNECTED PT_ QUALITY DEVICE FATLURE PT QUALITY SENSOR FATLURE PT_QUALITY_LAST_KNOWN PT _ QUALITY _ COMM FATLURE PY OUALL TY OUT OF SERVICE PT_ QUALITY WAITING FOR_INITIAL DATA PT_QUALITY_LAST_USABLE PT_QUALITY_SENSOR_CAL PT QUALITY FGU EXCEEDED PT_QUALITY_SUB_NORMAL PT_ QUALITY _LOCAL OVERRIDE 0x04 0x08 Ox0c Ox10 0x14 Ox18 Oxlc Ox20 Ox44 Ox50 Ox54 0x58 Oxd cwrite All strings can be surrounded by double quotes if the string contains spaces or special characters The backslash character escapes double quotes and backslashes within the string Newline carriage return form feed and tab are represented with n r f t respectively Strings must not contain newline characters Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for detail
71. change events active in this script e Menu Bindings the number of menu entries that this script has placed in the system tray menu e Sub Menu Name the name of the submenu in the system tray menu into which this script has placed its menu entries Load these additional configuration files when starting Configuration files let you start Skkynet VINE from a known configuration Normally there is one configuration file that comes with the VINE distribution Each change you make in the Properties window gets written to that file automatically and saved However it is also possible to create and or edit configuration files with a text editor see Section 1 5 Configuration Files Any additional configuration files must be listed here in order to be read by Skkynet VINE The files in the list are used in order from the top down with the last file taking precedence That is if a value is assigned to a variable from within a configuration file its value will be changed by subsequent assignments whether they come from within that config file or from any other D Creating or editing configuration files should only be attempted by experienced users Load these additional configuration Files when starting C Program Files Skkynet Skkynet YINE Test cfg C Program Files SkkynetiSkkynet YINE iplant ctg Remove Move Up Move Down The Add button opens a standard file browsing window from which you can choose configuration files to ad
72. connections using authentication and authorization Authentication limits access to recognized users based on a username password combination Authorization provides a set of permissions for each user allowing access to certain functions while denying access to others VINE also provides full SSL Secure Sockets Layer encryption for TCP IP tunnelling and mirroring connections 12 1 How to Configure In the VINE Properties window select Security Configure Users and Groups Maintenance Reset Default Users and Groups Reset Entire Permission Database Click the Configure Permissions button to open the Edit Permissions window J Edit Permissions Users Groups HTTP Realms User Group Memberships ERective Permissions Leeriame Pasaword Login Count Select Groupama Ananya Q BasicLonneciwity TCP i Wivesbsvhew DDE Q AUTP User OPC D Mirror ia adin 212342 1 Here you can create and modify groups and then assign users to those groups Groups Groups provide a convenient way to configure a number of users who have identical permissions Each group can be assigned a unique set of permssions from the Permissions table There are three default groups Permissive WebView and HTTPUser To add a group type a group name in the bottom row of the Groups table Check or uncheck the boxes to assign permissions For example in the illustration below an Operator has been added that has been
73. consequence you may not distribute the Library at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Library If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License Section 12 If the distribution and or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who place
74. contact you by electronic and paper mail You should also get your employer if you work as a programmer or your school if any to sign a copyright disclaimer for the library if necessary Here is a sample alter the names Yoyodyne Inc hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the library Frob a library for tweaking knobs written by James Random Hacker lt signature of Ty Coon gt 1 April 1990 Ty Coon President of Vice That s all there is to it 234 l Skkynet VINE Command Set Table of Contents A E o E A cesses AO E E A A E A A sssusuueeseesseee eee asteceessasseecenss 238 IN sa P E A EE E A E A EEE E A T OA 239 I E A E A E EA OA ES AE AA R A A A E O E 240 MN sur E E A 241 II E S A EN E E O A T E A A AE E E A A E 242 IY E E A 243 MI P E A EN E E E A A E A E A EE A AE 244 I r A E A EEN E OE A T E A A AE E EE A AS E 245 MINER LU C a a A N E A T E A E EEEE A A 246 ao create ING iE E EE EE EEES 247 PU pE AEN A 248 a E E A A T T A A E EE AEA S AA A T E A 249 Dre FONTE EEA 251 MR remore PAET oiana 252 Dee a sa EN IAA 253 Ln a PAAA A E E S IPEE A S AA A E AEA TA A 255 GR i E E E O 256 A aca A E E E E A 257 BE NN cc ccs cence sensu cay enteaesccee vcrecaseessussencesesacecesnucnesessstasuxseevecerouscust E NS 258 Moa ses castes E E A E E A 259 a AREE E E E E E AE A E E E 260 wE EE N E E A E A E E 261 E a E E E E E E E E AE scesuseeanveesiseestess 263 BM O a E N 264 DOLD OIDE Eoria OE E OEO 265 DOLE e
75. creating and deleting points 15 9 Email SMS gases The Email SMS option lets you configure Skkynet VINE to send emails and SMS text messages The outgoing mail server is configured once and each email message is configured separately Email and 8M Configuration How do I use dynamic Email and SMS messaging Configure Outgoing Mail Server SMTP Server Port default 25 25 Sender Email User name Password Configure Outgoing Mail Server SMTP Server The name of the SMTP server You can use the same SMTP server listed in your email client program Port default 25 The SMTP port number typically this is port 25 162 Chapter 15 Properties Window sender Email The email address of the sender This will appear in the From field of the email User name The log in name you use to access this SMTP account Password The applicable password Security Security Never attempt to connect securely via SSL Always use 55L fail if unavailable Automatically select most secure connection W Accept invalid or untrusted certificates Never attempt to connect securely via SSL Ensures that SSL is not used Always use SSL fail if unavailable Ensures that SSL is always used and that any connection attempt without it will fail Automatically select most secure connection Allows the VINE to choose the most secure type of connection available on the mail server Accept invalid or
76. database A single key column is required for Modify Same Row VINE uses the key value to determine which row to modify Please refer to Section 7 6 Key Columns for more details The key can be configured as follows ltem Type in a VINE point name or any other value Property lt key gt Data Type The appropriate type for your database typically VARCHAR NVARCHAR or CHAR Due to a Windows bug in the first column the interface won t respond unless you click directly below the text of the column name We are working to resolve this Assigning points and properties When you have selected a table or you have at least one column in a table you are creating you can assign points and their properties to the various columns Configure Database T able Table name lt Select atable gt w Add Hew Rows Modify Same Row Add Column Create Table T POINTID PT MAME AyveDomain 4 DataPid Ik keps m a i B DataSini Property En Amplitude Data Type counter i Offset Data Size Ramp Item First choose a point from the point picker list on the right Then click in the Item row and select lt point gt from the drop down list Optionally you can type in the name of the point Leaving the Item blank allows you to choose the Property of clock to display the system time or clockms to display the number of milliseconds after the second of the system time 58 Chapter 7 Write to a Database Property
77. e a e I a e E a J Selecting a DSN 1 To select a DSN choose one from the drop down box and then enter the appropriate user name and password If your DSN is using Windows Authentication leave the User and Password fields blank 2 Click the Connect button A Connected to message should appear in the message box If you get an error message in the box consult your system administrator Creating or Configuring a DSN Windows has different configuration programs for 32 bit and 64 bit DSNs Skkynet VINE uses 32 bit DSNs To configure a 32 bit DSN in a 64 bit system you need to run c windows syswow64 odbcad32 exe 1 To create or configure a DSN click the Open DSN Administrator button This opens the ODBC Data Source Administrator window 73 Chapter 8 Query a Database ODBC Data Source Administrator f fx User DSN System DSM File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About User Data Sources Add Microsoft dBase Oriwer dbf Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver ls Remove MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver mdb Configure 2 Select the User DSN or System DSN tab depending on how you plan to access your database A user DSN is only available to the current user account while a system DSN is available to any user account on the computer 3 Now you can add a new database or configure an existing one Add a new database 1 Click the Add button
78. error messages you might encounter when using Skkynet VINE License failure License in use by master There are two possible reasons for this message 1 One VINE is tunnelling mirroring to another VINE on another computer and that VINE is tunnelling mirroring back to the first 2 VINE is tunnelling mirroring to itself Either of these are probably due to misconfiguration Check your configuration files to ensure that only one VINE is configured to be a master in any master slave pair and that no VINE is tunnelling mirroring to itself 4 Messages from Excel When you save and close a spreadsheet connected to VINE and then attempt to reopen it you may get one or more messages depending on your security settings in Excel or other circumstances Here s a summary of each message and what to do This document contains macros Enable them Click Enable Macros 197 Chapter 18 Troubleshooting This workbook contains links Update them Click Update If the VINE is already running all the links should then update automatically If not you may get a REF entry in some cells and the next message see below will probably appear Remote data not accessible Start VINE Click No At this point the best thing to do is close the worksheet start the requested program and then reopen the worksheet When you update the spreadsheet see above this time you won t get any REF entries 5 Excel not updating The default
79. given Connection permissions for Connect Read and Write 112 Chapter 12 Security Users MMS Hiir heaims Group Permissions Select PemName CombineType DataType Value Description Group Name BasicConnectivity Connection Web View Connect Any Tue boolean tue User can connect as a client via HT TPUser W Read Any True boolean true User can read and register data p p Operator Write Any True boolean true User can write to an existing write Users There are two kinds of users normal and special Normal users correspond to individuals with a name and a password Special users provide a way to offer different security models for different protocols For more information on types of users please refer to Section 12 3 User Authentication Users Groups HTTP Realms User Group Memberships Effective Permissions UserName Password LoginCount Select GroupName Anonymous 0 E BasicConnectivity TCP 0 E WebView DDE 0 E HTTPUser laca 0 o operstor admin 212372 0 Pectin fo To add a user type a user name in the bottom row of the User table When you press Enter a password dialog will appear lt gal Edit Password User Name Password HTTP Realms Http Realm You must re enter the password in order to modify HTTP realm assignments Cancel Enter a password and select an HTTP realm for that user When you click OK a string of charaters will appear in the
80. if any boolean or string value changes but to buffer any changes in floating point and integer types f ldi i E ee l dO aa m Try to send data even if it is known to be superseded Boolean F Integer F Float String 4 Click Apply For more information please refer to Section 14 3 Old Value Queuing and Section 14 4 Un Buffered Delivery 14 7 2 DataHub C API Binary mode connections 1 In your program call the method CDataHubConnector sendBinaryPointMessage bool enable to enable or disable binary messages For more information please refer to Section 14 1 Binary Mode Tunnel Mirror TCP Connections 135 Chapter 14 Optimizing Data Throughput 14 7 3 Gamma scripts The Gamma engine services all VINE scripts through a single queue for the sake of efficiency This means that any changes you make to the default behaviour will apply to all running scripts By default the Gamma engine runs with a 3 deep queue and buffered transmission This is equivalent to the queuing with buffered delivery option above for TCP IP connections As of Skkynet VINE version 6 4 2 you can modify the behaviour of the queuing and the buffering via Gamma function calls e set_point_queue_depth lets you specify the depth of the per point queue It is wise to keep this value small Please see set_point_queue_depth in the VINE Scripting manual for details about this function e get_point_queue_depth determines the current point queue dept
81. in the database Once created you cannot add columns to the table To create the table click the Create Table button If after creating the table you need to make changes to it and it has no data in it that you need you can click the Delete Table button This will delete the table from the database but will leave all of the configuration you ve done intact in this window You can then add more columns or make changes to points and properties and recreate the table This can be done as often as you need to 57 Chapter 7 Write to a Database Add New Rows or Modify the Same Row For any given table whether existing or newly created you will need to decide whether you are going to add new rows or modify the same row with new data each time it changes Add New Rows creates a new row in the table each time data is logged e Modify Same Row writes to the same row in the table each time data is logged Assigning a Key You have the option to make one column often the first column in a table a key column An auto incrementing key is commonly configured for Add New Rows A key column is optional for adding new rows but if you choose to have one it must be auto incrementing Please refer to Section 7 6 Key Columns for more details An auto incrementing key can be configured as follows ltem Choose lt key gt from the drop down list Property none Data Type The appropriate auto incrementing integer type for your
82. instantiated its attributes are instantiated by creating an attribute and then assigning the properties to it that are associated with the attribute s type There is an alternative to using types and attributes as described here a private attribute A private attribute provides a one command private_attribute means of creating an attribute on an assembly without having to define a type This prevents the attribute properties from being shared across more than one attribute in the assembly or in other assemblies but is easier to use when defining simple hierarchies See Example 2 127 Chapter 13 Working With Data 13 4 4 Example 1 Attributes and Types Suppose we want to create a hierarchical data model like this We have a control system consisting of process areas that we will call Plants Each plant contains 2 boilers and each boiler has a pump and 2 valves Each boiler measures temperature pressure and level Each pump measures speed on off state and operating temperature There are two types of valves a normal one that only measures position and another that also verifies that it has power applied to it Temperatures have a value and a high alarm limit The sample file plant cfg shown below included in the VINE distribution will create a point hierarchy in the default data domain that looks like this Datasim Point Mame Date Quality Value default name Qick Local PY E planti position Oct Local 5 2
83. instantiated when it is created and therefore needs an instance name For more information about assemblies and subassemblies with an example please refer to Section 13 4 2 Assemblies Subassemblies Attributes and Properties 345 success success sets up a success message Syntax success command resultstring Arguments command The name of a command for which this success string will be used resultstring A message string to be send to the issuer of a command when the command executes successfully Also see Return Syntax Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command is used to create messages that are sent from the VINE to participating programs whenever a given command is successfully executed 346 tcp_service tcp _service sets a TCP service name or port number for incoming slave connections Syntax tcp_service service port Arguments service port The TCP service name or port number for incoming slave connections Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command informs a VINE acting as a master which TCP service name or port number it should listen on for incoming slave connections 347 timeout timeout suspends data flow Syntax timeout ms Arguments ms The number of milliseconds to pause Returns A message indicat
84. is sent from the VINE to the client 296 HistorianAdd HistorianAdd is new not yet documented Syntax HistorianAdd point grouplabel Description This command has not yet been documented 297 HistorianFlags HistorianFlags is new not yet documented Syntax HistorianFlags flags Description This command has not yet been documented 298 HistorianRemove HistorianRemove is new not yet documented Syntax HistorianRemove point_pattern group_pattern Description This command has not yet been documented 299 HistorianSaveConfig HistorianSaveConfig is new not yet documented Syntax HistorianSaveConfig Description This command has not yet been documented 300 HistorianSetConfiguring HistorianSetConfiguring is new not yet documented Syntax HistorianSetConfiguring 0 1 Description This command has not yet been documented 301 HistoryGroupAdd HistoryGroupAdd is new not yet documented Syntax HistoryGroupAdd group_label basedir extension cachesize flags Description This command has not yet been documented 302 HistoryGroupAddPoint HistoryGroupAddPoint is new not yet documented Syntax HistoryGroupAddPoint group_label pointname Description This command has not yet been documented 303 HistoryGroupDeadband HistoryGroupDeadband is new not yet documented Syntax HistoryGroupDeadba
85. levels of disk caching to ensure that all data gets logged and nothing is lost When the database first becomes available after an outage VINE starts writing cached values to the database and continues writing new values to the cache In this way the values are inserted into the database in the order in which they are generated by the system Once the cache is cleared VINE then starts writing new values directly to the database Store and Forward Enable store and Forward Always write queue to disk Never write to disk C Delay writes to disk allow duplicates while forwarding stored data Show statistics controls in tray menu Cache directory C Documents and Settings My UserName 4pplicatio Maximum cache size MB Enable store and forward Activates the store and forwarding feature Always write queue to disk Data in the transaction queue will be written to disk cache first and from there to the database The safest protection against a crash is to check this box and uncheck Delay writes to disk below 153 Chapter 15 Properties Window Never write queue to disk The data in the transaction queue will be only stored in memory and never written to disk Delay writes to disk Data in the transaction queue will be written to disk at the most opportune times The safest protection against a crash is to uncheck this box and check Always write queue to disk above Allow duplicates while forwarding sto
86. master simultaneously acting as a slave to one or more VINEs and a master to one or more others A typical scenario for multiple tunnels is a hub and spoke arrangement in which a number of remote locations share data with a central location In such a scenario the central VINE is configured as tunnelling master and each of the remote VINEs as a tunnelling slave Configure VINE as tunnelling master 1 Right click on the Skkynet VINE system tray icon and choose Properties l Tunnel Mirrot 2 Inthe Properties window select Tunnel Mirror hus athlete 33 Chapter 4 Tunnel Mirror for Networking Tunneling Mirror Master Accept plain text connections on service port 4502 Current Connections U Accept secure connections on service pork 503 SSL Certificate C Program Files Skkynet Skkynet VINE plugin TCP de Current Connections 0 Try to send data even if itis known to be superseded Boolean Integer Float String 3 Inthe Tunnelling Master section you can configure plain text or secure tunnelling Ensure that at least one of these is checked If you want to change any of the other defaults please refer to Section 15 2 Tunnel Mirror for more information To optimize throughput un check the Try to send data even if it is known to be superseded option This will allow VINE to drop stale values for points which have already changed before the client has been notified of the original change The latest value wil
87. message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command tells the VINE to return a message for successfully executed command Error messages are always sent for unsuccessful attempts to execute a command Please refer to Return Syntax for details about the message format 238 add add adds a value to a point Syntax add name number secs nano Arguments name The name of a point which must be a number type number A value to add to the value of the point Sets The time in seconds If this is not specified the current date and time in seconds is used nano A fraction of a second in nanoseconds If this is not specified the number of nanoseconds past the current date and time is used Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command is used to add to the value of a point 239 alias creates an alias point for an existing point Syntax alias point alias Arguments point The name of a VINE point as a string alias A name for the new point as a string Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command creates a new point that will alias or tunnel mirror its value with an existing point The first point must exist and the second point will be created 1f it does not exist They do n
88. ms The update rate for the trend in milliseconds Major Tick s The time interval between major tick marks in seconds Minor Tick s The time interval between minor tick marks in seconds Y Axis The Y axis displays the value coordinate Label Any text string displays at the far left of the chart Minimum The minimum value to include in the chart Maximum The maximum value to include in the chart 46 Chapter 6 Using QuickTrend Major Tick The value between major tick marks Minor Tick The value between minor tick marks 47 Chapter 7 Write to a Database 7 1 Introduction Skkynet VINE can write data to any ODBC compliant database or text file Text File With this feature of the DataHub you can e Log data to any ODBC compliant database such as MS Access MS SQL Server MySQL Oracle and many more e Log from any data source connected to VINE e Log to existing database tables or create new tables as necessary e Log data to a text file using the LogFile g script To write data from a database into Skkynet VINE please refer to Tutorial 3 Writing data from a database to VINE in the VINE ODBC Scripting manual Skkynet VINE s ODBC Data Logging interface provides an easy way to connect to a DSN create or select a table assign data point properties to table columns and assign a trigger and conditions for logging points The fastest way to learn how to use the int
89. need for it The command sends a flush to the terminal so that if the VINE is printing to a terminal and has not completely flushed its output this will cause all pending printed characters to appear 377 flush_log flush_log is deprecated Syntax flush_log 378 master host master_host is deprecated in favor of mirror_master Syntax master _host name IP 379 master service master_service is deprecated in favor of mirror_master Syntax master_service service port 380 on_change on_change is for internal use only 381 point is used internally Syntax point name type value conf security locked seconds nanoseconds quality Arguments name The name of the point type The type of the point value The value of the point conf The confidence level of the point security The security level of the point locked The locked status of the point seconds The current time in seconds nanoseconds The number of nanoseconds past seconds quality The quality of the point Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command is the string that the VINE sends to all clients when a point value changes i e a point exception occurs The DataHub also listens for a point command because this is the mechanism that it uses to get updates from another VINE that it is tunnelling mirroring
90. oa a E ania 32l viii E ss 95s gana ss ore esne tet oops 2 Gigi A E A N 324 lg ks Poesy 31 aa nee T T E ee ee eee eee ee ee ee 325 I S ea ssn ars nesses sos sa tos caine va ges zs ga na cosmo Sets ato pena Seep eae 326 A U isos A E vest cscs encode E E EE E A EAE E canes 32 e PETETA EE E E TAAT E E T EA EET E A A A EE 328 A o a A EEA AE O E S T vtec bac E OE E E AA A E A O E 329 report TAI avin iscacaicsssasdscacacdsusinastoinry rier iiniv ton sA E TENKE NNE ENEA EEE EDES N E EANA En EEEIEE EENE DORAE AKERE n siiis 330 report Orro re a E AEE A AEE 33l TEQUeSt_ initial Gata cesessssscceccccceeeecsecaesessseesecceceeseeeeeaauasaessseseeceeceeeeseesseeausgaseeseeeceeeess Tid RN A EE EENE E 333 V a DAA OEA E E ES A E E E T E E E E E ET 334 Races aussie E AEE A E E E NTE E ON E E E E E EE T 333 S e E E E E EEEE T E EEE 336 E a A E E E ni A A E EE EET E E S E E E E T 338 a E a AE E A E E EA 339 show_debug_messages 1 0 0 cc eeeeccccccscesseececceecaessseeecceeeaaeesseeccessaaeessecceeeseeeuesseecesssaeaaseeesesesaaagnes 340 chon Oveni Di errno aE aN EEA EEEE E EE R 341 NF PE E E E E E EE E E ETE E pian 342 Show Te MOE eren NEEE RENE 343 show script lof cnini cigs waa vse ies wad dass EEEE SKENAN sadism EEKE E 344 UDan E a EA T A T AA 345 RI E E E E T ns pes soe gests E E a ies acne A R A A A E E 346 iE a e ccs A IE S T AA E EPEN S AA sinned I E O TN 347 1115 a A E EEE T AA E A E 348 AA dD lo EE E A E EE E A E O E 349 TunnelEnableP
91. of transactions attempted from cache could not be successfully delivered and were stored for later transmission This phenomenon may occur the first time that VINE learns that the database is not available For example you ll see this for every network break if you ve checked Always write queue to disk Cache directory The path and directory name for the cache Maximum cache size MB The amount of disk space to allocate for the cache in megabytes Query a Database ODBC In addition to writing data to a database Skkynet VINE also allows you to query a database and put the resulting values into VINE Query a Database ODBC Enable query from ODBC database Reconnection delay is Maximum transaction queue Show diagnostics in the script log Show statistics controls in tray menu Enable query from ODBC database Globally enables or disables all ODBC query activity Reconnection delay s Specifies the number of seconds before a reconnect is attempted if the ODBC connection is broken 155 Chapter 15 Properties Window Maximum transaction queue VINE maintains an in memory queue of pending operations This queue helps to avoid writing to disk during busy periods or during short database or network outages You can modify the depth of this queue to reduce the chance of involving the disk during busy periods The queue depth for queries defaults to 2 messages Show diagnostics in the Script Log Puts d
92. on the data source Transmit point changes in binary gives users of x86 CPUs a way to speed up the data transfer rate Selecting this option can improve maximum throughput by up to 50 depending on the type of data being transmitted This option uses a more efficient message encoding scheme than the default ASCII encoding but it will only work if both sides of the tunnel are running on an x86 141 Chapter 15 Properties Window architecture CPU This would be typical of Windows communicating with Linux or QNX or with another Windows computer Numeric data benefits most from this option e Target is a Cogent Embedded Toolkit server allows this slave to connect to an Embedded Toolkit server rather than to another VINE e Heartbeat sends a heartbeat message to the master every number of milliseconds specified here to verify that the connection is up Setting this value to O stops the heartbeat from being transmitted e Timeout specifies the timeout period for the heartbeat If the slave VINE doesn t receive a response from the master within this timeout it drops the connection You must set the timeout time to at least twice the heartbeat time Setting this value to 0 will cause VINE to rely on the TCP implementation for detecting a broken connetion This can be useful when your network connection is very slow Please refer to Section 14 2 Tunnel Mirror TCP Connections for Slow Networks for details e Retry specifies a number of mi
93. one point automatically propagates to the other point The scaling and the limits on source and destination points used for linear transformations are stored with the bridge so that if you decide to change from a direct bridge to one that uses linear transformations your previous entries are preserved The values themselves are only applied when the flag set indicates the corresponding transfer function 250 bridge_remove bridge_remove deletes a bridge Syntax bridge_remove source destination Arguments SOUTCe A string containing the fully qualified point name of the source or starting point of the bridge destination A string containing the fully qualified point name of the destination or ending point of the bridge Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command permanently deletes a bridge The source and dest ination names must be fully qualified specifying the domain and point name as in domain pointname 251 bridge_remove_pattern bridge_remove_pattern deletes all bridges that match a pattern Syntax bridge_remove_pattern source_pattern destination_pattern Arguments SOUrCe pattern A string containing a pattern for the name of the source points of the bridge such as YoOOmeadn sae destination_pattern A string containing a pattern for the name of the destination points of the bridge such as Returns
94. or bottom Move the mouse until you see a white double headed arrow and drag To zoom in to a part of the display drag the mouse over the area that you want to zoom in on To zoom back out and resume real time trending click on the Reset Pan Zoom button at the bottom of the window e For other features the QuickTrend display has a menu available on a right mouse click sa Trend r Copy Save Image As Page Setup Print Show Point Values m r Pata Undo All Zoom P gt isco E Set Scale to Default M Using this menu you can copy save or print the current display as well as unzoom and undo a zoom or pan You can also hide or show point values and reset the scale to the default 45 Chapter 6 Using QuickTrend Chart Title The name of the chart which will appear at the top AW Skkynet VINE QuickTrend Quick Trend Saat Fart DataHub Quick Trend Laba Time Time Span 5 4 Update ime 200 Major Tick s 5 Minor Tick 5 25 Yii Label Walwa Minimurn 42 Maximum 1 0 4252011 4252011 452011 d25 2011 Major Tick 02 17 10 20 AM 17 10 30 AM 11 10 40 AM 11 10 50 AM Minor Tick 0 1 Time Select Time 2011 0435 11 1018 D pem X Axis The X axis displays the time coordinate Label Any text string displays at the bottom of the chart Time Span s The total number of seconds that the chart will span Update
95. query is written to VINE Here we will introduce the One point per row option For information about the Whole data set in a point option please refer to Section 8 4 Configuring a Database Query Select One point per row Ohne point per row Point Hame Value Timestamp Quality tenons a a S 6 Inthe Column Name Point Name dropdown list choose the column name in your database that contains the point names that you will be using For instance in our demo database that column is named VariableName 7 Inthe Column Name Value dropdown list choose the column name in your database that contains the values for the point names that you will be using For instance in our demo database that column is named VariableValue 8 Inthe Replace domain field enter the name of a new or existing domain We ve put in a name for a new domain TestDomain 9 Click the Create button Configured Actions On Label DSN Query Trigger Testuenm MySQLLocal SELECT FROM Remove A new configured action should appear in the list For more information about configured actions please refer to Section 8 7 Configured Actions Next to get VINE to make the query you need to assign a trigger Assign a Trigger For this example we will set a repeat timer to requery the database every 5 seconds 1 Select the 3 Trigger tab 71 Chapter 8 Query a Database 2 Select Repeat Timer and enter 5 Query a Database ODBC Configure
96. rate a low number here for many data points could use a great deal of CPU When a parameter is invalid A parameter will be invalid if the object being monitored is not available For example if a process is not running then the parameters for that process will all be invalid This is a useful way to monitor a system process or other object For example you could use a script or other client to watch a process ID and when the process ID becomes 1 you could generate an alarm indicating that the process is no longer running Point Names The System Monitor automatically creates Skkynet VINE point names based on the names of the system properties Some client programs cannot work with point names containing special characters This section allows you to specify which characters will be removed from the property name when constructing the point name Now you are ready to create the list of system parameters that you want to monitor Monitored system parameters System Property Point Mame Remove Selected Select From List Click the Select From List button This will open the Select System Properties dialog 85 Chapter 9 System Monitor Select System Properties Performance object Processor w All counters All instances Select counters from list Select instances from list L Time C3 Time T DPE Time Idle Time Interrupt Time Privileged Time Processor Time SG Depending on your
97. s A E E E E E E E E A E E E 137 A a aa E econ coe E E A E E E E E 138 U D a E E E E 142 Per N E EEA N T N A SINNEN S E EEI T E A EET 146 E NG A E EEA E E E T A EE A T E 148 Dg BP E ES E E E E A E E T E E 152 BE a E E E NE E EE EE ET E 156 e aen MON a TER 160 ES D e e spre a A A E E A E E S E E I A E 162 EA EOT ea EN E ssane css eateesenssnedesssecmancectsesnnsdenee 164 TSE E a A E SS 168 RE o A E E E A nce E E EEA A ETE E E 169 a S a a E E E O 171 KS CDE E E E E E E 174 16 Other Windows and Programe sssissisissscsrsssvssisroronsdasssivosvassnoiossosnnsi vari naene d r onns nasa aiaa 178 Vo Dala DIONI oeer EEEE EEO E e 178 Ne ROM eonen O erea i A re eee rere ee ee ee 179 I e Nice ot E PO A A EAEE nana A A E EAE E 181 Ie E a E E laters itso ecb noe aes 182 DE A a E srapeewsgeaceeeeeesonescssvecbes sean sesgeswssens 182 16 6 Datasim a data Simulation program c2cccccecccscscesceseccsdesacareceeceseasewdasceanseessesesendesecaeeseescsuaseues 183 16 7 DataPid a PID loop data simulation program csssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssseeaeees 185 n a Re A oso a saeco ot nonce soe caren Seen suede cncesuton ae oases care taece de pasmcedt onpasuucnene care suenetenederees 188 Me a YE I ose AA ents AA AEEA A A AEE A 194 Lle Sa SE een ee EET T bec 194 EE a E e E EE E E A E T A ETT 194 Ia nendin Ge Ne oats taccee ce caseca een ccenceent sane EE EE S 195 vi ON EPON DEO RMN OE cites ce S sen vevac
98. scripts also use SQL commands to write and read data For example the following line from the ODBCTutorial3 g script uses an SQL SELECT command to pull all of the data from a database table result conn QueryToClass tableclass string Select from tablename The SELECT command is often used with the FROM and WHERE operators in queries such as this SELECT data_element_1 FROM table_1 WHERE data_element_1l gt 32 and data_element_1 lt 212 The syntax of SQL is fairly simple and there are many books and online tutorials that can help you learn The information presented here about SQL ODBC and databases in general should be enough to get started logging data with Skkynet VINE 208 Appendix D Command Line Options For more control of Skkynet VINE on startup you can use its command line options These options let you specify data domains ports and several other configuration items each time VINE starts Except where noted these options apply to Cascade DataHub in Windows Linux or QNX as well as Cascade Connect You need to enter these options in the Properties section of the VINE shortcut icon 1 Right click on the VINE shortcut icon and select Properties The Skkynet VINE Properties window will appear with the Shortcut tab selected Skkynet VINE Properties General Shortcut Compatibility VW Skkynet VINE Target type Application Target location Skkynet VINE Target inet VINE Skkynetyine exe
99. sent from one cell phone to another which is all handled within the cell network itself Using the SMS text message address you can send a regular email and it will be converted by the SMS gateway txt bellmobility ca in the example into a text message and be delivered to your phone There may be a short delay while the conversion from email to text message occurs but the message usually arrives in less than a minute Check with your cell phone service provider for the SMS text message address for your cell phone number 10 2 Configuring the Mail Server Before you can send email from Skkynet VINE you will need to configure the VINE mail server program as follows 1 With VINE running right click on the VINE system tray icon and choose Properties 2 Inthe Properties window select Email SMS Email and SMS Configuration How do I use dynamic Email and SMS messaging Configure Outgoing Mail Server SMTP Server Lmtp my isp con Port default 25 25 Sender Email my email addressi company corm User name Password Enter the information that you want to use for sending the email This can be the same as the SMTP server listed in your email client program SMTP Server The name of the SMTP server Port The SMTP port number typically this is port 25 Sender Email The email address of the sender This will appear in the From field of the email The address can be in either of these two forms e user
100. service console of the SYSTEM user account But in some cases this may be unavoidable lf Run as specified user Password evcvevece Automatically restart on failure Install Update Service If you try to install the DataHub service as a specified user as explained in Section 1 3 Installing VINE as a Service then you may find that the service does not run and you get an error message related to a logon failure such as this War 01 10 14 09 674 Install senice Skkynet Vine Mar 01 10 14 11 906 Update senaice Skkynet Vine Mar 01 10 14 12 293 Done This error occurs when a user who is going to run the VINE service does not have the permission or right to log on as a service in Windows One way to set this permission right is as follows 1 Open the Windows Services window from the Control Panel by selecting Administrative Tools and then Services 2 Right click on Skkynet VINE and select Properties 211 Appendix E Running as a Windows Service Specified User Services Local System Automatic Remote Local Service Ci COM Event Syster SACOM System Appl Manual Local System a Computer Browser Disabled Local System SA Credential Manager Manual Local System ZE Cryptographic Serv Automatic Network 5 DCOM Server Proc Automatic Local System x Automatic Local System Z DHCP Client Automatic Local Service XE Diagnostic Policy Se Automatic D Local Se
101. settings in Excel allow you to drag and drop from Skkynet VINE into your spreadsheet and see the data updating automatically Sometimes however the Excel configuration may have been changed so that you do not see this For example if you drag a data point into Excel and you get the first value but then nothing after that you may want to check the following settings 1 From the Tools menu choose Options to open the Options window Options Color International Save Error Checking Spelling Security o view Calculation Edt General Transition Custom Lists Chart Calculation Automatic Manual Calc Now FS Automatic except tables Calc Sheet C Iteration Maximum iterations ioo Maximum change 0 001 Update remote references Save external link values Precision as displayed Accept labels in Formulas all We Wt te ogee 2 Ensure that the Automatic option in Calculation is selected 3 Ensure that the Update remote references option in Workbook options is selected Then close the Options window 4 From the Edit menu choose Links to open the Edit Links window 198 Edit Links Source Datasim Dakasim Datasim Location Item datahub datahub datahub Update Aubomatic Startup Prompt Chapter 18 Troubleshooting Status Update Values Mot applicable Mot applicable Change Source Mot applicable Open Source Break Link Check Status Manua
102. some tips e You must leave the Item field blank to select either of these options 59 Chapter 7 Write to a Database PULA TIL LU AE iben chen Proper ha Data Tppe courier Data Sre clockms An Foradil e Example If the time is 12 34 56 789 clock will be written as 12 34 56 789 in databases that accept milliseconds and as 12 34 56 in databases that do not A clockms property will be written as 789 in all databases e The clock and clockms properties allow you to log the system time as a column in the table so that your record can contain the system time along with a number of different point values for example System Time Pointl Point2 Point3 08 12 56 000 43 883 3 727 213 905 Data Type The data type that the database should associate with the property Data Size In some cases this is entered automatically in other cases it is not used but sometimes it is possible or necessary to enter a size such as the number of characters in a text string or the number of bytes Transform x This allows you to modify the entry or to insert a text string For example e x 100 25 could be used to multiply a point value by 100 and add 25 to the result e Tank Level would insert the string Tank Level instead of say the point name 7 6 Key Columns A database table can have a special column or set of columns that is designated as a key Every value in the key column s is unique By designating a key in a ta
103. system this dialog may take a few seconds to appear If it does not come up the Event Log will contain a message Otherwise just be patient it will open eventually In the Select System Properties dialog you can specify which items to add to your list of monitored system properties according to these criteria e Performance object A list of all available objects such as CPU Memory Process Print Queue TCP etc e Counters All of the available data categories related to the selected performance object You can choose all counters or select specific counters from the list The Explain button opens a window with an explanation of the selected counter Instances All of the instances of the chosen performance object For example if you chose Process for your performance this list will show all of the processes running on your system You can choose all processes or select specific processes from the list A number in this list normally indicates a selection from multiple objects of a given type and _ Total means the total across all of the objects For example if you are looking at Processor in a multi processor machine you will see a number 0 1 etc for each processor and a_Total for the cumulative statistic over all processors Select a performance object and counters and instances as applicable For example to see the process ID for DataSim first ensure that DataSim is running then select e Performance object Proc
104. the command These messages will be received by programs using the Skkynet VINE APIs for C Java and NET but they will not be received by VINE scripts The two types of success messages are e No arguments success command e One or more arguments success command arg Success messages are returned if the VINE command acksuccess has been previously issued with a value of 1 A value of 0 means no success messages will be returned Error messages are returned any time there is an error There are four types of error messages e No arguments error 2 command error message e One argument error 2 command arg error message e Two arguments error 2 command arg arg error message e More than two arguments error 2 command aig 20 2ror message The error messages are the negation of these error codes 194 Chapter 17 Using VINE Commands ST _OK The function executed without error ST_ERROR An error occurred ST_NO_TASK A required task does not exist ST_NO_MSG There is no message available ST_WOULDBLOCK This action would block and is not permitted ST_INTR An interrupt occurred ST_FULL The queue is full ST LOCKED A VINE point is locked CT SECURITY The security level is insufficient ST_NO_POINT A required VINE point does not exist ST_INSIG A change in a VINE point s value is insignificant This is not really an error but a notification that no exception will be generated
105. the sender expects to get a reply from the receiver like a telephone call There is a back and forth exchange so that each party knows that the other is receiving the message If there is no response you can be pretty sure that communication didn t occur 124 Chapter 13 Working With Data e Asynchronous communication means that a message gets sent but the receiver is not expected to reply like a radio broadcast or a newspaper Each of these communication types has its own value and purpose in data communications and Skkynet VINE is capable of both The specific circumstances and application will determine which form of communication you end up using 13 3 Data Exchange Protocols 13 3 1 13 3 2 Skkynet VINE relays data between programs using OPC TCP or DDE It also tunnels data over a network or the Internet using TCP This section gives an overview of these protocols DDE Protocol DDE Dynamic Data Exchange is a well established mechanism for exchanging data among processes in MS Windows There are three DDE commands for establishing communication with Windows programs such as Excel Which of these commands you use depends on how you plan to control the flow of data between the spreadsheet and Skkynet VINE 1 DDEPoke writes a data value to Skkynet VINE For example to send a value from an Excel spreadsheet to VINE the DDEPoke command is run from within an Excel macro For more details please refer to Section 3 2 2
106. the value is 0 then simply return nil indicating that the action should not proceed We need to test for zero because when we reset the trigger point to zero a second data change event will occur The argument is unevaluated so the condition should look like this a HighWithReset S default TriggerPoint nil my function HighWithReset triggerpoint local value if undefined_p value eval triggerpoint amp amp value 0 after 0 001 setq triggerpoint 0 t else nil This is the inverse of HighWithReset see above If the trigger point is zero perform the action and set the trigger point to 1 If the trigger point is non zero do nothing and return nil By function LowWithSet triggerpoint local value if undefined_p value eval triggerpoint amp amp value 0 after 0 001 setq triggerpoint 1 66 Chapter 7 Write to a Database Test for Changed Values Before Logging If you are logging data based on a timer you can use this script to check the previously logged value and only log a new row in the database if the value has changed To use the script you first need to load and run the LogFunctions g script shown below and included in the installation archive Then if you put this formula HasValueChanged TestPoint nil into the condition boxes when the Test Point has not changed the data for that row will not be logged The call
107. the wave from right to left as the data is generated Old data scrolls off the left side of the display as new data scrolls in from the right Wrap adds to the wave from left to right and writes over old data 16 8 Service Manager The Service Manager is a program that provides access to Cogent software that can be installed to run as a Windows service With this program you can select and configure how the service runs change its status and open the Properties window of Skkynet VINE Starting the Service Manager The Service Manager can be started from the Skkynet VINE program group in the Cogent entry of the Windows Start menu 188 Chapter 16 Other Windows and Programs select vine Configure Skkynet VINE Service cea Seve See amor m a Help WE Service Manager Fun m paded usar lhi cera Ea n Pama Aaganusticaly migri ori fakes alila W Uninstall FF Web Site i tale ckan Once started you can choose the service you need to configure from the Select Service dropdown list at the top Then you can configure install and check the status of the service as well as view the VINE Properties window The scrolling list at the bottom maintains a record of activities 189 Chapter 16 Other Windows and Programs Service Configuration Wf Skkynet VINE Service Manager VINE Configure Skkynet VINE Service Service Contiguration Startup type Configuratio
108. then update automatically If VINE is not running you will get a REF entry in each cell that has an advise loop established with VINE and the next message see below will probably appear Remote data not accessible Start VINE Click No At this point the best thing to do is close the worksheet start VINE manually and then reopen the worksheet When you update the spreadsheet see above this time you won t get any REF entries If instead of No you click Yes at this point VINE will not start but instead generate an error message and Excel may even crash later on 3 1 2 Method 2 Excel Macros using DDERequest Sometimes you may prefer to manually read data into your spreadsheet rather than use a DDEAdvise loop to constantly accept new values It may be that you intend to print reports only a couple of times a day and don t need to see every point change in between You can have Excel read specific data points from Skkynet VINE at your request by triggering the DDERequest command from within a macro Using DDERequest within a macro gives you complete control over when Excel reads new point values and lets you read several data points at one time To run the macro it is convenient to link it to a control button This is explained in Add a Control Button 3 1 2 1 Create a macro 1 Open a spreadsheet 2 From the Tools menu select Macro and then Macros 3 Inthe Macro Name field of the Macro dialog box type the nam
109. to Skkynet VINE This is useful because you do not have to configure each cell you want to write out to VINE If the cell that is changed lies within a defined range then all values in that range are automatically written out to VINE The Worksheet_Change routine determines the enclosing range for the change and if the range matches one of a predefined set it will send that range to Skkynet VINE The NameOfParentRange function determines the name of the cell range that intersects a given range If more than one named range in the worksheet intersects the given range it returns only the first one Add to Workbook Macro Code Function NameOfParentRange Rng As Range As String Dim Nm As Name For Each Nm In ThisWorkbook Names If Rng Parent Name Nm RefersToRange Parent Name Then If Not Application Intersect Rng Nm RefersToRange Is Nothing Then NameOfParentRange Nm Name Exit Function End If End If Next Nm NameOfParentRange End Function 205 Appendix B Excel Macro Library Add to Sheet1 macro code Sub Worksheet_Change ByVal r As Range Dim pname As String Dim chan As Integer pname ThisWorkbook NameOfParentRange r If Not pname Then On Error Resume Next chan DDEInitiate vine default DDEPoke chan pname Worksheets Sheet1 Range pname DDETerminate chan End If End Sub B 4 Other Useful Macros e Cause a macro to run when a Skkynet VINE point changes value Here is one mac
110. we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to use in any particular case based on the explanations below When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom of use not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software and use pieces of it in new free programs and that you are informed that you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of the library whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code If you link other code with the library you must provide complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling it And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with a two step method 1 we copyright the library and 2 we offer you thi
111. you have already configured Selecting an existing action from the list automatically fills in the DSN Query Trigger and Condition tabs with its information Checking or unchecking the On box at the left lets you switch the action on or off The Create button creates an action for the information currently entered in the DSN Query Trigger and Condition tabs If you press the Create button while a configured action is selected it creates a duplicate of that configured action and adds it to the list This is a quick way to configure similar actions The Modify button overwrites the selected configured action with the information currently entered in the DSN Query Trigger and Condition tabs The Remove button removes a configured action Once a configured action has been created or modified the changes won t take effect until you click the Apply or Done button Each query to the database gets logged in the VINE Script Log This allows you to check for error messages and ensure that your query was sent successfully You can verify the results of the query in the Data Browser 83 Chapter 9 System Monitor 9 1 Introduction The Skkynet VINE System Monitor provides a way to access any system performance data item such as CPU usage memory usage process ID disk space network traffic etc in Skkynet VINE _ 7 amp Live web display _ I Log to database Free memory EE CPU loading w gt Network activity
112. 14 2 Tunnel Mirror TCP Connections for Slow Networks e Retry specifies a number of milliseconds to wait before attempting to reconnect a broken connection 7 Click OK to close the Tunnel Mirror Master window The fields in the Tunnelling Slave table of the Properties Window should now be filled in 8 Click the Apply button in the Properties Window If the master VINE is running this VINE should establish the tunnelling connection and the Status should display Connected You can view the data with the Data Browser or view the connection with the Connection Viewer Open the Data Browser and select the data domain you requested to mirror If the master Skkynet VINE has been correctly configured you should now see all the master VINE data for that data domain 90 Chapter 10 Email and SMS 10 1 Introduction Skkynet VINE lets you send emails and SMS text messages triggered by a VINE event such as a point value change or by a timer The emails and messages can be in plain text or HTML format and they can contain current values for any data point in VINE SMS Text Excel i ODE Database Email Messages With this feature of the DataHub you can e Send SMS text messages to cell phones when an alarm event is triggered e Design end of day reports that are delivered to managers email accounts each morning e Provide managers with regular email updates of production targets e Emails can contain data fr
113. 75 Chapter 8 Query a Database e The drop down Column Name lists allow you to chose the columns that contain the point name and its value that will appear in VINE as well as an associated time stamp and quality e The Transform x fields let you to perform transformations on the data in each row of the corresponding column These transformations are written in Gamma the VINE Scripting language For example an entry of string MyTag x under the Point Name would change points labelled Pump1 and Pump2 to MyTagPump1 and MyTagPump2 Or an entry of 10 x under the Value would multiply each value by 10 e The output of One point per row for our example database would appear in VINE Data Browser like this Skkynet VINE Data Browser 3 of 3 points in TestDomain Selected Point Enter new value DataPid Point Mame Value Time Stamp DataSim Testpoint1 35 Feb 06 13 46 35 TestDomain Testpaint2 af Feb 06 13 46 10 Testpaints 19 Feb 06 13 46 10 Put a Whole Data Set into One VINE Point The Whole data set in point option lets you put the entire results of the query into one VINE point as specified formatted in XML td Whole data set in point default TestPoint For example our query of SELECT FROM test querytest LIMIT 3 on our example database would write the following XML formatted data as the value of a single point lt TableData gt lt column name ID type int datatype 6 gt lt column na
114. BCTutoriall g C Program Files SkkynetSkkynet VINE scripts ODBCTutorial g C C Program FilesiSkkynet Skkynet YINE scripts ODBCTutorial3 g Ela Edit Load Mow Remove Move Up Move Down Script Manager The DataHub Scripting manual has a more complete explanation for these options but briefly they are as follows e New creates a new script from parameters you specify e Add lets you add a script to the list e Edit opens the script in the Script Log for editing e Load Now loads the selected script into the Gamma interpreter for immediate processing e Remove deletes the selected script from the list e Move Up and Move Down move the selected script up and down in the list Script Manager VINE s Script Application Manager let you view a list of scripts and stop a running script To access it press the Script Manager button Script Manager This will open the Script Application Manager window Script Application Manager E 5 x Class i Change Events Menu Bindings Sub Menu Name App anager 0 0 BlatS upport 0 0 EmaillE ngine 1 0 ODBCEngine 1 0 Stop Selected To stop a script highlight it and press the Stop Selected button The columns display the following information e Class the name of the instance of the Application class created in the script e Timers the number of timers active in this script 170 Chapter 15 Properties Window e Change Events the number of
115. Connection permissions for Connect Read and Write Muupe i eins Users Group Permissions Select PemName CombineType DataType Value Description Group Name BasicConnectivity Connecton Web View Connect Any True boolean true User can as a client via i HTTF User Read Any True boolean true User can read and register data p a Write Any True boolean true User can write to an existing writs Users There are two kinds of users normal and special Normal users correspond to individuals with a name and a password Special users provide a way to offer different security models for different protocols For more information on types of users please refer to Section 12 3 User Authentication 72 Chapter 15 Properties Window Users Groups HTTP Realms User Group Memberships Effective TE UserName Password LoginCount Select GroupName Anonymous 0 BasicConnectivity TCP 0 E WebView DDE 7 0 ial HTTPUser m OPC lo A Operator Miror Wo on ladmin 21232F2 0 o To add a user type a user name in the bottom row of the User table When you press Enter a password dialog will appear aS Edit Password User Name Password HTTP Realms You must re enter the password in order to modify HTTP realm assignments _ Cancel Enter a password and select an HTTP realm for that user When you click OK a string of charaters will ap
116. DDEExcelUnicode os oisscsisccsscicsactscavniassavecascensarinacvacieasanaatonensedeseteanacesoanensiaaseadasoadtabosbinbadaosataaancaeess 266 Mca PEA S AEE sca cise sie pense pcan vas ae acai E E E E A 267 crates nace aE tae otatad avs Sev asp TENE ee N een AE EE 268 DOEL MOVIE eroi E A ouseavaantias biaansesueaidedadaadabeisedaaseiosacs 269 vii SPB ey re te LS 2 a r rn re ene er ee 270 DDEUnadvisePointt 000 000100s000s0000ssessesessessssessecesseeseessseseeressessesessessersseeressereeeseress Al o e T r PEE EE E A EA E SEAE EAT E TEE E Ali ie ULL 2 sae ee ee E E E er T 213 a sec E sesso EA A A E ce eer conan A E A AE E E E 274 L EE AAE APEE E AAA E E EE A A EAE E IEE T A E TTT OM be 10 aa E ee ee en eee eee ee nT one Ae cee eee eet Cer cer one a 276 AIA nin e P ees orcad stan oan patie sence ote ee aslo E E A E 277 Homan FI oco E E EENE RAA EEE Rei sesar inane aoa 278 Comain_bridge _emable ccccccccccccccccacceessssssseeecceccceeeeeeaaeasausseseececceceeseesaeaausassseseeeeeeeees 280 domain_bridge_prefer 5 acacosoisessasabactesvaspncstudasanndcasecoswnaicsaxabsaosianmpneadedoewasb radusesaneaneuabeaaweeeseluatniouaes 281 Comain_Dridge _refresh ccccccccccccecccccessssssseseececceeeeeceaaaaeassseseececceeeeseesseaauagssseseseceeeees 282 domain_bridge_remove ioc ciccsiiesscancssiesvnssccetcesdicicsacaesawestediacdasscanensde danse eiasacsnnasnnshsumodeseseedeuevanaeeis 283 ALD
117. Data into Excel 37 Chapter 5 Bridging 5 1 Introduction Bridging means connecting two data servers together so they can access each other s data even when neither of them can act as a client ee es ee es fee WrrrrrrrryryT i In addition to bridging two data servers on a single computer Skkynet VINE offers advanced bridging capabilities that let you e Bridge data servers over a network connection by tunnelling e Bridge between any number of data servers e Scale convert or normalize the data as it is bridged from one server to the other with built in linear transformations Define even more complex relationships between points in code using VINE Scripting You can configure the bridges you need using the Bridging option in the Properties Window 5 2 Configuring Bridges It is easy to configure Skkynet VINE to bridge existing points just point and click If necessary you can quickly configure linear transformations and specify the direction of data flow of the bridge And should you want to create a new point for a bridge it s just few more clicks of the mouse All configuration and any changes are done on the fly taking effect as soon as you click the Apply button 5 2 1 Point to point configuration 1 With VINE running right click on the Skkynet VINE system tray icon and choose Properties al Bridging 2 Inthe Properties window select Bridging 3 Click the Configure
118. E Arny RE Any PB Ary PE Chapter 2 Getting Started The Data Browser window should show some data updating in real time Any delays in updates to these points are due to slow network speed or high traffic volumes You can also use the Connection Viewer to see all active connections in Skkynet VINE For more information on tunnelling mirroring please refer to Section 15 2 Tunnel Mirror 18 Chapter 3 Excel Connections You can use Skkynet VINE to put data into Excel and to write data from Excel back to VINE eenaa ee ee ee eee The following sections explain how to drag and drop live data into Excel how to configure Skkynet VINE to receive data and how to use Excel macros for sending and receiving data between Excel and VINE 3 1 Getting Data into Excel Before starting to see any results you will have to ensure that you have some kind of data being fed into Skkynet VINE If your system isn t set up for this yet you can create a local data feed by following the steps outlined in Section 2 2 Test with simulated data There are two ways to get data into Excel from Skkynet VINE by setting up a DDEAdvise loop to receive data automatically or by using a DDERequest command from a macro to read data Deciding which to use depends on your situation We suggest you become familiar with both For more information about DDE and these commands please refer to Section 13 3 1 DDE Proto
119. E E i 386 Pe T 387 aera L E E E T A E E E semen eeneeeees 388 a E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E 389 E a S 390 a a o E E E E E A E E E 391 N E R E E E E E E E 392 E E A 393 a L E E EN A A A A N A E E A E A A 394 UI r E EN A A E A N O A A A E A A A E E 395 a C E E A A E N O EA A AAE A A E E eeastesscieceess 396 e DSS hc a E E E E E 397 BE L E A A A A A E A ne eeanen ieee 398 This reference contains commands that are deprecated obsolete and no longer used as well as commands that are for internal use only These commands should rarely if ever be used 365 asyncsocket asyncsocket sets up asynchronous communication on a socket Syntax asyncsocket socket Arguments socket The socket address as a string Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command tells the VINE to communicate asynchronously on the specified socket 366 authgroup authgroup is deprecated Syntax authgroup name bits max_concurrent_logins max_logins expiry 367 authuser authuser is deprecated Syntax authuser name group hash bits max_concurrent_logins max_logins login_count expiry 368 bandwidth reduce bandwidth_reduce is for internal use only 369 deleted deleted checks if a point has been deleted Syntax deleted pointname domain Arguments pointname A string containing the name of the point domain
120. E cil nerk attention Whan pou wa dona ord you reed bo atu to pour desktop lor ree irre check Retin npa Return naw eh Skkynet VINE Properties V7 3 20 Rureuing in demo saje 1 J W sseni General Settings dip Tunna kire Dats Changes ql Endging at a fat Pare eee Paes n Ded ret Woe heres math oe odd Bence dh ia q dari boady gee a cmp it ures orga EJ Leger mmi di EN KE Vie 2 Gc ha iah Gee 2 aru a GAG A BARTS US Ps N Se Ta wa Vie irer pe pit yiu bag oh H Uutake akya dh Gree cutee Geer ee ee Le E idietorlens Dicit Ptit dali domiti Cala Doren Hrt AiL 2 SEE Pimia Edit DF imav Hergest a Redimidanins iA Upedate GB hiring i al Ayre oy Bad drra ra pasiei bry drag U Securtty a Linens interface Language ro si ns While the Service Console is open your other applications will continue to run normally but you will not be able to see or interact with them A dialog box will be visible while you are viewing the Service Console that will allow you to switch back to your regular desktop at any time If you have other system services running on your computer that also have user interface windows those services will also be available to you while viewing the Service Console When you have finished viewing or editing the VINE properties before returning to the normal user console you should click the Apply and OK buttons to close down the VINE Properties wi
121. EEEE E E E E E 396 Oi n EEI A EE S EE T E EAE E E 397 warn_of_license_expiry ccccccccccccccceecccceesssseseseccecececeeseaauaeasssseseececceeeseeeeseaauaasngaeseseceeeess 398 Jii i o E EA E E E E O E A E A A E E E AE E 2 NI sass ca A E E IO EE NE ARSO O A OE A eerste 406 Chapter 1 Installation 1 1 System Requirements and Installation System Requirements Skkynet VINE is compatible with the following versions of Windows e Windows 8 32 bit amp 64 bit e Windows 7 32 bit amp 64 bit e Windows Server 2012 64 bit e Windows Server 2008 R2 64 bit e Windows Server 2008 32 bit amp 64 bit e Windows Vista 32 bit amp 64 bit e Windows XP SP2 32 bit amp 64 bit e Windows Server 2003 SP2 32 bit amp 64 bit Installation To install VINE from an archive downloaded from the Cogent web site follow these steps 1 Double click on the program archive VINE 7 3 xxxxxx Windows exe 2 Follow the instructions Uninstall 1 From the Start menu select the Control Panel and then choose Add or Remove Programs 2 Find Skkynet VINE on this list and double click it 3 Click the Remove button and follow the instructions 1 2 Installing Licenses You can install VINE licenses purchased from Cogent using the Licenses option in the Properties window The Licenses option lets you view and install licenses for Skkynet VINE When Skkynet VINE starts up it will run in demo mode one hour time limit
122. ERRIDE Oxd 8 Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command assigns a quality to a point Typical qualities include Good and Bad 327 read read reads a complete point definition Syntax read name Arguments name The name of a point Returns The complete point definition in a message with this syntax point name type value conf security locked seconds nanoseconds flags quality where name The name of the point type The data type of the point one of integer floating point or character string value The value of the point conf The confidence level of the point O 100 percent unused by most applications security The security level of the point O to 32768 where higher numbers represent higher security locked O for locked or 1 for unlocked seconds The operating system time in seconds when the point was read nanoseconds The number of nanoseconds after seconds when the point was read flags User defined flags Gualacy A constant representing a quality of the connection assigned by the VINE for this point such as Good Bad Last known Local override etc The possible values are those supported by OPC in Microsoft Windows Description This command reads the current value of a point along with all the other information it contains See also cread 328 report report reque
123. IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE SHTTPD Copyright c 2004 2005 Sergey Lyubka lt valenok gmail com gt Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software 218 Appendix H Third Party Source Licenses THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 219 Appendix I Media Source Licenses Some of the images sound files and videos distributed with this product are covered by one or more of the following licenses or terms of us
124. INE needs to be configured to act as a DDE server and have registered at least one service name An Excel macro can then issue a DDEPoke to that service along with a 27 Chapter 3 Excel Connections Skkynet VINE data domain name the DDE topic a point name the DDE item and a value If the value is of type Range then Excel will automatically format the value as a tab and newline separated string Example See the definition of the PutData function in the Excel macro coding examples below Using a DDE Advise Loop When sending data from Excel to Skkynet VINE using a DDE advise loop Excel acts as the DDE server and VINE acts as the client To create the advise loop l Open the Skkynet VINE Properties Window by right clicking on the VINE icon in the Windows system tray and selecting Properties Click the DDE button Make sure the Act as DDE client box is checked Click the Add button This opens the DDE Item Definition window DDE Item Definition Connection Name ft _connectian Service Excel Tapie ory Filename xb Teer Mames my test pointi Add So Type in the following information e Connection Name choose a name to identify this connection It must be unique among all DDE connections e Service type in Excel case is not important e Topic type the name of your worksheet file including the x1s extension like this my_filename xls Item Names These create a mapping between Excel cells and ran
125. IT_MASK 0x3 OPC_QUALITY_BAD 0 OPC_QUALITY_UNCERTAIN 0x40 OPC_QUALITY_GOOD Oxc0 OPC_QUALITY_CONFIG_ERROR 0x4 OPC_QUALITY_NOT_CONNECTED 0x8 OPC_QUALITY_DEVICE_FAILURE UXC OPC_QUALITY_SENSOR_FATLURE 0x10 OPC_QUALITY_LAST_KNOWN 0x14 OPC _OUALITY COMM FAILURE 0x18 OPC QUALITY OUT _ OF SERVICE Oxle OPC QUALITY WAITING FOR _ INITIAL DATA 0x20 OPC_QUALITY_LAST_USABLE 0x44 159 Chapter 15 Properties Window OPC_QUALITY_SENSOR_CAL 0x50 OPC_QUALITY_EGU_EXCEEDED 0x54 OPC_QUALITY_SUB_NORMAL 0x58 OPC_QUALITY_LOCAL_ OVERRIDE 0xd8 15 8 System Monitor O Sys Monitor The System Monitor option allows you to access any system performance data item such as CPU usage memory usage process ID disk space network traffic etc with Skkynet VINE For example by monitoring process ID you could determine whether a particular process is running or not Any information accessed here becomes part of VINE s data set and can thus be tunneled across the network used in scripts or as email triggers viewed in a spreadsheet or stored in a database system Monitor Configuration Enable system monitoring Data Domain Update Rate 1000 ms When a parameter is invalid Set value bo Set quality to Point Mames Flat no tree hierarchy Remove parentheses i Remove spaces Remove s sign Remove Manikarad eveken maramakare To enable system monitoring check the Enable system mon
126. Kd A number from 0 to 100 to for the set point An entry here overrides Auto Changes the set point randomly every n seconds where n is the number entered Changes the set point according to a point registered in VINE The proportional control factor sets the The wave form button sets a well tuned speed of adjustment PID loop The integral control factor reduces The wave form button sets a error poorly tuned PID loop The derivative control factor provides The wave form button sets an a damping effect oscillating PID loop 187 Chapter 16 Other Windows and Programs Plant PV Kp The proportional control factor of the plant Ki The integral control factor of the plant Waveform Parameters Amplitude Not yet documented Offset Not yet documented Data Domain The Skkynet VINE data domain name for the data points Any entry in this box changes the connection Status to IDLE You must press the Reconnect button to reestablish the connection Update Frequency The number of times per second that data changes and is sent to Skkynet VINE Apply Changes Applies any changes that have been entered for these configurable options This button is greyed out until a change has been entered and can be applied Data Graph SP MV and PV The toggle button hides or shows the graph display The numerical value is shown at the right of the graph Display Mode Controls how the data is displayed in the trend display Scroll moves
127. Library with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library and distribute that work under terms of your choice provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer s own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License You must supply a copy of this License If the work 230 Appendix K GNU Lesser General Public License during execution displays copyright notices you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License Also you must do one of these things a Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine readable source code for the Library including whatever changes were used in the work which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above and if the work is an executable linked with the Library with the complete machine readable work that uses the Library as object code and or source code so that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing the modified Library It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions b Use a suitable shared library mechanis
128. NOPROTOOPT Protocol not available 10043 EPROTONOSUPPORT 10044 ESOCKTNOSUPPORT 10045_ EOPNOTSUPP 10046_ EPFNOSUPPORT 10047_ EAFNOSUPPORT 10048_ EADDRINUSE 10049 EADDRNOTAVAIL 10050_ ENETDOWN 10051_ ENETUNREACH 10052_ ENETRESET ECONNABORTED 10054_ ECONNRESET 10054_ ECONNRESET 10055_ ENOBUFS 10056 _ EISCONN 10057 ENOTCONN Socket is not connected Note If this error appears with this message 10053 TCP master service initialization failed 10057 it could mean that a program is holding open port 4502 This is may be caused by VINE not shutting down properly for some reason and it is still running even though the icon is not showing To check look in the Windows Task List and see if you can see a VINE running If it is then you can kill it in the list and restart VINE If it s not in the list then you need to use a firewall program to check to see which program is using port 4502 215 Appendix G Error Messages Error String Error Description o 10058 10059 10060 10061 10062 10063 10064 10065 10066 10067 10068 10069 10070 10071 Too many levels of remote in path G 3 Windows DDE Error Numbers Error String Error Description 16384 DMLERR_ADVACKTIMEOUT Timeout waiting for an advise acknowledge 16385 DMLERR_BUSY Recipient is busy 16386 DMLERR_DATAACKTIMEOUT Timeout waiting for an advise data acknowledge 16387 DMLERR_DLL_NOT_INITIALIZED DDEML DLL is not initiali
129. NT the installation program attempts to edit a services file in the winnt system32 drivers etc directory e In Windows XP the installation program currently does not attempt to edit the services file The default directory for that file is C WINDOWS system32 drivers etc Editing the services file Once you have found the services file you must add the line service_name TCP using a text editor For example to assign the name vine to port 4502 you would add the line vine 4502 TCP Remember that if you edit the services file with Notepad it will attach a t xt suffix when it saves the file so that you will not in fact have edited the system services file but instead created a new file named services txt You should rename that file services without the txt extension 213 Appendix G Error Messages This section presents error numbers that the developer may encounter when using Skkynet VINE G 1 Windows Error Numbers Error Description O 1 EPERM No permissions or the user is not the process No error owner ENOENT No such file or directory ESRCH EINTR EIO ENXIO E2BIG ENOEXEC EBADF ECHILD EAGAIN es A No such process Interrupted system call I O error No such device or address 7 Argument list is too big Executable format is not recognized Bad file number or invalid file descriptor 10 1 No child processes exist Resource temporarily unavailable or operation would block
130. O Linear Transformation O Linear Range Mapping Source Destination Prirartinr e Direct copy makes no transformations It just copies the point e Linear Transformation lets you multiply by one value and add another value such as in the equation y mx b where the destination point is y the source point is x the multiply by value is m and the then add value is b For example to transform a Celsius source point to a Fahrenheit destination point you would multiply by 1 8 and add 32 or Fahrenheit 1 8 X Celsius 32 If you have selected the Inverse direction for a transformation you will get the inverse of the transformation In this example you would get a conversion from Fahrenheit to Celsius or the results of this equation Celsius Fahrenheit 32 1 8 As an alternative to entering transformation values VINE also offers Linear Range Mapping e Linear Range Mapping lets you enter a range for the source and destination and VINE automatically calculates the corresponding linear transformation For example to create the same Fahrenheit to Celsius transformation you could use the defaults of 0 and 100 for the Min and Max of the source point Then you would enter 32 and 212 for the Min and Max of the destination point As soon as you make these entries the correct values get entered automatically in the Linear Transformation When you use linear range mapping you can limit the transformed value to the maximum and minim
131. ODBC Database Query DSN jj 2 Quey o 2 Trigger 4 Condition Select a trigger event Whenever the tigger event occurs the query will be performed and the data points will be updated subjec e Define a Trigger Evert Point Change Repeat Timer Repeat secs 50000 i Time of Day O After O None 3 Inthe Configured Actions box make sure that the configured action you just created is highlighted If not click on it to highlight it Then click the Modify button Configured Actions On Label DSN Query Trigger Condition Testuen My SQLLocal SELECT FROM even 5 sec Your configured action should now display every 5 sec in the Trigger column 4 Click the Apply button to activate the configured action 5 Open the Data Browser window After 5 seconds the points should appear in the Data Browser Skkynet VINE Data Browser 3 of 3 points in TestDomain Selected Point Enter new value DataPid Point Mame Value Time Stamp DataSim Testpoint1 35 Feb 06 13 46 35 TestDomain Testpaint2 of Feb 06 13 46 10 Testpaints 19 Feb 06 13 46 10 To test the updates you can change a value associated with a point name in the database and the change should appear in the Data Browser within 5 seconds Should you not see the data points or changes made to the values you can open the Script Log to check for error messages and ensure that your query is be
132. OEE va nase E EEEE 266 bR Dr EAE A O E A O N E EON E A O E N T OE AE 267 DOEDE en E E E E E EE EE 268 BE an E A A E E A E E A EN E 269 IB WE aa A a T P A E E A A E A E E erent 270 DOLETA a PO EENE ENTE E EEEE 271 L E PTE N E E E E E EE E E E E A E E E 212 BI D PES E E E E E E E E E E 273 la l REE E E E E E E E E E E 274 L a AREE EEE E E E E E E E E E E E 275 MRR asco cce so ce eeacce A E A 276 Masse E sesso uceel voc E E E E E 277 MT a a E E E E E 278 A OC e a E A E A E T 280 UO aa aaron vs vs ce ccc ee ca EE NT 281 domon pre Fi io neues saeeeu eee ees 282 domom re Faces e cece cece ca caran cua earensa sauccescuecesss we sci en cauvsceconeeuseresensesaeeeus eset ee ea nears 283 WIN PENEN EN A E N E E E sneak oes E E E E E A E E AE A ees ees 284 nopi DIIP D oraa E NE 285 E E OR E A E E E A E E E E A A 286 E E a a AE A E E EE E E A E E E E A E 287 enable doman PETA DOD escra EENE EEEE EEE E 288 E E a a A E E O E E P E E E E A A ss 289 ER ROPE AN E EE A E E TEE A A A E E E A E AS 290 Eo N aA E 291 E e E N T 292 BI N E E E E T E E I E I ENE T A A I E 293 a I E E E A E EE I E I ENE T A A I E E 294 BT NBME NO T A R 295 BRN oscars E E T E E A IE E E A A N N TTA 296 BRU EAA o 297 MORO NN E E A E E A E 298 E a a A A A EE AEE E A A A A cased 299 ae eine a i A A A A A E 300 ai a e a I E A E A A A 301 r i ma C e P E A E E E E 302 i maL NE AA E A E E E 303 Prior ir Denda iE A ai 304 o RAET LE E T e EE A T S E E EE 305 o AE IAAT E E E A E E
133. Ox0c PT QUALITY SENSOR FATLURE 0x10 PT_QUALITY_LAST_KNOWN 0x14 PT_QUALITY_COMM_FAILURE 0x16 PI OUALL TY OUT OF SERVICE Oxlc PT QUALITY _WAITTING_FOR_INITIAL DATA 0x20 PT_QUALITY_LAST_USABLE 0x44 PT_QUALITY_SENSOR_CAL Ox50 PT QUALITY FGU EXCEEDED 0x54 PT_QUALITY_SUB_NORMAL 0x58 PT_QUALITY_LOCAL_OVERRIDE Oxd All strings can be surrounded by double quotes if the string contains spaces or special characters The backslash character escapes double quotes and backslashes within the string Newline carriage return form feed and tab are represented with n r f t respectively Strings must not contain newline characters Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command lets you manually write information to a point See also cwrite 364 ll Obsolete and Unused Commands Table of Contents O OE ATE 366 PAN E EaI T a goose E E E ce cee E E O E E OE A E E E EN E 367 E a E A EN 368 Danaa D TOE aoin EEE 369 I EEA S P E E E E O E E OE A E E E I E O 370 Ban DOE n EE O 371 esa seca sea T E E E R 372 GWD OT SE ena a a E E 373 OAB De e i a E EE E A E IE T E A E E 374 enO T a E a T 375 O DEE a E NON 376 i r TEE EE E E S E E A E E E EEE 377 a E a A E E N 378 eRT BO aa E A E E 379 aN SOTE a EE E 380 E E S E A E A E A E E 381 ELE T E E AE A S A E A E E E A A E E 382 UT ne a eE EN EEEE E 383 D ha E E E A A E A A 384 IN P A T A E E A E A E A A E E 385 EF a
134. Poke command Writing an Excel macro is perhaps the most flexible and efficient way to send data from Excel to Skkynet VINE By using the DDEPoke command in an Excel macro you have complete control over exactly when the data is transmitted We will also explain how you can write an Excel macro to transmit multiple points at the same time see Additional Pointers for more details In our example we have chosen to add a control button to run the macro but you could also run your macro on a timed interval to produce an automatic update on a cycle that you control 3 2 2 1 Create a macro 1 Open a spreadsheet 2 From the Tools menu select Macro and then Macros 3 Inthe Macro Name field of the Macro dialog box type the name SendOutput and press the Create button 4 Inthe Visual Basic text entry window that comes up edit the macro to read as follows l SendOutput Macro r Sub SendOutput mychannel DDEInitiate vine default Application Worksheets Sheet1 Activate Call DDEPoke mychannel my_pointname Cells 4 3 DDETerminate mychannel 23 gt Chapter 3 Excel Connections End Sub Use the name of your data point from Skkynet VINE for my_pointname We use cell C4 in this example If you need to use another cell you will have to replace 4 3 with the row and column numbers of the cell you wish to use You can also name a range to send multiple values as an array Save
135. Select which property of the point you want written to the database in this column name The name of a the point shown in the Item field value The value of the point shown in the Item field quality The quality of the point shown in the Item field timestamp The time stamp of the point shown in the Item field This will include the milliseconds but many databases such as MS Access ignore the milliseconds and store only the seconds Other databases such as MySQL and MS SQL Server include the milliseconds in a time stamp For example e Databases like MySQL and MS SQL Server pf Cotumn OSOS Enter for Property Enter for Data Type datetime ortimestamp or date e Databases like MS Access Column A ColmnB Enter for Property Enter for Data Type timems The millisecond component of the timestamp generally used in conjunction with timestamp You only need this if your database cannot store the millisecond component of timestamp timestampUTC The same as the timestamp but in UTC time You can use t imems in conjunction with this as well CLOCK The current system time This will include the milliseconds but like t ime st amp above many databases ignore the milliseconds and store only the seconds clockms The millisecond component of clock generally used in conjunction with clock Like timems above you only need this if your database cannot store the millisecond component of clock Using clock and clockms
136. Settings My UserName 4pplicatio al Maximum cache size MB 32 Chapter 7 Write to a Database Enable store and forward Activates the store and forwarding feature Always write queue to disk Data in the transaction queue will be written to disk cache first and from there to the database The safest protection against a crash is to check this box and uncheck Delay writes to disk below Never write queue to disk The data in the transaction queue will be only stored in memory and never written to disk Delay writes to disk Data in the transaction queue will be written to disk at the most opportune times The safest protection against a crash is to uncheck this box and check Always write queue to disk above Allow duplicates while forwarding stored data If the network breaks while transmitting data from a cache Skkynet VINE needs to know how to handle any already sent data when it reconnects Leaving this box unchecked will require Skkynet VINE to track its cache position at all times and modify that information each time a value is sent This will impact the speed of every transmission but it will ensure that no values get transmitted twice Checking this box will cause VINE to simply start from the beginning of the queue or cache on each reconnect and retransmit some data This significantly reduces data handling complexity and decreases transmission rates This option is particularly useful if network breaks are frequent
137. Sim UpdateFregquency has been set to greater than 100Hz lt div gt lt p gt lt p gt Current DataSim status is lt p gt lt p gt lt table border 1 gt lt tr gt lt th width 180 gt Name lt th gt lt th width 80 gt Value lt th gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt DataSim Sine lt td gt lt td class highlight gt lt SDataSim Sine gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt DataSim Ramp lt td gt lt td class highlight gt lt DataSim Ramp gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt DataSim Square lt td gt lt td class highlight gt lt SDataSim Square gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt 105 10 8 2 Chapter 10 Email and SMS lt td gt DataSim Triangle lt td gt lt td class highlight gt lt SDataSim Triangle gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt DataSim UpdateFrequency lt td gt lt td class highlight gt lt SDataSim UpdateFrequency gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt DataSim Amplitude lt td gt lt td class highlight gt lt SDataSim Amplitude gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt DataSim Frequency lt td gt lt td class highlight gt lt SDataSim Frequency gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt DataSim Offset lt td gt lt td class highlight gt lt DataSim Offset gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt table gt lt body gt lt html gt This file consists of HTML code interspersed w
138. The domain of the point If not specified the default domain is used Returns A message indicating whether the point has been deleted Description This command checks if the given point has been deleted We do not recommend deleting points as it could cause unexpected behavior for other users of the point 370 drop license drop_license is for internal use only 371 echo echo is for internal use Syntax echo name type value conf security locked seconds nanoseconds flags quality Description This command is only used between two VINEs A non VINE client should never issue an echo command 372 enable connect server enable _connect_server is deprecated Syntax enable _connect_server 0 1 373 EnableDDEServer EnableDDEServer is for internal use only Syntax EnableDDEServer 0O 1 Description This command is for internal use only To enable the DDE server please refer to enable_dde_server 374 exception_buffer exception_buffer is deprecated Syntax exception_buffer bytes 375 failed license failed_license is for internal use only 376 flush flush flushes output to a terminal Linux Syntax Plush Arguments none Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command is not used at all in Windows and even in Linux and QNX there is really not much
139. The name of the remote Cascade DataHub data domain which is the tunnelling master Point names will be mapped from that data domain into the local data domain and vice versa Remote user name The user name for TCP security established on the tunnelling master using the VINE Security option in the Properties window Remote passwork The password for TCP security established on the tunnelling master using the VINE Security option in the Properties window 140 Chapter 15 Properties Window There is a VINE running on Cogent s server that you can connect to for testing Here are the parameters you will need to enter for it Primary Host developers cogentrts com e Port 4502 Local data domain test Remote data domain test You now have several options for the mirrored connection Data Flow Direction Read write Send and receive data to and from the Master Read only Receive data from the Master but do not send i Write only Send data to the Master but do not receive When the connection is initiated Get all values From the Master When the connection is lost O Mark data quality here as Mot Connected Do not modify the data quality here or on the Master Connection Properties Replace incoming time stamp with the local current time Transmit point changes in binary Faster x86 CPU only Target is a Cogent Embedded Toolkit server Heartbeat ms 1000 Retry Delay msi 5000 Ti
140. U 0 05 0 154506497223 0 0 45 0 154506497180 O 0 150000 0 4045034972 h l eee eel T Record 4 a h at 54 A database table may require each row or record to be uniquely identified This is commonly done through a key column whose main and sometimes only purpose is to provide a unique identifying value to the row Most DBMSs allow this value to be assigned manually by the database user or automatically through an auto incrementing counter or other mechanism It is possible for a table to have multiple key columns but some funtions in Skkynet VINE will only write to tables with a single key column For more information about configuring database tables with Skkynet VINE please refer to Section 7 5 Configuring a Database Table 207 Appendix C ODBC Database Concepts Connecting to a Database ODBC Connecting to a database is done through the DBMS which normally offers two possibilities native drivers and ODBC Open Database Connectivity Native drivers are inconvenient to use because each requires its own programming interface ODBC on the other hand specifies a standardized common interface that is available from almost every database vendor including SQL Server MS Access MySQL Oracle and many many more Skkynet VINE uses ODBC to connect to databases ODBC supports communication with a DBMS locally or across a network using an ODBC driver Every ODBC compliant DBMS provides an ODBC driver which needs t
141. Unicad Text p Text 3 Select Paste link and click OK The cells should fill with the correct updating data Using DDE Request in Excel If you are creating macros in Excel to read data from Skkynet VINE you can use the DDERequest function call This will return an array type value that can be written directly into any range in the spreadsheet If the array data is larger in any dimension than the range into which it is written then extra data in the array is discarded If the array data is smaller than the target range then extra cells in the range are filled by repeating the data in the array See below for an Excel macro that dynamically determines the target range to ensure that all array data is entered into the spreadsheet with no duplication 3 3 3 Sample Excel Macros for Arrays The following macros represent the entire macro set for a simple test spreadsheet that reads and writes a single array point in Skkynet VINE The two functions Get Data and PutData can be attached to buttons on a spreadsheet for easy testing The PutData subroutine contains two alternative representations of the source range one of which is commented out in the macro Sub GetDataArray Channel As Integer SheetName As String DataPoint As String StartRow As Integer StartCol As Integer Dim NRows As Integer NCols As Integer This sub performs a DDERequest for DataPoint in the DDE Channel and reads in a tab delimited array with carriage returns at t
142. VINE are exactly tunneled mirrored across the network onto any other VINE that is connected Once a tunnelling mirroring connection is established each participant maintains and updates an identical data set as simultaneously as the TCP connection will permit For more information on tunnelling mirroring please refer to Section 15 2 Tunnel Mirror 125 Chapter 13 Working With Data 13 3 3 The VINE API The Skkynet VINE APIs for C Java and NET lets any TCP enabled program interface with VINE 13 4 Data Organization Skkynet VINE offers a hierarchical system to organize your data The hierarchy is separate from the actual data It contains points but is not made up of data per se You specify the data model similar to specifying a class in a programming language and then you create zero or more instances of that data model The data hierarchy can be viewed in the left hand pane of the Data Browser window Gkkynet VINE Data Browser 3 points E Bk Selected Point plart1 baler1vakez name Enter naw valua PY DabaSin Port Harme Dete Quality wake default naire Oct Local Pa plant position Oct Local baler powered Oct Local Pump henperacure vakal pressure temperature waler plart2 boler btolerz Drag amp Crop Style MS Office Excel Wind 13 4 1 Data Domains The highest level of the data hierarchy is the data domain You can create as many data domains as you need and use t
143. VINE program will need to have access to a valid username and password 12 3 User Authentication Authentication of users is applied on a per connection basis This means that whenever a client program connects to Skkynet VINE it must transmit a user name and password in order to authenticate Until the 114 Chapter 12 Security client program authenticates it operates with the permissions of the anonymous user see below After 5 seconds the permissions currently in force for the client are checked for the Connect permission If the client does not have Connect permission the connection is terminated The client may authenticate as another user at any time after it has connected If a client transmits an incorrect user name or password it is not immediately disconnected but instead keeps the permissions the were in force prior to the authentication attempt Special Users To facilitate special connectivity needs Skkynet VINE has several special users The anonymous user represents a client that has not authenticated When a client first connects it is given the permissions of the anonymous user The client may continue to operate with the anonymous user permissions so long as the anonymous user has the Connections Connect permission or may authenticate as another user at any time In essence the security of VINE is no greater than the permissions given to the anonymous user The default distribution of VINE has anonymous user permi
144. When a connection is made the client has a 5 second grace period in which to authenticate before the client is disconnected If the client does not have Connect permissions after the grace period expires it will be disconnected Read and register points This user is allowed to read point values and subscribe to point value changes Change point values This user is allowed to write a new point value to Skkynet VINE Force value changes If the user has Change point values permission he may also have this permission In this case the user will able to send the force and cforce commands to VINE which will override the read only status and timestamp check for a point thereby forcing a write to succeed where it would otherwise fail Create new points This user is allowed to create new points in existing data domains in Skkynet VINE Delete an existing point This user is allowed to delete a point from Skkynet VINE D Normally no client should be allowed to delete points from Skkynet VINE Deleting points can be very disruptive for existing clients Use this permission with caution Create a new data domain This user is allowed to create new data domains Normally you should also set Create new points permission when you set this permission for a user Load a configuration file This user is allowed to tell Skkynet VINE to load a specific configuration file Create and edit users and groups This user is allowed to create and ed
145. a from Excel to VINE This allows you to define exactly when the data is sent to VINE 3 2 1 Method 1 Configuring DDEAdvise loops in Skkynet VINE The quickest and easiest method to get data from Excel to VINE is to configure one or more DDEAdvise loops in VINE to automatically receive data from Excel which is acting as a DDE server 1 Open an Excel spreadsheet 2 Choose a cell or range to hold the data you want to put into VINE You will need to refer to your cell or range by row and column number or by a name For example the cell B2 can be referred to as R2C2 or by giving it a name Lo a EP a go Ee eS ima my_test_point Mame Box E C D E 1 Z LC 4 To name a cell or range select it and enter a unique name the box just above the first column of the worksheet Then save the worksheet 3 Start Skkynet VINE if it isn t already started and open the Properties Window by right clicking on the VINE icon in the Windows system tray and selecting Properties 4 Click the DDE button DDE Client Act as a DDE client to these services and topics Request Advise from these services bopics DDE Connection Mame Shatus Se 5 Make sure the Act as DDE client box is checked Q For best performance ensure that a DDE server in this case Excel is running when using VINE as a DDE client A DDE client can consume substantial system resources trying to connect if a DDE server is not available 6 Click the Add bu
146. a machine address such as 192 168 3 15 domain Acting as a TCP slave tunnel mirror this domain from the TCP master The named domain on the master will be tunneled mirrored to a domain of the same name in the slave port Act as a TCP master and listen on this port service Show the properties window when the DataHub starts Only works in Windows queue Specify an alternate queue name for this VINE Normally datahub chooses its own queue name to be unique on the network Synchronized VINE will ignore changes to a point if the point s current timestamp is more recent Automatically generate a timestamp on unstamped points VINE should NOT create a directory within the user s personal Application Data directory to store the configuration and license files but rather in the application installation directory This has a lower precedence than H Generate copious debugging information to the standard output Implies use of D Print the version number Exit immediately usually used with V Click OK and restart Skkynet VINE The options you have chosen should take effect Keep in mind that if your configuration file has different values for these options it will override what you have entered here 210 Appendix E Running as a Windows Service Specified User The following information relates to running VINE service as a specified user We recommend not doing this as the properties are only available on the
147. a name for example 127 0 0 1o0rdevelopers cogentrts com The default is localhost p port number The port number on the target computer on which to connect The default is 4502 ji If specified the DataPid window will be iconified when it starts Example DataPid exe i d test n pid Connection Parameters Host The name or IP address of the host computer Since DataSim connects via TCP this can be any computer on the network running a Skkynet VINE acting as a tunnelling mirroring master Service The port number or service name as entered in the Master service port entry box of VINE Status Displays the attempts to connect which change to Connected when the connection is made You can use the Reconnect button to reconnect and the Pause button to freeze all data generation Press the More button to view and change some of the data parameters 186 Chapter 16 Other Windows and Programs Aly DataPid DatePid PIDI localhost4502 Connection Par ate ters C Point FIDL Setport Sol Waveform Parameters Amplitude 109 Configurable Options The following options can be set in DataPid and sent to Skkynet VINE All of the numeric options have a corresponding point in VINE that contains the value Thus these values can be set from within the Data Browser by selecting the point name and entering a new value for it Setpoint SP Manual Auto Point Controller MV Kp Ki
148. aiiasdiear 79 R Da ea Tne I A E niteainaduanueteatan bares dcanaelheisedenmaceanneetnaa bine 82 r NO EEE E D EEE EEEE 84 P T e A EE E E E sana stoisreseaouswaaeteaasuaaies 84 9 2 Configuring the System Monitort sessseeeseeeseesseessrerereeereeeoreesreeoreesreeoreesreesreeoreeereeoreresreesereseeo 84 9 3 Monitoring Systems Across a Network eeeseessessseeeseeesreesereeseeeoreeoreeoreeoreeoreeoeeeorerereeeeeeeseeeseeo 87 MAD TURAN SON NE e E E EEO E T E A E A O A E A 91 AAE ia T a E EN N EI E N N EE E N 91 10 1 1 How Nessie aise tec coz didini nnn iiaiai eiii 91 10 1 2 A note about SMS text Ta casein scesdascsessovevinnvdacencsensdvovetedeaneevecouievedoerdmuecieen pal I2 Mm i the Mail Servei eenia E Ea 92 Wa eG a Teo MEINE ce e aE EE 93 10 4 Defining the Email Message nnooesseessessseesseesssssseesssesseeesssesesesesesseeseessseessessesesseeeeeseseeeses 97 IUS Anene a TUE ese sca ececdn cnn anloncdcancsicas a R 99 l6 setine Treger EG scssi aaea aE Ea ae N aaa Raana 101 I ono ACOE iaa AT a AOE 104 10 5 HTML Message EA eas ocedecciseccedencet cnasusendustucabeuacwduatededwaeusebenecabeacesdseateuacwduasedenteaenbebenss 104 10 8 1 An HTML Message with Embedded Data Points cccccceeeseseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 104 10 8 2 An HTML Message with a Table Created in Code ccccceeeeesseeeeseseeseeseeeeeeeees 106 10 9 Dynamically Changing Email Subjects and Recipients s
149. aintained as separate data domains in Skkynet VINE The sources do not need to be the same protocol so redundancy can be applied to two sources for example where one is a direct OPC connection and the other is a tunnel 164 Chapter 15 Properties Window Domain Bridging and Redundancy Enable redundancy Redundancy Sets On Label Source 1 Source 2 Output Add Check the Enable redundancy box to activate this feature Redundant connections are created and stored in sets You can create multiple redundant sets and activate or deactivate each set using its corresponding On check box in the list To edit a redundancy set double click it here or select it and press the Edit button to open the Configure Redundancy window see below To remove a set highlight it and click the Remove button To create a redundancy set press the Add button which opens the Configure Redundancy window Configure Redundancy Data Domains Label Source Domain 1 Preferred source F Source Domain 2 Preferred source Output Domain Data Domains Label A name used by Skkynet VINE to identify the redundancy set There should be no spaces in the label It doesn t matter what label is chosen but it should be unique to other labels Source Domain 1 The VINE data domain for the first data source If this is the preferred source check the Preferred source button If a preferred data source has been specified then VINE
150. al licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License Section 7 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or 223 Appendix J GNU General Public License otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to co
151. alue A string representation of the value for the point It will be interpreted into the type specified by the t ype parameter COn A confidence factor in the range of O to 100 This is not used by the VINE so is available to programs that produce graduated confidence such as expert systems sec A security level for this point This is rarely used If a point s security level is set to a non zero value then attempts to write to that point must claim a security level equal to or greater than the security level of the point This uses a good citizen model the writer can claim any security it wants and is assumed to be honest so there is no strong security here It is intended for systems that want to avoid accidental changes to values Security level can be from 0 to 32767 locked An indication that the point is locked and cannot be changed Can be 0 or 1 Attempts to write to a locked point will fail seconds The UNIX epoch seconds since Jan 1 1970 as produced by the time function nanoseconds The number of nanoseconds inside this second Cannot exceed 1 000 000 000 flags User level code should always send a 0 for this value Gualicy A quality indicator consistent with the OPC DA specification This is not a bit field It can be one of PT_QUALITY_BAD O PT_QUALITY_UNCERTAIN 0x40 PI OUVAGILTY GOOD OxcO 363 write PT_ QUALITY CONFIG ERROR 0x04 PT_QUALITY_NOT_CONNECTED 0x08 PI_OUALITY DEVICE_FAITLURE
152. ame Arguments plugin_name The name of a plugin Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command lets you instruct the VINE to unload a plugin The commands related to plugins are currently experimental 359 unreport unreport allows a client to stop receiving data value changes to a point Syntax unreport name Arguments name The name of the point to stop receiving values for Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command allows a client to stop future changes from being sent on a specified point 360 unreport_domain unreport_domain is new not yet documented Syntax unreport_domain domain Description This command has not yet been documented 361 version version returns the current version number Syntax version Arguments none Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command gives the current version number of the VINE 362 write write writes information to a point Syntax write name type value conf sec locked seconds nanoseconds flags quality Arguments name The name of the point This is a string type The type of point One of 0 string 1 float 8 byte double e 2 integer 32 bit integer v
153. ame and select the database 4 Enter any other required or optional information such as login name password etc What entries need to be made and where they are entered depends on the particular data source setup window you are using 5 Click OK to return to the ODBC Data Source Administrator window You should be able to see the new database and driver listed If you need to make any changes you can configure an exiting database as explained below Configure an existing database 1 Select a data source name and click the Configure button This takes you to the data source setup window explained above where you can make changes to the configuration 2 Make your changes and click OK to return to the ODBC Data Source Administrator window Any time you need to make a change you can go to this window 4 When you are satisfied everything is correct click the OK button to exit the ODBC Data Source Administrator Once you have created a DSN you can select it as explained above 7 5 Configuring a Database Table After you have set up a DSN you can create a table or select an existing one and then assign points and properties to the columns of the table 56 Chapter 7 Write to a Database Write to a Database ODBC Configure ODBC Database Logging 1OSN 2 Table 3 Trigger 4 Condition Select the target table or create one by adding columns and pressing Create Table Associate point properties with eac
154. an use this function as a condition by calling it from one of the condition boxes in the interface like this When the trigger occurs perform the quer only if this condition i true WiFwnetiord O F Ee F if u When the trigger fires MyFunction is called and the return value gets checked to see 1f it is less than 4 If so the data gets logged Example An Auto Resetting Trigger This script can turn any VINE point into a trigger that automatically resets To use it you first need to load and run the TriggerFunctions g script shown below and included in the installation archive Then if you put this formula HighWithReset TriggerPoint nil 6l Chapter amp Query a Database into the condition boxes whenever the TriggerPoint changes to a non zero number in VINE your trigger will fire The script waits for a millisecond then resets the TriggerPoint back to zero The second function works similarly but triggers on a change to zero instead of a change to a non zero number TriggerFunctions g This file contains handy functions to perform more complex condition handling in the Condition tab of the data logging and email interfaces ef Test a trigger point for a non zero value If the point is non zero create a delayed event to reset the point to zero and return true indicating that the condition has succeeded and the action should proceed If the value is 0 then simply return nil i
155. anslated straightforwardly into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For a library complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the library 228 Appendix K GNU Lesser General Public License Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted and output from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does Section 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library s complete source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your opti
156. anuary 1 0 365 isdst 1 if daylight saving time is in effect 0 if not and a negative number if the information is not available The year and month are entered differently here than for Time of Day trigger conditions as explained in Section 7 7 Assigning a Trigger There are two automatic variables available for working with time values e lasteventtime the system clock time UTC floating point that the last event was executed e curtime the system clock time UTC floating point when the current trigger occurred Custom Conditions If the conditions you need to meet are beyond the scope of this interface you can use a Gamma function to express virtually any condition you need Then you can insert the function into one of the condition boxes and set a condition based on the return value of the function To do this is you can create a VINE script g file that contains only the functions you will be using for conditions without any classes or methods For example here is the complete contents of such a file named MyConditions g function MyFunction myvalue SDataSim Sine princ Value when the trigger fired myvalue n myvalue This function prints the value of the DataSim Sine point and returns its value We can use this function as a condition by calling it from one of the condition boxes in the interface like this When the trigger occurs write only if this condition i true F
157. are not being used and are still available Total The total number of TCP Link Licenses installed Peak Use The highest number of TCP Link Licenses that have been used since the beginning of the current session WebView Client licenses Each simultaneous WebView client connection requires one WebView Client License In Use How many WebView Client licenses are currently being used Available How many are not being used and are still available Total The total number of WebView Client licenses installed Peak Use The highest number of WebView Client licenses that have been used since the beginning of the current session 175 Node Licenses Chapter 15 Properties Window This box displays which unlimited licenses are currently available for Skkynet VINE TCP DDE Tunnel Mirror and OPC Details The Details list shows the licenses currently installed Details Product Code License WINCDHHISTv70 n 1 WwinCDHSL 00064023 WINCDHINS L Ov 7Opu 1 00064029 winCDHWYV L 0v70 u 10 00064040 winCDHTCPy 70 00070001 Count 1 1 10 5 Type node connection connection connection Hide icons for unlicensed components C Show unused license keys Load License File There are two general viewing options for licenses Hide icons for unlicensed components Remove Selected Completely removes the greyed out property icons for VINE features that are not licensed Show unus
158. as follows service A name used by a DDE server to identify its service to DDE clients The default DDE service name for Skkynet VINE is vine Unlike most Windows programs Skkynet VINE lets you change this name or add more names if you d like topic A way to categorize items This corresponds to a Skkynet VINE data domain item A variable that holds a value This corresponds to a Skkynet VINE point Here are some service and topic names for several Windows programs Application DDE Service Name DDE Topic Name Skkynet VINE Multiple names Any Skkynet VINE domain name the default can be assigned domainis default The default name is vine Microsoft Excel EXCEL The name of the spreadsheet chart macro etc For example mysheet xls Microsoft Access MSACCESS The name of the table SQL query or macro to run Microsoft Word WINWORD The name of the document including the doc extension FoxPro FOXPRO PO InTouch Viewer FIX DMACS National Instruments LOOKOUT The name of the application without the 1kp Lookout extension 200 Appendix A DDE Overview Application DDE Service Name DDE Topic Name Asymetrix Toolbook TOOLBOOK The name of the toolbook application with the tbk extension Here are a few service and topic names for financial data feeds ADP Shark e W Fy O Bloomberg Bte M TBM EQUITY LAST TRADE Bridge pope TKR eusas rs o O XCM exes oo Bmw o BUR USD S O e mer enn CalcS
159. ble you are providing the database engine with a guarantee that any search on the key will produce either zero or one row Effectively when a search matches a value in the key column the row containing that key is guaranteed to be unique in the table A database table does not require a key The key is effectively a hint to the database engine to improve efficiency and to guarantee uniqueness You can still search and modify a table that has no key When working with the VINE Data Logging interface you have the option of specifying a key column The interface will only allow single column keys You will not be able to specify more than one key column and if you choose an existing table with multiple key columns the interface will fail Your choice of key will depend on whether you have chosen Add New Rows or Modify Same Row for your database table Adding New Rows If you choose to add insert new rows into your database table you do not require a key column Each new logging event will create a new row and populate it with the data that you have configured Since 60 Chapter 7 Write to a Database you are continually adding rows to the table there is no data that can be guaranteed to be unique within a column Any one of point name quality value or timestamp may be repeated Consequently if you do wish to have a key column in your table it must have one important property it must be automatically generated and guaranteed to be
160. c Value when the trigger fired myvalue n myvalue This function prints the value of the DataSim Sine point and returns its value We can use this function as a condition by calling it from one of the condition boxes in the interface like this 102 Chapter 10 Email and SMS When the trigger occurs write only if this condition 12 true Meio Ge 4 my land 7 When the trigger fires MyFunction is called and the return value gets checked to see if it is less than 4 If so the email is sent An Auto Resetting Trigger This script can turn any VINE point into a trigger that automatically resets To use it you first need to load and run the TriggerFunctions g script shown below and included in the installation archive Then if you put this formula HighWithReset default TriggerPoint nil into the condition boxes whenever the TriggerPoint changes to a non zero number in VINE your trigger will fire The script waits for a millisecond then resets the TriggerPoint back to zero The second function works similarly but triggers on a change to zero instead of a change to a non zero number TriggerFunctions g This file contains handy functions to perform more complex condition handling in the Condition tab of the data logging and email interfaces ay Test a trigger point for a non zero value If the point is non zero create a delayed event to reset the point to zero and return true
161. c cc geptctsc ance oemence semana i coatsd Act ianiai ciiai asii innia 42 i CU a aa d4 onein PaE a 48 Pek a E E E E E E E eacsietas eaceuedt 48 VRED e a TAE E dose ateonacesuadacseael 48 7 3 Configuring the Queue Store and Forward seesseeeseeeseeeseeesseeesrerseeeoeeeoeeeoreroeeeseeeseeeeereeseeeseeo 52 7 4 Setting up the DSN Data Source srs es ercd cco nectrauncssnmcecmmectecticendeeesntonenentauncseamtectmeateatioaces 54 Ta C onNeurnne a Database restate tots sence cerca shee sateen wtb mencanacebmuccneadsehatebitnasietabeeneames 56 Te Fe i re ctpeccc cm pears aston sactonn sence acne naetyeemeacauenmsanemmancoas E S 60 eg ee Fo as enya aca cece E E goecicoabeeme ec warsane sues ncdene caseegueuenbeemecese 61 7 8 Setting Trigger Conditions oo ccticec ccc cedsccsscednnson an sadne Senne tacnebicdebscoeheedbesoa ban Sadne Senne tacnenscanbecaencedonsee 63 Br an a Ee enia 1 o EAE aces seems ad A E T E AE E T 68 NI Wi o o P E E A E A E A E ate 69 AAPA NR Ta a OE E A A A A E A A A 69 e a E a E EEE E E EE O EA 69 S a Seiling up the DSN Data Source Name josca orie rarior sauniai adan ara oranie raias 72 8 4 Configuring a Database Query cccccccccccccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeseeseeeees 74 SSIES JTL DE a awl bE E A Were E Cee errr erin ere er err reer 77 8 6 Setting Trigger Conditions esos aictosascctinasceace ctesanateatnabnesiatiiandadacetacantasdbsanaseatiabneniaitancdadadabeac
162. ccording to the guidelines below Check the box next to the condition to apply it As you make entries the corresponding Gamma code will appear in the display Gamma is VINE s built in scripting language The code that appears in the Expression box is the actual code that gets run by Gamma The order of precedence for And and Or operators amp amp and is first And then Or 79 Chapter 8 Query a Database Point Value Conditions Point names can be entered on either or both sides of the comparison They can be picked from the data tree list or typed in Each point name needs to have a dollar sign in front of it to indicate to Gamma that this is a VINE point You can put numerical values into either side of the comparison When you enter a point name in a condition field the current value of the point will be used in the evaluation For example you could define a condition that states that whenever the trigger event occurs the action will only be executed if another point value is within a certain range There are some automatic variables available for working with point values e lasttrigger the value of the trigger point the last time this trigger was fired even if the condition failed e thistrigger the value of the trigger point now even if the condition failed e lastevent the value of the trigger the last time the event was actually executed the condition succeeded e this the trigger point itself not
163. col and Appendix A DDE Overview 3 1 1 Method 1 Drag and Drop using DDEAdvise The easiest way to get data into Excel is to drag and drop point names from the VINE Data Browser directly into the Excel spreadsheet This automatically sets up a DDEAdvise loop between Excel and VINE DDEAdvVvise loops update automatically so you will always see the latest data in your spreadsheet 1 Right click on the Skkynet VINE system tray icon and choose Properties 2 Inthe Properties window select DDE goo DDE Server Act as a DDE server listening on these services Register these DDE services DDE Service Mame datahub 3 Ensure that the box Act as a DDE server is checked and that the name vine appears in the DDE Service Name area If not click the Add button and add the name vine 4 Click OK to close the Properties window 5 Right click on the Skkynet VINE system tray icon and choose View Data from the pop up menu to open the Data Browser 19 Chapter 3 Excel Connections Wr Skkynet VINE Data Browser 6 of points in DataSim domain Time Stamp Jan 06 14 41 52 765 Jan 06 14 41 52 765 Jan OS 14 41 52 765 Jan Ge 14 42 99 144 Jan 06 14 42 79 144 Jan 06 14 42 36 409 Jan 06 14 42 35 144 Jan 06 14 41 52 765 Ensure that the Drag amp Drop Style at the bottom of the Data Browser is set to MS Office Excel Word Open an Excel worksheet In the Data Browser click on the label for a point and drag it
164. commands that are used to open and close DDE links between applications are also very CPU expensive When sending variables at frequent intervals it is more efficient to open a DDE channel at the beginning of the session and close it when you are finished Here are two suggestions 26 Chapter 3 Excel Connections 1 Send multiple points within a single set of DDEInitiate and DDETerminate commands For example r Cascade Multiple Writeback macro r Sub Cascade_Writeback_Many mychannel DDEInitiate vine default Application Worksheets variables Activate DDEPoke mychannel pointnamel Cells 1 2 DDEPoke mychannel pointname2 Cells 2 2 DDEPoke mychannel pointname3 Cells 3 2 DDEPoke mychannel pointname4 Cells 4 2 DDEPoke mychannel pointname5 Cells 5 2 DDEPoke mychannel pointname6 Cells 6 2 DDETerminate mychannel End Sub In this example the worksheet named variables contains six variables pointnamel through pointname 6 that we wish to send to Skkynet VINE The DDEInitiate command opens the channel then all six variables are sent to VINE before the link is closed 2 Create a separate open and close macro for the worksheet and place the DDEInitiate and DDETerminate commands in those macros This will keep communication to VINE open for the whole time the worksheet is open The only drawback is that your data transmission could get interrupted see below
165. d The Remove button removes the configuration file that is highlighted The Move Up and Move Down buttons rearrange the order of the configuration files Order is important These files are read from the top down variables change with each subsequent assignment taking on the last value assigned 15 13 Security The Security option lets you configure security for Skkynet VINE tunnel mirror TCP OPC and DDE connections For more information on VINE security please refer to Chapter 12 Security 171 Chapter 15 Properties Window Configure Users and Groups Click the Configure Permissions button to open the Edit Permissions window 9 Edit Permissions Users Groups HTTP Realms User Group Memberships ERectiwe Permissions LeerHame Password LoginCount Select GroupHama Ananymous Q BasicLonnnctnvity TCR i ViebWiew DDE a HTTP User OPC i firmar Q admin 212342 0 gt C ii 0 Here you can create and modify groups and then assign users to those groups Groups Groups provide a convenient way to configure a number of users who have identical permissions Each group can be assigned a unique set of permssions from the Permissions table There are three default groups Permissive WebView and HTTPUser To add a group type a group name in the bottom row of the Groups table Check or uncheck the boxes to assign permissions For example in the illustration below an Operator has been added that has been given
166. d mytest l myloafile Start in Program Files Skkynetiskkvnet VINE 2 Enter the options in the Target field after the quotation marks as illustrated above The available options are as follows a Transmit all point messages to all registered clients even 1f the value does not change Size The maximum message buffer size domain The domain name for this VINE This option can be used multiple times to get multiple domains on a single VINE Do not detach from the controlling tty Normally VINE will detach itself and become immune to interrupts and termination on the controlling tty If this option is used then an amp is necessary to run datahub in the background Tile Load this configuration file Print a help message showing a summary of all these arguments home_path The full path to the directory that will contain the configuration and license files This takes precedence over U If the directory cannot be found or created the files will be stored in the installation directory Hide the system tray icon when the DataHub starts Only works in Windows file Log messages to this file 209 Appendix D Command Line Options DOLL Acting as a TCP slave attach to a TCP master on this port or service The port is the matching port number of the master usually 4502 address Acting as a TCP slave attach to a TCP master on this host The address is a machine name such as developers cogentrts comor
167. d that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someone else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not lice
168. dentifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Library the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Library In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library or with a work based on the Library on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 229 Appendix K GNU Lesser General Public License Section 3 You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library To do this you must alter all the notices that refer to this License so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License version 2 instead of to this License If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License
169. derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY Section 15 BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION Section 16 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries If you develop a new library and you want it to b
170. des full time TCP connections to both data sources for instantaneous switchover when one source fails for any reason There is no need to start up the OPC server and wait for it to configure its data set You can also specify a preferred source and automatically switch back to that data source whenever it becomes available By contrast the primary and secondary host in the tunnel can act as a primitive form of redundancy but will only switch on a connection failure at the TCP level which is only one sort of failure that a real redundancy pair must consider e Local data domain The data domain in which you plan to receive data SS Chapter 9 System Monitor Remote data domain the master VINE data domain from which you plan to receive data Point names will be mapped from the remote data domain on the master VINE into the local data domain on this VINE and vice versa Unless you have a good reason for making these different we recommend using the same data domain name on both VINEs for the sake of simplicity There is a VINE running on Cogent s server that you can connect to for testing Here are the parameters you will need to enter for it e Primary Host developers cogentrts com e Port 4502 Local data domain test Remote data domain test 6 You now have several options for the mirrored connection Data Flow Direction Read write Send and receive data to and From the Master Read only Receiv
171. documented Syntax TunnelSSLPort port Description This command has not yet been documented 356 transmit_insignificant transmit_insignificant permits transmission of insignificant changes Syntax transmit_insignificant 0 1 Arguments O 1 Use 1 to transmit insignificant changes or O to not transmit them Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command permits transmission of insignificant changes A change is considered insignificant if a point change differs from the existing value only by its timestamp A change is considered significant if any attribute other than timestamp changes That would include lock security confidence quality value This command does not put any kind of deadband on the value 357 type type creates a type Syntax type domain attrname superattrname Arguments domain The domain in which this type applies attrname The name of this type which is the same as the name of the attribute superattrname An attribute from which this type is derived Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command creates a type For more information and an example please refer to Section 13 4 3 Attributes and Types 358 unload_plugin unload_plugin unloads a plugin experimental Syntax unload_plugin plugin_n
172. domain that indicate how many points are considered valid invalid and uninitialized for each input domain The radio buttons under Treat uninitialized points as let you choose whether a point in an input domain that has never been assigned a value BAD quality 0 timestamp and 0 value should be treated as e Normal The validity rules apply normally to it e Invalid The domain will never be used as an input until all data points have a value assigned to them e Valid Any uninitialized points are ignored when determining whether the input domain is valid Status and Control Data Points blank for disabled Status and Control Data Points blank for disabled Point for current source number Point for current state of domain 1 Point for current state of domain 2 Point for preferred source number Point for current Source number The name of a VINE point that will indicate which source is in use Point for current state of domain 1 The name of a VINE point that will indicate the state of Domain 1 Point for current state of domain 2 The name of a VINE point that will indicate the state of Domain 2 Point for preferred source number The name of a VINE point that will indicate which data source is your preferred source Click the OK button to submit your entries 168 Chapter 15 Properties Window 15 11 Update A vaste The Update option allows you to update Skkynet VINE from a remote location or server wit
173. duce the chance of involving the disk during busy periods The queue depth for logging defaults to 100 messages Show diagnostics in the Script Log Puts diagnostic messages about the connection in the Script Log Configure button The Configure button opens the ODBC Data Logging Window 152 Chapter 15 Properties Window Write to a Database ODBC Configure ODBC Database Logging 1 DSN 2 Table 3 Trigger 4 Condition Select the DSH Data Source Hamel and authentication defring your database connection Open the DSH Administrator to crease gi coniigure a DSN You must connect successhully belme comhguiing ihe babie Conhgure Data Source Name DSN Select Existing DSH Create of Configuie DSM Open DSN Administrator Fassaad Connect Skalus Net Carnneched Configured Archers On OSH Condition For detailed instructions on using this interface please refer to Chapter 7 Write to a Database Store and Forward The term store and forward refers to a type of database connection where the data is stored locally to disk and then later forwarded to the database Skkynet VINE performs an advanced form of store and forward that only writes to disk if the database is not connected or has been paused If the database is available the data will be transmitted directly to the database This means that there is no penalty for using store and forward during normal operation The VINE store and forward mechanism uses two
174. e e GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL e Creative Commons Attribution 2 5 Generic license Creative Commons Attribution Share Alike 3 0 Unported license e Sound Jay Terms of Use 220 Appendix J GNU General Public License GNU General Public License Version 2 June 1991 Copyright 1989 1991 by Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs an
175. e Get Input and press the Create button 4 Inthe Visual Basic text entry window that comes up edit the macro to read as follows GetInput Macro l Sub GetInput mychannel DDEInitiate vine default Application Worksheets Sheet1 Activate newval DDERequest mychannel my_pointname Sheetl1 Cells 2 3 newval DDETerminate mychannel End Sub Use the name of your data point from Skkynet VINE for my_pointname We use cell C2 in this example If you need to use another cell you will have to replace 2 3 with the row and column numbers of the cell you wish to use 5 Save and close the Visual Basic text entry window 3 1 2 2 Add a Control Button 1 Activate the Forms toolbar by clicking on the View menu and selecting Toolbars and then Forms Zl Chapter 3 Excel Connections le An Ee H dlh Button 2 Click on the button icon and then click in cell D2 We use this cell in our example but you can choose another cell if you d like An Assign Macro window should appear 3 Select GetInput and click OK Assign Macro Macro name Getinput OK Cancel Edit 4 Change the label on the button to Get ee E a G go a az 2 3 4 5 Ee 5 For appearance you can move the button resize it with the handles and change the size of the text by right clicking on it and selecting Format Control 6 Save the spreadsheet 3 1 2 3 Receive th
176. e button and then click the Insert Point button Your text display should now look like this The point DataSim Sine had a value of lt SDataSim Sine gt Press Enter and continue typing The point DataSim Sine had a value of lt DataSim Sine gt at the time Click the Time button and then click the Insert Point button Your text display should now look like this 94 Chapter 10 Email and SMS The point DataSim Sine had a value of lt SDataSim Sine gt at the time lt PointTimeString DataSim Sine gt The message is ready Now you can assign a trigger and set a condition Assign a Trigger For this example we will trigger the action on the DataSim UpdateFrequency point 1 Select the 2 Trigger tab 2 From the point selector expand the Dat aSim data domain and select the point UpdateFrequency 3 Click the button to the right of the Point Name field The point name DataSim UpdateFrequency should fill in for you 1 Email Trigger 3 Condition Select a tigger event Whenever the tigger event occurs an email will be sent subject to the expression Define a Trigger Event Point Change Poirt Nane acco O Repeat Timer Vale Deasbad QS a Time of Day B Datasim Ramp Sine UpdateFrequen You can choose any point for the trigger including the point that gets written such as DataSim Sine in our example For more information about triggers please refer to Section 10 5 Ass
177. e data 1 Now you re ready to receive the data Open the VINE Data Browser if it is not already open go to the default data domain and find the name of the point 2 Click on the point to highlight it The point name should appear in the Selected Point field at the top of the Data Browser 3 Type anew value for the point into the Enter new value field and press Enter Enter new value Datasim Point Mame Date Quality Value default my_pointname Dec3 Good a2 test 4 Go to Excel and click the Get button You should see the data update each time you click the button 3 2 Getting Data out of Excel There are two ways to get data out of Excel and into Skkynet VINE 22 Chapter 3 Excel Connections 1 Configure a DDEAdvise loop in VINE that instructs Excel to send data automatically to the DataHub any time a value changes The data is sent immediately to VINE every time the specified cell or range changes This does not allow any kind of sanity check or safeguard on the data being sent but in some cases it may be desirable to have Excel emit data automatically Each time data is sent for one point data item it is sent for all points This can tie up your network if you have a large number of points If you need to send data for a large number of cells you can reduce this effect and reduce CPU load by sending a range that contains the cells 2 Write a macro in Excel that uses the DDEPoke command to push dat
178. e data From the Master but do not send O Write only Send data to the Master but do not receive When the connection is initiated Get all values From the Master When the connection is lost O Mark data quality here as Mot Connected Do not modify the data quality here or on the Master Connection Properties L Replace incoming time stamp with the local current time L Transmit point changes in binary Faster x86 CPU only Target is a Cogent Embedded Toolkit server Heartbeat frist 1000 Retry Delay msi 5000 Timeout ris 5000 x a Data Flow Direction lets you determine which way the data flows The default is bi directional data flow between slave and master but you can effectively set up a read only or write only connection by choosing that respective option SG To optimize throughput check the Read only Receive data from the Master but do not send option Only do this if you actually want a read only connection If you do not require read write access a read only tunnel will be faster b When the connection is initiated determines how the values from the points are assigned when the slave first connects to the master There three possibilities the slave gets all values from the master the slave sends all its values to the master or the master and slave synchronize their data sets point by point according to the most recent value of each point the default c When the connection is lost dete
179. e data flow from the domain must stop before VINE will switch to the redundant data domain Options Options Never switch Always use the first source Do not refresh the output domain when switching Never copy the data model to the output domain Always copy the data model when switching C Ignore values written to the output domain Create data points showing input statistics m Treat uninitialized points as Normal Invalid Valid Never switch Always use the first source If you never switch you never use a second source domain Thus this allows you to effectively create a copy of a domain by copying Source Domain 1 into the Output Domain To have the output domain function as a read only copy of the source domain select the Ignore values written to the output domain option as explained below Do not refresh the output domain when switching Keeps the existing data in the output domain during a switch and only updates with values from the new domain when a change occurs Choosing this option may cause a mismatch between input and output domains for an indeterminate length of time Normally during a switchover VINE copies all values from the new source domain into the output domain This copying activity might cause delays in updating the output domain for extremely large numbers of points If that is your situation and you know that your two servers are synchronized i
180. e difference is less than the number entered here the new value will not be recorded If the difference is greater than or equal to this number the value is recorded and that value becomes the new baseline for the percent change deadband If absolute change and percent change are used together there is an AND relationship between them The Historian will ignore any value falling within either deadband Only those values falling outside all deadbands or equal to the outermost will be recorded Maximum time between values Sets the maximum time period in seconds a real number to deadband When the maximum time is reached the next new value received will be recorded even if its value doesn t exceed the deadband Note that the system does not automatically generate and insert a value when the maximum time is reached it waits for the next new value Whenever a new value is recorded the time calculation is restarted If the maximum time parameter is not used there is no time limit on how many values are ignored within a deadband Maximum number of skipped values Sets a maximum number of values to skip for the deadband When the maximum number is reached the next new value will be recorded even if it doesn t exceed the deadband Whenever a new value is recorded the countlimit is restarted If the countlimit parameter is not used there is no count limit on how many values are ignored within a deadband 158 Chapter 15 Properti
181. e interval in seconds that the connection should be retried in case of a disconnect or network failure Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command establishes a connection to a DDE service and topic and names the connection The point or points that use this connection are defined by the DDEAdvise command Both of these commands are used when you add or edit connections in the DDE option of the Properties window For more information on DDE connections please see Appendix A DDE Overview 264 DDEDisconnect DDEDisconnect disconnects and discards a DDE connection Syntax DDEDisconnect label Arguments label A label identifying a connection as assigned by the DDEConnect command Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command disconnects and discards a DDE connection that had been previously established by the DDEConnect command 265 DDEExcelUnicode DDEExcel1Unicode accepts Unicode characters in strings in Excel Syntax DDEExcelUnicode 0 1 Arguments O 1 1 enables the capability 0 disables it Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This commandenables or disables the capability of the Cascade DataHub to function properly with Unicode characters in strings in Excel This corres
182. e of the greatest possible use to the public we recommend making it free software that everyone can redistribute and change You can do so by permitting redistribution under these terms or alternatively under the terms of the ordinary General Public License To apply these terms attach the following notices to the library It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty and each file should have at least the copyright line and a pointer to where the full notice is found lt one line to give the library s name and a brief idea of what it does gt Copyright C lt year gt lt name of author gt This library is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 1 of the License or at your option any later version 233 Appendix K GNU Lesser General Public License This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this library if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Also add information on how to
183. e onsen ctesicacied bndentd TEENETE EEEO 369 SE E EAN E EA A ANEA AEAEE N A 370 OO E a E AN A E ON 371 E A E T A TO A 312 cane Co ATT a E E T 373 De DDESETVET ciiir iorsin aee se ee 374 Caer tS cscs cco tee ese strep pec sina ns esis incense co se acs cae geese caete tee ARE 375 Be BN sess peg et oss gga ngs Graco ded ac enna E E 376 PU Bs TE E scan sarod snc lees sence a E AEA A E secede sees off S TE a vaste gas and sa teva scsi va usa es ga va boon eon Satna ato pean aaa ESAS ape eaa IES 378 A Lo Ieee ese eee E AE O A E E sae sesaiceaanas E E A A A E E 519 a E a E EE E A EEE E E AE EE EEE A E E 380 O a a E E E T E EE E EEEO EO 381 C il AEE OE E EE N EEEE ERTE N E E E ETTO O E E TE ETETE E E 382 gnr namne I ea AEE 383 Il EAE e h E ee EE AE E E A 384 ae AEE T E TA nese AE EA E A SE lates A E TN SE E TT 385 register_datahub oissisisicsisinsdicseiccsacinnstonsenecteasecadestaavestenedadsoenarbosesiessbnasandsvebuwestessbotsassastaSacdersaanevedeseans 386 Poor o E A OAA 387 report_datahubs cc ccccesssccccccccaesssececccecaeeseeeceeeeaeeesseeeeeesaeeesseeeeesseaeaeuseeceessaeggaseesesesagganes 388 access E cence EN EA E eo santas neces samen Pat E A AEE E A A ATT 389 a ia ETETE E E E A E E E A E E E T 390 j a a o R P AA cass A E E E E 391 Shai a E ESE E EE EE EEE E E 392 BN ETEA E E E EE E A EE E E E T E E E S 393 BN EA A EE E E T A A E EE ET A T AE E A E T 394 D o E E wsdecusuesndesoutene 395 LE 1g a EE EE ee ET E EE E T EE
184. e set as follows e seconds and nanoseconds are set to the current time on the machine running the DataHub e locked sec and quality are all maintained at their previous values for this point e flags is set to 0 Please refer to the write command for more information about these parameters See also set and cforce 293 format format is an efficiency enhancement for Linux Syntax format flag Arguments flag One of the following flags e 1 turns on the behavior e 0 turns off the behavior Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command is an efficiency enhancement for Linux for SRR Module connections only It tells the VINE that this client would like to get point exceptions in binary instead of ASCII encoding It is more CPU efficient but does not work well in a heterogeneous network 294 get_client_stats get_client_stats is new not yet documented Syntax get_client_stats label_pattern Description This command has not yet been documented 295 heartbeat heartbeat establishes a heartbeat message Syntax heartbeat ms Arguments ms The number of milliseconds between each pulse Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command establishes a heartbeat message that verifies the connection every ms milliseconds The heartbeat
185. e time that the client connection was first made e Checkpoint displays all connection statistics from the last time the Set Checkpoint button was clicked or from the time that the client started whichever is later Performance shows the performance of the connection in terms of data changes per second from the last time the Set Checkpoint button was clicked or from the time that the client started whichever is later e Set Checkpoint records the time and current statistics for each client for use by the Checkpoint and Performance options 180 Chapter 16 Other Windows and Programs 16 3 Event Log This window lets you view a log of events from Skkynet VINE You can open this window in either of two ways e Click the Event Log button in the Properties window e Right click the VINE icon in the system tray and select View Event Log from the pop up menu W Skkynet VINE Event Log Log Viewer Facility Severity F General F Server Error W Information W Client F Warning E Debug 2014 01 06 14 30 57 630 I Finished configuration file C Users Cogent AppData Roaming Skkynet VINE Skk 2014 01 06 14 30 59 406 I Silverlight policy server listening on port 943 Starting system monitor 2014 01 06 14 30 59 406 I System monitor is enabled 2014 01 06 14 30 59 406 I Error during database query 1 no such table PermissionTypes 2014 01 06 14 30 59 406 I Error during database query 1 no such table Permis
186. e will not cause the trigger to fire A positive or negative change greater than this value will activate the trigger and cause the row to be written To create a trigger that gets reset automatically please refer to An Auto Resetting Trigger in Section 7 8 Setting Trigger Conditions Repeat Timer fires cyclically each time the number of seconds elapses Time of Day fires at the time you specify You can enter A number indicating a specific value For example a 0 in the seconds field would cause the event only on the Oth second of the minute A 30 would indicate only on the 30th second of the minute A list of numbers separated by commas For example entering 0 15 30 45 in the minutes field would indicate that the event should fire on the hour and at 15 30 and 45 minutes past the hour A range of numbers separated by a dash For example entering 8 18 in the hours field would indicate that the event should fire every hour from 8 a m to 6 p m Ranges can be mingled with lists asin 0 4 8 16 20 e An asterisk indicates that the event should fire for every possible value of the field For example a in the seconds field would cause the event to fire every second A in the hours field would cause the event to fire every hour To regularly log a record on specific days of the week please refer to Section 7 8 Setting Trigger Conditions The ranges of the fields are Year 1970 Hour 0 23 Month 1
187. ecsieness 221 K GNU Lesser General Public License sscccoocscceoscseccosssccoosseceosesccoosseccoccseccosssccoosseceossseccosseceossseee Let Lokket TING FA a ea EEEE 235 Oe CG E o EPEA EE E TAE E A TAEA AA EA N TAEA E are 238 a 3 EROE AEEA T A AE EE EEE T EIE AA AEE EENE EA ATT 239 E N O N E AAEE A EEA A E anc 240 UI EANN EA AE A E EA A EENE E T 241 PTL LT MA E E A E A E ea ea tos nia ee ene E A A 242 M O oE EEE A EE E 243 SN ess E E EEEIEE ah sa A ESA ode ead eee A OANE AE miss ueans 244 ON se aces ess ssc snes EAE E A E A O E 245 E E A EEE A E EEI EE N 246 auto_create_domains ccccccccesecccccceseecccccussecceccsecceccusecssceuseeceseeuseceseeueeeecssseueecessueueeseesenes 247 LO Ue aieea a oo eee eee ee ee ae ae ee rere Eee erento 248 serene dese octna A EN E E E E EA A T 249 PrO POMOTE onie gcc ss ne cd ec cea sc eet eee es mee 251 bridge_remove_pattern siisscac santos secsssasssanconanaesnaciavacasdaawsesacumoanhanccseaeyeeeaasaonenseamanenceenesueaeancevaenets 252 RB A ON css rns esas secs se vc pcs aoa eae cain ET cea ease sete E 29A E a E E T E E N 255 D E E A EAE E AE EE A E OI ONAR AS 256 E T EAT E A E E E A EE fafi vel st E 11 EE E EE T E E A T E EEA E A E E AT E eer ee 258 CO E E E E E A E 259 e E EEE A PEE E AE E E A PA A E A E A E EE 260 grog AE A EEE S A E EE E AEEA A E EN AEA 261 aI T A PE E N EEEE A A A A es cases EAN E E TE E S 263 DOE OME cnn iT a D E e 264 DOEDE OOTI O eona e A A EE ATE AIRT EE 265
188. ed license keys It is possible that a license file may contain upgrade licenses for several different versions or instances of a VINE If one or more license files have been loaded checking this box will show in the Details list all the licenses available including those that might be for older versions or other installations of VINE Installing Licenses Licenses can be entered individually or loaded from a file e The Enter a License button opens the Enter License String window Enter License String Enter a new license string Example product 00000000 u 1 0 0 0 5i6k6a5d9392606a m Here you can paste or manually enter the text string for the license provided by Cogent Make sure to include all colon characters in the string GS The license string may contain the characters 1 and 1 which can look nearly identical in some type fonts If possible it is best to copy and paste the string rather than retyping it e The Load License File button opens a Windows file selection window Browse to find the directory and license file that you want to load License files end with a Lic extension Once you have found 176 Chapter 15 Properties Window the license file click the Open button to load the file Please refer to Configuration and License File Locations in Section 1 5 Configuration Files for more information on license file locations To remove a license from your system select one or more lice
189. efit of being more convenient 132 Chapter 14 Optimizing Data Throughput How to Optimize e Close the Event Log windows when not in use e Close the Script Log window when not in use e Close the Data Viewer when not in use or use bridging to create a smaller subset of data in a separate data domain 14 6 CPU Saturation When your system is running with maximum CPU utilization the transmitting and receiving threads within Skkynet VINE must all share the CPU available This will cause data to be queued more frequently and will cause VINE to take measures to cope with the lack of CPU VINE treats a high CPU condition as if the various connections cannot consume data as quickly as it is available It will begin tracking and ultimately discarding old data values and will more aggressively accumulate data changes into larger messages wherever possible VINE s goal is to ensure that latency remains low that all clients continue to receive data and that the clients always receive the most recent data that is available This effort to cope with reduced resource availability also uses more CPU somewhat further increasing the system load If old value queues are deep the system can reach a tipping point from which it is difficult to recover without severely reducing the input data rate How to Optimize Avoid running your system at maximum CPU capacity 14 7 How to Optimize 14 7 1 Tunnel Mirror TCP connections Read only co
190. elds of an email To do this on the subject field you would use the same lt gt syntax as is available for messages for example The Sine value is now lt S DataSim Sine gt would put the value of the DataSim Sine point into the subject line of the email or message This syntax explained in a the end of Section 10 4 Defining the Email Message can also be used to insert addresses for one or more the message recipients by creating a point that contains the list of recipient names The value of this point could then be changed externally based on who is on call or is logged into an attached SCADA system For example a point in the default domain named CurrentOperatorEmail would be entered in the Recipients field like this lt Sdefault CurrentOperatorEmail gt If you need a more complex calculation to determine the recipients you could create a Gamma script that loads when VINE starts For example to change the email based on the value of a point you could do something like this function choose_mail_recipient if SDataSim Sine gt 0 5 operatorl gmail com else operator2 gmail com and then put the appropriate function call into the email recipient list like this lt choose_mail_recipient gt Notice that the expression within lt gt does not end with a semicolon This syntax requires a Gamma expression not a Gamma statement Effectively it needs to be code that would be syntactically c
191. elected the Inverse direction for a transformation you will get the inverse of the transformation In this example you would get a conversion from Fahrenheit to Celsius or the results of this equation Celsius Fahrenheit 32 1 8 As an alternative to entering transformation values VINE also offers Linear Range Mapping e Linear Range Mapping lets you enter a range for the source and destination and VINE automatically calculates the corresponding linear transformation For example to create the same Fahrenheit to Celsius transformation you could use the defaults of 0 and 100 for the Min and Max of the source point Then you would enter 32 and 212 for the Min and Max of the destination point As soon as you make these entries the correct values get entered automatically in the Linear Transformation When you use linear range mapping you can limit the transformed value to the maximum and minimum by checking the Clamp boxes The clamps get applied to the point being changed ie to the destination point for forward direction to the source point for inverse direction and to both points for bidirectional bridges 2 If you want to save this transformation for future use click the Store button at the top of the Transformation panel and enter a name in the box that pops up astination Transformation Load a stored transform O7 Zne Deskinatinr 41 Chapter 5 Bridging Once stored the transformation will become a
192. enable_dde_client enables or disables DDE client capabilities Syntax enable _dde_client 0 1 Arguments O 1 1 enables the capability 0 disables it Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command enables or disables the capability of the Cascade DataHub to act as a DDE client This corresponds to the Act as a DDE client checkbox in the DDE option of the Properties window 286 enable dde server enable _dde_server enables or disables DDE server capabilities Syntax enable _dde_server 0 1 Arguments O 1 enables the capability 0 disables it Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command enables or disables the capability of the Cascade DataHub to act as a DDE server This corresponds to the Act as a DDE server checkbox in the DDE option of the Properties window 287 enable_domain_bridging enable_domain_bridging enables or disables domain bridging capabilities Syntax enable_domain_bridging 0 1 Arguments O 1 1 enables the capability 0 disables it Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command has not yet been documented 258 enable_scripting enable scripting enables or disables scripting capabilities Syntax enable_scripting 0 1 Arguments O 1
193. ence When you change the configuration of VINE in the Properties window one or more of these commands is written in the configuration file and VINE receives that command every time it starts up You can use these commands to create custom configuration files Please see Section 1 5 Configuration Files It is also possible to issue these commands to VINE during run time in any of the following ways e With a VINE script using the special dat ahub_command function Using the Skkynet VINE APIs for C Java and NET e Over a direct TCP connection This is how custom applications can interact directly with VINE For example DataSim connects to VINE by using the Skkynet VINE APIs for C Java and NET 17 1 Command Syntax VINE commands have the following syntax command arg arg sos The whole command must be surrounded by parentheses The command name and its arguments are each separated by white space single spaces tabs or carriage returns are allowed For example the following line of a custom configuration file tells Skkynet VINE to create a new data domain named TestDomaln create _domain TestDomain Multiple word strings must be in quotes Numbers take their own values Booleans are 0 for false and 1 for true 17 2 Return Syntax When Skkynet VINE executes a command it may return a success message or an error message The returned message contains the original command and some or all of the arguments for
194. eo SKKYNET Vine User Manual Skkynet VINE Version 7 3 Skkynet Cloud Systems Inc June 03 2014 Skkynet VINE Version 7 3 Versatile integration for networking Excel Published June 03 2014 Skkynet Cloud Systems Inc 2233 Argentia Road Mississauga Ontario LSN 2X7 Canada Toll Free 1 888 628 2028 Fax 1 888 705 5366 Information Email info skkynet com Web Site www skkynet com Copyright Skkynet Cloud Systems Inc Revision History Revision 7 3 1 May 2014 Initial release of documentation Copyright and trademark information Copyright Notice Copyright Skkynet Cloud Systems Inc and or its subsidiaries Information in this document is subject to change without notice No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical for any purpose without the express written consent of Skkynet Cloud Systems Inc Skkynet Cloud Systems Inc assumes no responsibility for any errors or omissions nor do we assume liability for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this document Trademark Notice VINE Skkynet and their logos are trademarks of Skkynet Cloud Systems Inc DataHub Cogent Cascade QuickTrend WebView OPC Tunneller OPC Logger OPC Bridge System Monitor Gamma Historian TextLogger CIF Driver DataSim DataPid are trademarks of Real Innovations Internationa
195. erface is by watching the web site video or by using the Quick Start 7 2 Quick Start Here s how to configure Skkynet VINE to write data to a database of your choice We use a data point from the DataSim program in this example but you can just as easily use your own data point Open the ODBC Data Logging window 1 Inthe Skkynet VINE Properties window select Data Logging 2 Click the Configure button Database Configuration Write to a Database ODBC J Enable logging to ODBC database Reconnection delay 5 Maximum transaction queue 100 Show diagnostics in the script log 48 Chapter 7 Write to a Database This opens the ODBC Data Logging window shown below The Data Logging Configuration interface is explained in detail in Section 7 3 Configuring the Queue Store and Forward For now you can use the defaults Connect to the Database 1 Select the 1 DSN tab A DSN is a Data Source Name Windows uses this name to identify the database you want to connect to Write to a Database ODBC Configure ODBC Database Logging 1 DSH 2 Tabe J 32 Trigger J 4 Condition o Select the DSN Data Source Name and authentication defining your database connection Open the DSN Administrator to create or configure a DSM You must connect successtully betore configuring the table Contigure Data Source Name DSH Select Existi
196. erties Replace incoming time stamp with the local current time Transmit point changes in binary Faster x66 CPU only _ Target is a Cogent Embedded Toolkit server al ee L Sje ae s ets nm D m Fp i Fal 7 ite enn 5 Click Apply For more information please refer to Section 14 1 Binary Mode Tunnel Mirror TCP Connections Slow network To optimize performance for a slow network you can set the heartbeat timeout to 0 on the slave side as follows 1 Onthe VINE that is making the slave side connection right click on the VINE system tray icon and choose Properties I gt Tunnel Mirror 2 Inthe Properties window select Tunnel Mirror 3 Inthe Connection Properties section enter 0 in the Timeout entry field Connection Properties Replace incoming time stamp with the local current time Transmit point changes in binary Faster x86 CPU only _ Target is a Cogent Embedded Toolkit server Heartbeat imei 1000 Retry Delay msi 5000 Timeout ms jo role La 4 Click Apply For more information please refer to Section 14 2 Tunnel Mirror TCP Connections for Slow Networks Old value queueing and un buffered delivery Configure the master side of the tunnel mirror connection 1 On the VINE that is the master for the tunnel mirror connection right click on the VINE system tray icon and choose Properties 134 Chapter 14 Optimizing Data Throughput gt Tunnel Mirror 2 Inthe P
197. es Window In Memory Cache i In Memory Cache j In memory cache size of values 200 Select Points Using These Setting DataPid j DataSim default n OPCAE In memory cache size of values Determines the amount of memory allocated to storing values This is specified by entering a number of values Select Points Using These Settings Any number of points can be selected for the group using the selection tree Click the OK button to save the group configuration and return to the Historian section of the Properties window Then click the OK or Apply button in the Properties window to ensure t Querying Data in the Historian It is possible to query the Historian to extact raw data as well as statistics like minimums maximums averages variances standard deviations and so on over a given time period This is done with a script that accesses the Historian class explained in detail with an example in the VINE Scripting manual Historian File Format The format for the Historian files consists of consecutive records as follows timestamp An 8 byte floating point number indicating the number of seconds since January 1 1970 00 00 00 UTC time in IEEE floating point format value An 8 byte floating point number in IEEE floating point format quality A 2 byte integer number encoding OPC quality in little endian order Intel byte order OPC_QUALITY_MASK Oxc0 OPC_STATUS_MASK Oxfc OPC_LIM
198. esponding Gamma code will appear in the display Gamma is VINE s built in scripting language The code that appears in the Expression box is the actual code that gets run by Gamma The order of precedence for And and Or operators amp amp and is first And then Or 63 Chapter 7 Write to a Database Point Value Conditions Point names can be entered on either or both sides of the comparison They can be picked from the data tree list or typed in Each point name needs to have a dollar sign in front of it to indicate to Gamma that this is a VINE point You can put numerical values into either side of the comparison When you enter a point name in a condition field the current value of the point will be used in the evaluation For example you could define a condition that states that whenever the trigger event occurs the action will only be executed if another point value is within a certain range There are some automatic variables available for working with point values e lasttrigger the value of the trigger point the last time this trigger was fired even if the condition failed e thistrigger the value of the trigger point now even if the condition failed e lastevent the value of the trigger the last time the event was actually executed the condition succeeded e this the trigger point itself not the value of the point You can use these variables in any condition that is triggered by a data value chan
199. ess e Select counters from list ID Process e Select instances from list DataSim Click the Add button to add the selected items to the Monitor system parameter list in the VINE Properties window 86 Chapter 9 System Monitor 6 Click the Apply or OK button in the Properties window when you are finished making your choices and filling the list to apply your changes You should be able to view the results in the Data Browser If you change your mind on what points to monitor you can change the list at any time Any points you remove from the list will continue to exist in VINE until it is shut down and restarted Please refer to Section 13 1 Data Points for more information on creating and deleting points 9 3 Monitoring Systems Across a Network You can monitor a system across by using VINE mirroring Mirroring is how two or more instances of Skkynet VINE link over a network or the Internet to maintain identical data sets Mirroring is the same as tunnelling as described in Chapter 4 Tunnel Mirror for Networking Mirroring can be also used to connect to Cascade DataHub running in Linux Please refer to the Mirroring Data section of the Cascade DataHub for Linux and QNX manual for details For every mirroring connection you must assign one VINE to be the master and the other to be the slave This determines which side initiates communication Once communication is established the data is identical Generally it is recomme
200. ess of the computer running the tunnelling master VINE Port the port number or service name for this host You should use default port number 4502 unless you have changed the entry in the master VINE e Secondary Host gives you the option to have an alternate host and service port number On startup or after a network break VINE will search first for the primary host then for the secondary host alternating between primary and secondary until a connection is made If no secondary host is specified the connection will be attempted on the primary host only This feature is not recommended for redundancy because it only checks for a TCP disconnect The VINE Redundancy feature on the other hand provides full time TCP connections to both data sources for instantaneous switchover when one source fails for any reason There is no need to start up the OPC server and wait for it to configure its data set You can also specify a preferred source and automatically switch back to that data source whenever it becomes available By contrast the primary and secondary host in the tunnel can act as a primitive form of redundancy but will only switch on a connection failure at the TCP level which is only one sort of failure that a real redundancy pair must consider e Local data domain The data domain in which you plan to receive data Remote data domain the master VINE data domain from which you plan to receive data Point names will be
201. etails Description This command lets you instruct the VINE to load a plugin The commands related to plugins are currently experimental 315 load_ scripts load_scripts loads scripts Syntax load_scripts filename enabled Arguments filename The name of a script enabled One of the following flags indicating the enabled state e 1 means enabled the script will be run immediately after it is loaded 0 means disabled the script will be loaded but not run Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command lets you instruct the VINE to load or not load scripts 316 lock lock locks and unlocks points Syntax lock name secur 0 1 Arguments name The point name ie CULE The security level of the point QO 1 Use 1 to lock the point or 0 to unlock the point Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command locks and unlocks points When a point is locked it cannot be changed until it is unlocked 317 log_file log_file sets up a log file Syntax log_file filename Arguments logfile The name of the log file Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command sets up a log file for messages that appear in the Event Log If a log file already
202. exists this command changes that file s name Starting and stopping logging is done with the log_to_file command If logging to a file is enabled the log messages will also continue to appear in the Event Log 318 log file max log_file_max is new not yet documented Syntax log_file_max kbytes Description This command has not yet been documented 319 log to file log_to_file starts or stops logging to a file Syntax Log to tile U1 Arguments Use 1 to start logging to a file or 0 to stop Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command starts or stops logging error messages to the log file set up by log_file 320 mirror master mirror_master sets up a tunnelling mirroring master Syntax mirror_master host service localdomain masterdomain Arguments host The master host s name or IP address service The service name or port number of the mirroring master localdomain The domain of the slave 1 e local computer masterdomain The domain of the mirroring master Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command is to be sent to the slave VINE in a mirroring relationship It tells the slave all the information it needs about its connection to the master VINE This command corresponds to the entries in the Tunnel Maste
203. ge For example you could create some conditions like this When the tigger occurs write only if this condition i true ig ataSinc Sine E E spression D ataim Sine gt O bb thistigger gt lasttrigger Time Conditions This provides an additional way to restrict the time day month etc when a message gets sent In addition to the options on the triggers here you have day of week condition statements which can give you more flexibility for evemts based on specific days of the week These will work with any type of trigger event You can use the Gamma functions clock and localtime to specify particular days of the week For example these entries When the tigger occurs write only if this condition 1s true localtimelclocki wday ara would create this Gamma code localtime clock wday gt 0 amp amp localtime clock wday lt 6 which would cause data to be logged only Monday through Friday The function localtime returns a class whose members contain information about the date as follows 64 Chapter 7 Write to a Database sec The number of seconds after the minute 0 59 smin The number of minutes after the hour 0 59 Rou The number of hours past midnight 0 23 mday The day of the month 1 31 mon The number of months since January 0 11 year The number of years since 1900 wday The number of days since Sunday 0 6 yday The number of days since J
204. ges and Skkynet VINE point names You may specify a single cell in r1c1 format a range of cells in r1c1 r2c2 format a cell name or a range name as the DDE Item name For example t205 accesses the cell E2 second row fifth column aos aE accesses the range C3 I5 MyRange accesses the cell or range that is named MyRange Click the Add button The fields DDE Item Point Name and Data Domain should automatically fill in with some values Check the names in the Point Name and Data Domain columns If either of them is not what you need double click it to select it and change it Click OK to close the DDE Item Definition window The fields DDE Connection Name and Status in the Properties Window should now be filled in as well Click OK to close the Properties Window Enter some values in the range of the spreadsheet you have defined You should see the array in the Data Browser change accordingly 28 Chapter 3 Excel Connections 3 3 2 Getting a Range into Excel There are two ways to drag and drop data into Excel to create a range using DDE advise loops Or you can use DDE Request and macros Drag and drop a group of points into Excel Here is how you can collect a group of points in VINE and drag them all into Excel where the data for each point occupies a unique cell 1 With Skkynet VINE and DataSim running open the Data Browser 2 Select a group of points in the Data Browser 3 Drag the point names into Excel
205. guration files including a default configuration file called default cfg When the program is started for the first time it uses default cfg to create its primary configuration file Skkynet VINE cfg This file gets edited automatically every time you Chapter I Installation make changes in the Properties window Occasionally an experienced user might have reason to edit the Skkynet VINE cfg directly but in general it should be edited through the Properties window When you shut down and restart VINE it reads the configuration in Skkynet VINE cfg to pick up where you left off Configuration and License Files Location Skkynet VINE stores its configuration and license licenses lic files in the current user s directory in a subdirectory named Skkynet VINE Here are the typical locations e For Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 C Documents and Settings User Name Application Data Skkynet VINE e For Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 8 Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2012 C Users UserName AppData Roaming Skkynet VINE If you ever need to back up the VINE configuration you need to copy everything in the Skkynet VINE directory above To copy the configuration from one VINE to another PC you need to copy everything except your license file The Application Data or AppData directory might be a hidden directory If there is no private configuration when VINE starts it will search for configuration files
206. gured manually as well 156 Chapter 15 Properties Window Data Historian Enable historical data collection History Groups On Label Cache Size Point Count Edit Remove Automatically assign new requests to this group mna Check the Enable historical data collection box to enable the Historian Histories for one or more points are created and stored in groups You can create as many groups as your system resources will allow and activate the data collection for that group using its corresponding On check box in the list To edit a history group double click it here or select it and press the Edit button to open the Configure Historical Data Capture window see below To remove a group highlight it and click the Remove button Group Configuration To add a history group press the Add button which opens the Configure Historical Data Capture window Configure Historical Data Capture Group Configuration Group Label HISTOOO Base directory C Users Skkynet AppData Roaming Skkynet VINE Histories Change file every 0 days 0 hours 0 minutes Keep data for 0 days 0 hours 0 minutes Flush to disk every 0 days 0 hours minutes Example Cc UsersiSkkynet AppData Roaming Skkynet VINE Histories Datasim_ Group label Any text string used to identify the group Skkynet VINE will assign a numbered label by default if nothing else is specified Base directory The directory in which the histories will
207. h desired column to map points to table columns Use the point picker to locate the point referenced by lt point gt Configure Database Table Table name lt Select a tables Add Hew Rows Modify Same Row Add Column Create Table AvsDoomain H DataPid me DataSim Amplitude ltem Property Frequency Offset Ramp Sine Data Type Data Size Transtorrn s Revert Table Table Selection or Creation You need to either select an existing table or create a new one Selecting a table allows you to use a table that you have created in your database program When you select an existing table you cannot add columns or change column names To select a table choose a table name from the drop down list e Creating a table provides a way to design and create a table from within this interface l 2 From the Table Name drop down list select lt Create a new table gt In the dialog box type in a table name and click OK Now you will have to add at least one column Click the Add Column button to create a column In the dialog box type in a column name and click OK At this point you can add more columns or you can assign points as explained below You can easily rename insert or delete a column by right clicking on the column name and selecting Rename Column Insert Column or Delete Column from the pop up menu When all of your columns have been created and named you can create the table
208. h for Gamma Please see get_point_queue_depth in the VINE Scripting manual for details about this function e set_point_flush_flags sets which data types will cause the point buffer to immediately be transmitted to the Gamma engine Please see set_point_flush_flags in the VINE Scripting manual for details about this function 136 Chapter 15 Properties Window This is where you can configure Skkynet VINE W Sickynet VINE Properties V7 3 5 205 Running in demo mode WZ cene General Settings Gi gt Turned Mirror Al Bridging DDE QuickTrend Webi new GD Web Server EJ Database g Historiam oN Sys Monitor E Emailsms gt Redundancy tA Update Ba Scripting F Security a Licenses Data Changes 7 Do mot transmit insignificant changes Do not transmit changes with an ald timestamp J Automatically add a timestamp to unstamged changes Startup J Show the gash ecreen at startup d Show a warming message if running in demonstration mode Stari when you log on be Windows Allow only one running program instance Dedar these date domains Data Doman Hame default J AubomaGoslhy add domains requested by diants Interface Language View Dala View Connections Event Log aop Cancel For all the options General Data Domains DDE etc in this window e The OK button applies changes and closes the window e The Apply button applies changes but leaves the window open The Cancel button closes the wind
209. hart 44 Chapter 6 Using QuickTrend Square Removes interpolation of the line between two data changes giving the plot a step like appearance This is useful for square functions Extend When checked this option extends the plot of a point s value as a straight line until the point changes value With this option unchecked no plot is shown until a point changes value Then a straight line is plotted connecting the original value to the new value Offset A value entered here will be added to each value of the point creating an offset plot This lets you view widely differing values in the same window scale A value entered here will be multiplied by each value of the point creating an enhanced or diminished if a fractional value plot Buffer This value determines how many data changes for this point will be stored in the local history to allow for scrollbacks to review recently plotted data Label Allows you to change the label for the point whose default is the simple point name Working with the Display There are a few features of the display that are not immediately obvious e You can scroll backwards and forwards through the history of the trend using the left and right arrow buttons or choose a specific date and time with the calendar and time selector The double right arrow button returns the display to real time trending e You can resize the trend display by dragging the gray borders on the left side
210. has appeared then you can specify that version instead if you wish Do not make any other change in these notices Once this change is made in a given copy it is irreversible for that copy so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is not a library Section 4 You may copy and distribute the Library or a portion or derivative of it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code Section 5 A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or linked with it is called a work that uses the Library Such a work in isolation is not a derivative work of the Library and therefore falls outside the scope of this License Howeve
211. hat component itself accompanies the executable If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code Section 4 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance Section 5 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it Section 6 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the origin
212. he end of each line It then fills a range of cells with the data The native format for Excel data is tab delimited text with a carriage return at the end of each row of data If we assign this type of data toa range of cells using the FormulaArray function Excel automatically parses the data and fills it into the specified range The real trick here is to ensure that the range is the same size as the incoming data so we do not have to know the size y a priori DataArray DDERequest chan DataPoint request DataPoint from Channel find the upper row and column bounds for the variant array If StartCol 0 Then StartCol 1 Starting column where data will go in our sheet If StartRow 0 Then StartRow 1 set the starting row NCols 1 set default number or columns to 1 On Error Resume Next ignore errors error occurs if array has one dimension get upper bound of the array columns the following line will generate an error if the array is only a one dimensional array We just skip this and use the default 1 NCols UBound DataArray 2 On Error GoTo 0 allow errors NRows UBound DataArray 1 get upper bound of array y dimension NRows NRows StartRow 1 add offset from StartRow this is the ending row 31 End Sub End Sub End Sub End Sub End Chapter 3 Excel Connections NCols NCols StartcCol 1 add offset from StartCol t
213. he name of the point This is a string value A string representation of the value for the point The point value will be interpreted as integer float or string based on the contents of the value string This function tries each type in order and uses the first type for which the value parameter is a valid representation Double quotes around the value parameter are ignored For example e 123 is an integer e 123 4 is a float e 1 23422 is a float e 123 is an integer e 123abc is a string confidence A confidence factor in the range of 0 to 100 optional This is not used by the VINE so is available to programs that produce graduated confidence such as expert systems If this value is not specified it is set to 100 All strings can be surrounded by double quotes if the string contains spaces or special characters The backslash character escapes double quotes and backslashes within the string Newline carriage return form feed and tab are represented with n r f t respectively Strings must not contain newline characters Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command is the same as set except that it forces a write even if the VINE would otherwise refuse it for example if the point is old the value is insignificant or hasn t changed or the point is marked as read only When this value is set the following attributes of the point ar
214. he names Yoyodyne Inc hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program Gnomovision which makes passes at compilers written by James Hacker lt signature of Ty Coon gt 1 April 1989 Ty Coon President of Vice 22 Appendix J GNU General Public License This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs If your program is a subroutine library you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library If this is what you want to do use the GNU Library General Public License instead of this License 226 Appendix K GNU Lesser General Public License GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 Copyright 1991 1999 by Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This license the Lesser General Public License applies to some specially designated software packages typically libraries of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it You can use it too but
215. he primary console of the computer running Skkynet VINE If you are currently logged in via a remote desktop session you will see a pop up dialog indicating that you must be connected to the computer s primary console You can do this by using the admin or console options on the Microsoft Remote Desktop client If you are already connected to the primary console the VINE Properties window and system tray icon will be displayed when you press Show Properties Dialog button Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 8 Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2012 The Switch to Service Console button displays the Windows Service Console which is where the VINE Properties window appears when running as a service This allows you to view data and make changes to the DataHub configuration while it is running as a service 191 Chapter 16 Other Windows and Programs Show Properties Dialog Switch to Service Console Disable Service Console The Service Console is a special display console provided by Microsoft Windows also known as the session 0 console This was introduced in Windows Vista as a security mechanism to limit access to the user interface of high permission processes When you switch to the Service Console your desktop will be hidden and the screen background will change color to indicate the special status of the Service Console terete urka Paetion Rabim io pour Windes dedia The preyrin wall digplas its pan vanedicew bebra F
216. hem to separate data by user function or any other criteria Points in different data domains can have the same name because each data domain creates a separate namespace Two data domains you are probably familiar with are default the default data domain and Dat aSim which holds data from DataSim All the data domains in VINE are listed in the General option of the Properties window The written syntax used by VINE to denote data domains and points is domain point In many cases this is the only level of data organization you will ever need However should you desire a more sophisticated way to structure your data VINE provides a way 13 4 2 Assemblies Subassemblies Attributes and Properties Within a data domain data can be arranged hierarchically as assemblies subassemblies attributes and properties Each assembly can have zero or more attributes and zero or more subassemblies and each attribute can have zero or more properties Subassemblies can have subassemblies You can think of assemblies and subassemblies as branches in a tree and attributes as the leaves Here is an example of what a tree might look like 126 13 4 3 Chapter 13 Working With Data Data Domain Assembly Subassembly zero or more Attribute zero or more Property zero or more Attribute Attribute Attribute PrODEerE EY ss Property s PEOPECty Subassembly Subassembly Attribute PEOPSCUy nes PROPEL EY sas Attribute At
217. his is the ending col the following line fills up the cells in the range starting in StartCol StartRow to Nrows Ncols with the data from the variant array Sheets SheetName Range Cells StartRow StartCol Cells NRows NCols DataArray Sub PutDataArray Channel As Integer SheetName As String DataPoint As String StartRow As Integer StartCol As Integer NRows As Integer NCols As Integer DDEPoke Channel DataPoint Sheets SheetName Range Cells StartRow StartCol Cells StaertRow NRows 1 Startcol NCols 1 Sub PutDataRange Channel As Integer DataPoint As String DataRange As Range DDEPoke Channel DataPoint DataRange Sub GetData This is a test function assigned to a button It reads a test point into an arbitrarily sized matrix starting at A10 Dim chan As Integer chan DDEInitiate vine default GetDataArray chan Sheet1 TestArray 10 1 DDETerminate chan Sub PutData This is a test function assigned to a button It writes a 3 row x 5 column area of Sheetl into a single data point in VINE You can use either PutDataArray or PutDataRange depending on how you wish to specify the range Dim chan As Integer chan DDEInitiate vine default PutDataArray chan Sheet1l TestArray 1 1 3 5 PutDataRange chan TestArray Sheets Sheet1 Range A1l E3 DDETerminate chan Sub 52 Chapter 4 Tunnel Mirror for Networking 4 1 Introduction When talki
218. hotmailcom DataSim Update OataSim Updat odify Remove The list of configured actions shows the actions you have already configured Selecting an existing action from the list automatically fills in the Email Trigger and Condition tabs with its information Checking or unchecking the On box at the left lets you switch the action on or off The Create button creates an action for the information currently entered in the Email Trigger and Condition tabs If you press the Create button while a configured action is selected it creates a duplicate of that configured action and adds it to the list This is a quick way to configure similar actions The Modify button overwrites the selected configured action with the information currently entered in the Email Trigger and Condition tabs The Remove button removes a configured action Once a configured action has been created or modified the changes won t take effect until you click the Apply or Done button 10 8 HTML Message Examples Sending an HTML message is as simple as clicking the HTML Message button in the Email tab For the Message Source you can choose a file or write HTML code directly into the text entry box Here are two examples of how you can embed data into an HTML messages using an ASP source file 10 8 1 An HTML Message with Embedded Data Points This is an example of an ASP file that embeds the latest data from VINE points into an HTML table The ASP file is
219. hout downloading the software This is particularly convenient for large scale distributed systems Remote Update Configuration W Enable remote version updates Server URL Public key file SkkynetvINE Update public ml E Status Timestamp Message To do a remote update follow these steps 1 Ensure that Skkynet VINE is running with Administrator permissions 2 Check the Enable remote version updates box to enable the Update feature 3 Inthe Server URL field enter the URL for the location of the new version as provided by your system administrator or other authorized person 4 Inthe Public key file field enter the public key as provided by your system administrator or other authorized person 5 Press the Apply button 6 Press the Update button to initiate the update You will see some messages scroll past in the Status window and then Skkynet VINE will restart running the updated version 15 12 Scripting The Scripting option lets you write edit and run scripts as well as work with configuration files Please refer to the DataHub Scripting manual for more details Load these Gamma script files when starting Here you can create and access Gamma scripts 169 Chapter 15 Properties Window Scripting and Customization Load these Gamma script files when starting C C Program Files SkkynetiSkkynet VINE scripts indowsExample g C c Program FilesiSkkynet Skkynet YINE scripts OD
220. iagnostic messages about the connection in the Script Log Show statistics controls in tray menu Creates a new entry in the VINE system tray menu that lets you open a statistics control window ODBC Query MySQLLocal BAB Transactions sent successtully Transactions sec 10 sec window Transactions curently on queue Results curently on queue Transactions rejected full queuel Transactions stored in L1 cache Failed to store in L1 cache Transactions stored in L2 cache Failed to store in L2 cache Transactions forwarded fram cache Transactions failed from cache Configure button The Configure button opens the ODBC Data Logging Window Write to a Database ODBC Configure ODBC Database Logging i DSN 2 Tabe 3 Tigger 4 Condition Select the DSH Data Source Hamel and authentication defring you database conmecton Open the DSH Administrator bo cresbe ot configure a DSN You must commect successtully before configuring the table Configure Dala Source Mame DSN Select Existing DSH Create of Configuie DSM Oren DSN Administrator Connect Skaug Net Cornected Conigured Actions On DSN Condition For detailed instructions on using this interface please refer to Chapter 8 Query a Database 15 7 Historian The Historian option allows you to collect and store histories for groups of data points It gets configured automatically by the Quick Trend option and can be confi
221. ializing Not Connected Sub Normal Device Failure Last Known Out of Service Uncertain Generally speaking all of the above qualities are considered not good except for Good and Local Override To ensure that you are getting good quality data from your OPC server you can switch when Data quality is not equal to Good Data value is Gives you the option of switching data sources based on a change in the value of the data point s you have selected below For point s Allows you to select which points you want to monitor for quality or value see above For any point in the domain Lets you monitor all points in the domain and switch when any one of them meets the criteria For this point Lets you specify an individual point name The point name can be applied to a single point or to a group of points whose names match the pattern Data Flow Detection For data that changes regularly Data Flow Detection lets you switch data sources whenever a gap in the data flow is detected This option will watch for any change in any data point from an input domain If any point in the input domain changes within the specified time the entire input domain is assumed to be available A data change must also pass the validity checks above in order to be considered valid 166 Chapter 15 Properties Window Data Flow Detection Switch sources if data stops for 0 000 seconds Switch sources if data stops for The number of seconds that th
222. ic License is Less protective of the users freedom it does ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run that program using a modified version of the Library The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow Pay close attention to the difference between a work based on the library and a work that uses the library The former contains code derived from the library whereas the latter must be combined with the library in order to run TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION Section 0 This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser General Public License also called this License Each licensee is addressed as you A library means a collection of software functions and or data prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs which use some of those functions and data to form executables The Library below refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under these terms A work based on the Library means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Library or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or tr
223. ich VINE will discard data until it sees a newline e Parameters within a message can themselves be parenthesized expressions For example the following message contains a command and five parameters OPCAddItem serverl iteml 0 default serverl iteml default serverl item1 The fifth parameter is itselfa command default serverl iteml 195 Chapter 17 Using VINE Commands e All strings in a message are surrounded by double quotes Inside the double quotes the sequence embeds a double quote embeds a character n embeds a newline t embeds a tab embeds a form feed r embeds a carriage return followed by any other character produces that character with the removed Parentheses inside double quotes do not match parentheses outside double quotes e You can embed any character inside a non quoted string by putting a in front of that character so the string abc def would be the same as abc def e Example of using a TCP socket directly without going through the Cogent C API SOCKET s char buf 256 int len char pointname testpoint double value 1 0 len sprintf buf cset default s g n pointname value send s buf len 0 There is a function in the C header file that parses this kind of stream called UT_LispParse and another function called UT_LispString that can help a bit with writing lisp expressions They automatically add double quotes around s formatted strings a
224. igger 4 Condition Enter the database query and press Submit to eve the query and populate the combo boses Select whether to assign values to individual data points one row at a time or to emit the entire result as an esML data set Configure Database Query Bs One point per row Point Hame Value Timestamp Quality a Preparing the Query For this and other queries in this chapter we will use a simple example database named test with a table named querytest that has 4 columns and 3 rows e In the Label field enter a name for this query such as TestQuery This can be any string e Enter a valid SQL query Configure Database Query SELECT FROM test querytest LIMIT 3 A e The Submit submits your query to the database for a check If the query is not valid a message will pop up informing you about any errors You can also open the Script Log to see more information about your connection to the database and the results of your query Write One Point Per Row to VINE e The One point per row option lets you assign one point in VINE for each uniquely named item in one column of a database One point per row Point Hame Value Timestamp Quality Column Name WariableName Variablealue enone knones ene A ae
225. igning a Trigger Set a Condition and Configure the Action For this example let s limit the trigger on the DataSim UpdateFrequency point to changes only to values over 100 1 Select the 3 Condition tab 2 Click the checkbox in the first row 3 From the point selector expand the Dat aSim data domain and select the point UpdateFrequency 4 Click the button in the left column The text SDataSim UpdateFrequency should fill in the box 5 From the drop down box choose the gt operator 6 Inthe right column enter the number 100 Your screen should now look like this 95 Chapter 10 Email and SMS 1 Email 2 Trigger 3 Condition Define an optional condition to be evaluted when the Trigger occurs If no condition is defined or if the condition is true then the ernaillSh message will be sent When the tigger occurs wite only if this condition i true A a E CO A Triangl oe OEA E NN a O nS Expressions DataSim UpdateFrequency gt 100 You have set the condition The expression at the bottom shows what will be passed to Gamma the internal scripting engine of VINE 7 Go down to the Configured Actions box and click the Create button Configured Actions On Type Subject Recipients Trigger Condition text This iz atest test hotmailcom ODataSincUpdate DataSin Updat a A new configured action should appear in the list This is a summary of what you have done When a configured actio
226. ile you specify doesn t exist VINE will create it If the file does exist VINE will append log data to the file e As long as the Log to File box is checked VINE will append all log entries to the file even when restarted after a shutdown ISI Chapter 16 Other Windows and Programs e Checking the Log to File button automatically causes the Event Log to log in the verbose Debug mode 16 4 Script Editor The Script Editor lets you write and edit scripts Script Editor C Program Files Skkynet Skkynet VINE scripts MyApp g File Edit Script DH eguire Application Bet the Gamma library functions and methods for ODBC and or Windows programming Uncomment either or both 7 require WindowsSupport frequire ODBCSupport Applications share the execution thread and the global name space so we create a class that contains all of the functions and variables for the application This does two things l creates a private name space for the application and 2 allows you to re load the application to create either Temes ae Ca seer rae Maer EOE er ae aa ee Se tal Ree L a e The Script Editor offers features such as context sensitive highlighting prompted fill ins for functions and variable names automatic indenting text string searches and so on Please refer to the VINE Scripting manual for detailed information 16 5 Script Log This window le
227. in a worksheet cell you can use m d yyyy h mm ss 000 as your custom format Note that the milliseconds use a dot not a colon Time Stamp UTC The UTC time stamp in seconds You can format this in Excel using a custom format as explained above Type The type of the data contained in the point as an iteger Type Name A text string that corresponds to the integer value of the data type Value The value of the point 16 2 Connection Viewer This window gives a real time view into all Skkynet VINE connections You can open this window by clicking on the View Connections button in the Properties window 179 Chapter 16 Other Windows and Programs W Connection Viewer Type Detail ID Label Status Sent Received Created Data Historian Data Historian 3 Gamma Scripting Engine Gamma Scripting Engine Mainline Mainline Sysmon 0 properties in domain TCP Listener Plain on port 4502 55 Web Server Port 80 SSL No Dirs WebView WebView 4 Total Checkpoint Performance Set Checkpoint The various columns identify the connection and show its status with connection statistics as follows e Sent point changes sent from VINE to the connecting program Received point changes sent from the connecting program to VINE e Created data points created in VINE by this connection e Registered data points registered in VINE by this connection e Unregistered data points unregistered in
228. indows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2012 The Switch to Service Console button displays the Windows Service Console which is where the VINE Properties window appears when running as a service This allows you to view data and make changes to the DataHub configuration while it is running as a service Chapter I Installation Show Properties Dialog Switch to Service Console Disable Service Console The Service Console is a special display console provided by Microsoft Windows also known as the session 0 console This was introduced in Windows Vista as a security mechanism to limit access to the user interface of high permission processes When you switch to the Service Console your desktop will be hidden and the screen background will change color to indicate the special status of the Service Console terete urka Paetion Rabim io pour Windes dedia The progr al deplay iis gan eirda Debye F E cil nerk attention Whan pou ma dora ori Yau m bo rhum io your daktop lor ere iamen lek Apin moe Return m ef Shignet VINE Properties VTI IIIS Rureing in demo sacle aoe W sseni General Settings dip Tunna kire Dais Changes pa ndang a Dbi ra FERR y i B n y Pea rare cheer meth ee ld ep di due s cio beai ese ep it ures oe E EEI mmi ir Tui aral kikir s Shoe Gee iath eee ae ecu a Gy 0 BRT Ea ee Py SATa ETE TE wa Vie irer Lt Sage ear patna ley on be ere H Uutake akya dh Gree cutee Geer ee ee Le E
229. ing attributes of the point are set as follows e seconds and nanoseconds are set to the current time on the machine running the DataHub e locked sec and quality are all maintained at their previous values for this point e flags is set to 0 Please refer to the write command for more information about these parameters See also set force and cforce 260 cwrite cwrite creates a point and writes information to it Syntax cwrite name type value conf sec locked seconds nanoseconds flags quality Arguments name The name of the point This is a string type The type of point One of 0 string 1 float 8 byte double e 2 integer 32 bit integer value A string representation of the value for the point It will be interpreted into the type specified by the t ype parameter COn A confidence factor in the range of O to 100 This is not used by the VINE so is available to programs that produce graduated confidence such as expert systems sec A security level for this point This is rarely used If a point s security level is set to a non zero value then attempts to write to that point must claim a security level equal to or greater than the security level of the point This uses a good citizen model the writer can claim any security it wants and is assumed to be honest so there is no strong security here It is intended for systems that want to avoid accidental changes to values Security level
230. ing sent every 5 seconds If all is working as described you have configured an action that queries a database for and writes the results into VINE The remaining sections in this chapter explain the interface in more detail and introduce the option of setting specific conditions for queries if desired 8 3 Setting up the DSN Data Source Name A DSN is a Data Source Name Windows uses this name to identify the database you want to connect to This tab lets you select an existing DSN or create a new one if necessary 72 Chapter 8 Query a Database Open the Query a Database ODBC window 1 Inthe Skkynet VINE Properties window select Database 2 Inthe Query a Database ODBC section click the Configure button Query a Database ODBC Enable query from ODBC database Reconnection delay 5 Maximum transaction queue Show diagnostics in the script log Show statistics controls in tray menu 3 Configure your DSN as explained below Query a Database ODBC Configure ODBC Database Query 1 DSN 2Quey 3 Trigger 4 Condition Select the DSN Data Source Name and authentication defining your database connection Open the DSN Administrator to create or configure a DSN You must connect successtully before configuring 4 query Contigure Data Source Name DSH Select Existing DSN Create or Configure DSM Open DSH Administrator w User Password Status Not Connected doe a a
231. ing success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command causes the Cascade DataHub to stop sending data to the client for ms milliseconds 348 TunnelEnable TunnelEnable is new not yet documented Syntax TunnelEnable 0 1 host_pattern remote_domain_pattern Description This command has not yet been documented 349 TunnelEnablePlain TunnelEnablePlain is new not yet documented Syntax TunnelEnablePlain 0 1 Description This command has not yet been documented 350 TunnelEnableSlave TunnelEnableSlave is new not yet documented Syntax TunnelEnableSlave 0O 1 Description This command has not yet been documented 351 TunnelEnableSSL TunnelEnableSSL is new not yet documented Syntax TunnelEnableSSL 0 1 Description This command has not yet been documented 3932 TunnelPlainPort TunnelPlainPort is new not yet documented Syntax TunnelPlainPort port Description This command has not yet been documented 353 TunnelSlaveStatus TunnelSlaveStatus is new not yet documented Syntax TunnelSlaveStatus host_pattern Description This command has not yet been documented 354 TunnelSSLCert TunnelSSLCert is new not yet documented Syntax TunnelSSLCert filename Description This command has not yet been documented 333 TunnelSSLPort TunnelSSLPort is new not yet
232. ing them at the destination The binary mode is more efficient in both network bandwidth and CPU usage for both the sender and the receiver Binary mode requires that the CPU architecture of the sender and the receiver agree so you can only use this mode if you are running both the sender and the receiver on an Intel x86 CPU The CPU gain could be as much as 50 when using binary mode Numeric data benefits most from this option How to Optimize e For tunnelling connections always use binary mode if possible Please refer to How to Optimize Procedure 14 2 Binary mode transmission for details e For TCP IP connections using the C API always use binary mode if possible Please refer to How to Optimize Section 14 7 2 DataHub C API for details e Always use binary mode when writing programs in Linux or QNX with the Cogent C API Please refer to Optimizing Throughput in the Cogent C API manual for details 14 2 Tunnel Mirror TCP Connections for Slow Networks Skkynet VINE uses a heartbeat to determine the status of the network connection The tunnel mirror slave sends a special heartbeat message to the master at specified time intervals to detect network failures If the master does not respond within a certain timeout period the slave changes the status of its connection to Disconnected and attempts to reconnect The timout value is usually at least twice the heartbeat rate and the default setting is five times the heartbeat rate
233. int Sets The time in seconds If this is not specified the current date and time in seconds is used nano A fraction of a second in nanoseconds If this is not specified the number of nanoseconds past the current date and time is used Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command is used to multiply the value of a point 324 private_attribute private_attribute creates a private attribute Syntax private_attribute assemblyname attrname type rw dflt_value dflt_conf Arguments domain The domain to which this property applies assemblyname The name of the assembly to which this attribute applies attrname The name of the attribute type A type for the private attribute rw One of e r for read only e w for write only e rw for read write dflt_value A default value dflt_ conf A default confidence level If nothing is entered the system assumes 0 Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command creates a private attribute For information on the difference between an attribute and a private attribute please refer to Section 13 4 3 Attributes and Types 325 property property creates a property for an assembly Syntax property domain attrname propid propname type rw dflt_value dflt_conf Arguments domain The do
234. int value will be interpreted as integer float or string based on the contents of the value string This function tries each type in order and uses the first type for which the value parameter is a valid representation Double quotes around the value parameter are ignored For example e 123 is an integer e 123 4 is a float e 1 234e2 is a float e 123 is an integer e 123abc is a string confidence A confidence factor in the range of 0 to 100 optional This is not used by the VINE so is available to programs that produce graduated confidence such as expert systems If this value is not specified it is set to 100 All strings can be surrounded by double quotes if the string contains spaces or special characters The backslash character escapes double quotes and backslashes within the string Newline carriage return form feed and tab are represented with n r f t respectively Strings must not contain newline characters Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command sets the value of a point When this value is set the following attributes of the point are set as follows e seconds and nanoseconds are set to the current time on the machine running the DataHub e locked sec and quality are all maintained at their previous values for this point e flags is set to 0 Please refer to the write command for more information about these parame
235. intname 310 ignore_old data ignore_old_ data ignores changes with an old timestamp Syntax i1gnore_old_data 0 1 Arguments O 1 Use 1 to ignore old data or 0 to not ignore old data Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command instructs the VINE to ignore any changes to data that arrive with an old timestamp This corresponds to the Do not transmit changes with an old timestamp checkbox in the General option of the Properties window 311 include include includes a file in with configuration files Syntax include filename enabled as sender O 1 Arguments filename The name of the configuration file to include enabled One of the following flags indicating the enabled state e 1 means enabled it will be used immediately after loading e 0 means disabled it will be loaded but not used as sender O 1 Not yet documented Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command includes a file with configuration files It can be used in a configuration file itself causing the included file to be inserted into the configuration file at the point of this command Or it can be sent to the VINE by another program The enabled parameter puts the file into the enabled state meaning that it is loaded and then immediately used With that parameter turned off
236. into the Excel worksheet W Skkynet VINE Data Browser B of 8 points in DataSim domain z Status Sep 23 l0 Good 0 45000000000005 Datasim Time Stamp Quality default Sep 23 i0 54 Good 0 14S08497268425 i 13 ig rE r kd ats di Bookl Micrqsoft Excel E eccon l i ooa File Home incent Page Layout remone Data Review View 7 ar rl dattat ub Datasimlsine 7 s r F 7 G 1 3 0 154508457 k f B You should see the data update in the worksheet at the same rate it is updating in Skkynet VINE You can select multiple points for drag and drop by using Shift click or Ctrl click You can drag and drop timestamps and other attributes of a point using the Property dropdown list Please refer to Drag and Drop Style and Property in the Data Browser section for more details If your data displays but does not update you might need to change your settings in Excel Please refer to Chapter 18 Troubleshooting for more information 20 Chapter 3 Excel Connections When you save and close a spreadsheet connected to Skkynet VINE and then attempt to reopen it you may get one or more messages depending on your security settings in Excel or other circumstances Here s a summary of each message and what to do This document contains macros Enable them Click Enable Macros This workbook contains links Update them Click Update If VINE is already running all the links should
237. ints are named point0001 point0002 etc sub transmit_points Dim chan As Integer Dim pname As String chan DDEInitiate vine default For i 1 To 100 For j 1 To 40 pname Format i 1 40 j 0000 pname point amp pname DDEPoke chan pname Worksheets Sheet1 Cells i J Next j 204 Appendix B Excel Macro Library Next i DDETerminate chan End Sub B 3 Write data from Excel Automatically on value change using DDEPoke These macros are useful for automatically transmitting data from Excel into Skkynet VINE e Emit new cell values to Skkynet VINE Whenever a user enters a new value this macro checks to see if that cell is named If so the macro emits the new value to a Skkynet VINE point of the same name The subroutine name Worksheet_Change is special it is called by Excel whenever a change occurs on the Worksheet due to user input or recalculation though not a change due to a DDE message for that see Other Useful Macros Sub Worksheet_Change ByVal Target As Range Dim rname As String Dim channel As Variant On Error Resume Next rname Target name name If Not rname Then channel DDEInitiate vine default DDEPoke channel rname Target DDETerminate channel End If End Sub Transmit changes to a range This pair of macros determines that a cell within a particular named range has changed through user input and transmits the contents of the range
238. is combination will deselect Force consistency to eliminate the possibility of conflicting behavior 8 Click the Apply button to create and activate the bridge VINE will create the bridge and update the bridged points immediately 9 Inthe bottom panel you can see all the bridges that exist in the system and the significant information about them On Source Destination Fiwd Inv Multiply Add Src Min Src Maxs Dst Min Dst Max DataSim Sine test Sine YES Remove Selected If you click on a transformation the source point destination point and transform information get displayed in their respective panels Use the check box at the front of each bridge to activate or deactivate it 5 2 2 Making transformations 40 Chapter 5 Bridging 1 Specify the type of transformation by clicking one of the three radio buttons Transform Pi Direct copy Linear Transformation multiply by then add 32 Linear Range Mapping Source Destination ii Mirectinn e Direct copy makes no transformations It just copies the point e Linear Transformation lets you multiply by one value and add another value such as in the equation y mx b where the destination point is y the source point is x the multiply by value is m and the then add value is b For example to transform a Celsius source point to a Fahrenheit destination point you would multiply by 1 8 and add 32 or Fahrenheit 1 8 X Celsius 32 If you have s
239. isclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee Section 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change b You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License c If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception If the Program itself is i
240. isickorien Doit Hiit dali cheer Dili Deen Hirt Aii S spt Monia deta Esl DE tse Herat a Redimidanins iA Upedate GB hiring i a jipagbnsiy pii doira repagi bry e T Sac uvity a Linens interface Language about S s Cammi Hap While the Service Console is open your other applications will continue to run normally but you will not be able to see or interact with them A dialog box will be visible while you are viewing the Service Console that will allow you to switch back to your regular desktop at any time If you have other system services running on your computer that also have user interface windows those services will also be available to you while viewing the Service Console When you have finished viewing or editing the VINE properties before returning to the normal user console you should click the Apply and OK buttons to close down the VINE Properties window Also be sure to close any other VINE windows This prevents the Windows Interactive Service Detection program from displaying pop up messages when you return to the normal user console Once all the VINE windows are closed you can return to the normal user console by pressing the Return Now button in the Interactive Service Detection window Chapter I Installation If you forget to close any of the VINE windows while working in the Service Console Windows will begin popping up messages in the user console telling you there is a progra
241. it users and groups non interactively Change the program configuration This user is allowed to transmit commands to Skkynet VINE to alter VINE s configuration This normally includes actions like enabling and disabling particular interfaces and functions within the cdh Change auto domain creation This user may change the flag indicating whether Skkynet VINE should automatically create a data domain when a user requests a point in a non existent data domain Shut down the program This user may transmit an exit command to Skkynet VINE causing it to shut down 174 15 14 Licenses LQ Hense Chapter 15 Properties Window The Licenses option lets you view and install licenses for Skkynet VINE When Skkynet VINE starts up it will run in demo mode one hour time limit if no licenses are found If any license is found Skkynet VINE switches to license mode and each connection then requires a license License Configuration TCP Link Licenses In Use 2 Available 3 WebView Client Licenses In Use Available 10 Node Licenses Unlimited TCP Link License Unlimited DDE License TCP Link Licenses na Total 5 Peak Use 2 Total 10 Peak Use o Unlimited Tunnel Mirror Master yes Unlimited OPC License yes Each simultaneous TCP connection except for the Tunnel Mirror Master to VINE requires one TCP Link License In Use How many TCP Link Licenses are currently being used Available How many
242. ith Gamma code Gamma is the scripting language of Skkynet VINE The Gamma code is often used to determine the value of a VINE point with the following syntax lt S domainname pointname gt The pointed brackets and percent signs lt gt indicate to the VINE ASP interpreter that this is Gamma code The equals sign tells Gamma to evaluate the expression and the dollar sign tells Gamma that this is a VINE point An HTML Message with a Table Created in Code This is an example of an HTML message with a table created by using code rather than explicitly writing it out Using code provides more flexibility in formatting the data and making changes to the table The code is written into an ASP file named CreateTable asp which comes installed with VINE in the Skkynet VINE etc directory If VINE is configured to send this file as the message body and the DataSim s UpdateFrequency is changed to say 102 VINE will email this message fi Update frequency is too high Subject Update Frequency is too high From test company com 4202007 5 15 PM Warning The DataSim UpdateFrequency has been set to greater than 100Hz Current DataSim status is Name Value Quality Timestamp DataSim Sine 0 4345 Good Mon Spr 23 12 57 29 175 DataSim Ramp 0 3924 Good Mon Spr 23 12 57 29 175 DataSim Square 0 5000 Good Mon Spr 23 12 57 29 175 DataSim Triangle 0 3353 Good Mon Spr 23 12 57 29 175 DataSi
243. itoring box There are several configuration options Data Domain The name of any VINE data domain The values retrieved from the system will be shown as points in this data domain Update Rate The frequency that the system is polled and all selected points are updated The minimum polling time is 100 ms so the value entered here cannot be less than 100 A high update rate a low number here for many data points could use a great deal of CPU When a parameter is invalid A parameter will be invalid if the object being monitored is not available For example if a process is not running then the parameters for that process will all be invalid This is a useful way to monitor a system process or other object For example you could use a script or other client to watch a process ID and when the process ID becomes 1 you could generate an alarm indicating that the process is no longer running Point Names The System Monitor automatically creates Skkynet VINE point names based on the names of the system properties Some client programs cannot work with point names containing special characters This 160 Chapter 15 Properties Window section allows you to specify which characters will be removed from the property name when constructing the point name Monitored system parameters Monitored system parameters System Property Memory available KBytes Memory Cache Bytes Memory Cache Bytes Peak Memory Commit
244. ity or other status information e Quality the quality of the connection assigned by Skkynet VINE for this point such as Good Bad Last known Local override etc e Confidence a value from O to 100 that indicates as a percentage the probability that the value shown for the point is actually its true value This feature can be accessed and changed only by using the API Skkynet VINE never uses confidence itself but carries it for use by client applications Creating New Points Skkynet VINE automatically creates a point whenever a connecting program tries to read write or create a point that doesn t exist When the point is created Skkynet VINE assigns its value time quality and confidence It is possible to have Skkynet VINE create points and assign values to them at startup Sometimes referred to as seeding this is done with supplemental configuration files Please refer to Section 1 5 Configuration Files for more details Deleting Points It is not possible to directly delete points from Skkynet VINE This is because a connecting process may be using that point Performance does not suffer if there are unused points in the system but some users prefer to remove them to just keep things tidy Should a point no longer be in use or requested by any participating program when VINE is shut down and restarted the point will no longer appear For mutliple instances of VINE connected via a tunnel mirror connection all of them must
245. k connection The SSL implementation uses the default SSL 3 encryption cipher DHE RSA AES256 SHA which is a 256 bit encryption method The Tunnel Mirror section of this manual explains how to configure SSL for tunnelling and mirroring SSL Certificates An SSL certificate is required to use SSL encryption between VINEs VINE installs a default SSL Certificate for you but you can use your own certificate if you prefer Because VINE is often used under circumstances where it is not possible or desirable to connect to the Internet it does not check the issuing authority for a security certificate against the IP address or DNS name of the target computer nor does it check the expiry date of the certificate In most control applications it is not acceptable for VINE to refuse access to a critical process due to a simple mismatch in machine name declaration or the expiry of a time limited certificate Thus any well formed certificate will be accepted Most important the data encryption will be performed regardless of the validity of the certificate Firewall Ports VINE lets you specify which ports it will use for tunnelling mirroring over a network Firewalled ports can be secured because if you open a port on the firewall any program that attempts to connect on this port will need to be able to communicate with VINE that is listening on that port As long as authentication is used for tunnelling even a user who attempts to connect using another
246. l FID VanableName VariableValue Notes F pE T E lia dE i Testpointt 35 First test point 2 Testpoint OF second test point 3 Testpoint3 19 Third test point H 4 Page 1 jofi gt i 8 5 Assigning a Trigger A trigger is an event that causes your query to be sent to the database A trigger event can be either a point value change a repeat timer a time of day timer or an after timer You can assign a different trigger for each query or an identical trigger to any number of queries A query action can be configured to execute on every trigger event or you can assign trigger conditions that are evaluated whenever a trigger occurs to determine 1f the action should be executed Query a Database ODBC Configure ODBC Database Query 1 OSH 2 Quer 3 Trigger 4 Condition Select a tigger event Whenever the tigger event occurs the query will be performed and the data pointa will E Dere a lioe Eye ik Sea a ree Point Change Repeat Timer Repeat secs O Time of Day O After None The four kinds of triggers are 77 Chapter 8 Query a Database Point Change fires whenever a specified trigger point changes 1 Type the name of the point into the Point Name box or select the point using the data tree on the right then click the button 2 Optional Enter a value deadband if you want to filter out e
247. l 5 Ensure that the Automatic option for Update is selected Then close the Edit Links window For responses to other common questions and issues please see also the Cogent Community Forum Frequently Asked Questions 199 Appendix A DDE Overview DDE Dynamic Data Exchange is a well established mechanism for exchanging data among processes in MS Windows The mechanism was intentionally designed to be easy to use and to represent data as simply as possible DDE is implemented in many popular programs that run in Windows such as Microsoft Excel and Microsoft Word This widespread availability makes DDE a good choice for general data sharing The competition with DDE is COM with its variants for OLE OPC and ActiveX By comparison DDE is simpler and therefore faster than the equivalent COM interface if implemented as a separate process DDE is much easier to implement in code and offers a particular data model as name value pairs In the case of real time data this model is well suited and therefore offers the best cost benefit ratio when programming for real time data However DDE was not designed to be used over a network The Cogent solution for this shortcoming is to tunnel mirror two copies of Skkynet VINE over a network or the Internet using TCP Thus two programs that use only DDE can exchange data across a robust TCP enabled link Data Definitions DDE defines data in terms of service topic item explained
248. l Chapter 2 Getting Started Da not Fae changes ith on old bemestara Suan if Shoes the piach oreen at ctartup Show a maarang manage F nnana in ensertar mace Snare a v ag or ba kie Properties window wn ta T Jn LL Se PS Dari Le a ae Wn Lee LA wH a 1 lH Ma Les Se wH 44h LH Jn iH DE Data Browser Connection Viewer if cata Cee ee a ee Wiese olay Pree Ghia THE GE a 20144015 be pokep mopar intionting onari HS PHB 4 a l Sete a oreo HANH bE De 1 ie ronio oo erable WH 1 1 Error during database query 1 ro Suh ibis Perr ee 1440144 LE during daiam query J re mch beable ParreizsionT pa PHB A jl Sr rar Fari H ed 14144 ALE reoi piirest TOF creation her 117 1 9 1 13 anihia Rii ian AT omer pair ient TIF anerian Mn 20 PAS bihe i Lang bo Fie Leg to Fim Event Log 12 Chapter 2 Getting Started W Script Log barbus Ge compari Basin DE sami ere Lari COR query erg Lisin query eC Ta icogentlageOurs Resmwglclkaret Vine edo ey tg COSC Dumy rgia coud nat bad emngueetion fla C pe Cogan oodles Ploeming Hyrat PPE col Tipe Seen ee ed ees Ere Script Log Wi Shine WINE quiciTeend l Tiie Dest hk Tas xai Tima Sgan ju piate jr Pair Tick is Hian Tick ja T T 4055011 42500114 40550117 4055011 11 1020 Ak 11 1030 AH 11 10 40 AH 11 1050 AH Time Select DS Be QuickTrend The pop up menu also lets you exit VINE It is possible to run VINE with command line optio
249. l LLC and used under license All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners Table of Contents Ms TU A T 1 1 1 System Requirements and Installation ass cece even certc seth cab sete eee aac ts adavnectesicttbhectededeeeeouewess l IPA E A Ee E E E E E E l la ARN VINE 35 a SOVE aa E EE SESE EEIE 2 1 4 Performing a Silent Unattended Install i esssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssesseesessesssesseees 7 Me UG E eonen noses aecee ce E T TE E 7 CR Eae a OE E T E E E E A EE A A T E 11 Lle as dhe 4 491 oid INE ae a re eT EA A eee 11 P E a e A E S 14 S E e A E E E ae 15 2 4 Connect to remote data eeeeseeeseeeseeesreesreesrerererereerrerereersreerreerreesreroreeoreesreroreereeerrereseeesresseeo 16 eA oe O e E E E A EE A A E 19 AEE ABEE OG EAE EE 19 3 1 1 Method 1 Drag and Drop using DDEAdvise 000000oenoeeeeeseessnsssssssssssssssssssssssssss 19 3 1 2 Method 2 Excel Macros using DDERequest cc cecceecsssceeseenstenstessteeeeeneees l SA WARN e a Dn aa E T 3 1 2 2 Add a Control Button eeseeeseeesseesseessseeseeeseseseeesseessessssessessessssssseeeeeeesseeeses pal oR I So Aka e cer nen Se eee ern ete EE E es 2a Geine Data out of esc sescsezaesacersaignacactaracaneenanasiesettatlendawentemaiin wabataadeuababeesseiawdecae miawencesbiuwes pA 3 2 1 Method 1 Configuring DDEAdvise loops in Skkynet VINE ee cceeeeeeeeeees 23 3 2 2 Method 2 Writing E
250. l always be transmitted 4 Click OK to close the Properties window The master side of the tunnelling connection is now ready and you can now configure the slave machine s 4 3 Configuring a tunnelling slave We identify the two tunnelling mirroring VINEs as master and slave The only difference between the master VINE and slave VINE is that the slave initiates the connection Once the connection is established they function exactly the same It is possible for an instance of VINE to be both tunnelling mirroring slave and master simultaneously acting as a slave to one or more VINEs and a master to one or more others Configure Skkynet VINE as tunnelling slave 1 Right click on the Skkynet VINE system tray icon and choose Properties l Tunnel Mirror 2 Inthe Properties window select Tunnel Mirror ee eens Tunnel Mirror Configuration TunnelingMirror Slave Act at a tunneling mirror slave to these masters Port Doman Remote SSL Status 3 Check the box Act as a tunnelling mirror slave to these masters 34 Chapter 4 Tunnel Mirror for Networking 4 Click the Add Master button to assign a master to this slave The Tunnel Mirror Master Configuration window will open Tunnel Mirror Master Configuration Primary Host A Port Local data domain Remobe user name a Remote data domain Remote password il Secure 55L 5 Type in the following information Primary Host the name or IP addr
251. lain 2 0 ccesssssssceeccecccecececaaaaaeasesseseeecceeeeeeeeseaauaaaesessseceeeceseeseseaaaagaagnsseses 350 TonnelEnable IVS nen anaa E TA EE A 351 TomelEnableS SL csini aa ANEA CEA NANNA ANEAN a 3532 Tomei Fhin Port n anuronps ine eaaa EAEE EAA TEIA 333 TunnelSlaveStatus 6s ccssccsisccccccnscdsccccanscdcundsnswearsadennanceosecdbeadenauedesuaddnadendsedeasdecdoenoaboudedenedosueddnoweauness 354 TT acess sees case a AASA EENEN NaN A ANASA AEA NAE OKE 355 MANN a IEE is nscsecss sa des ezsasnadetnetion seaueusdbasaeusoavaeseec A naO kaka REENEN A AA SAAANA ERRE 356 transmit_insignificant eee ee cece cecccccececcaeceesessnseseccecceeceeseaauassssseseececeeeeeeeeeseaaaaaaagaeseseceeeess 357 BN cpp cv cso ceca saan sep crt np pantie steno aise A ASE orto AN EISA INE 358 unload Pe epee cnet tense wen at cs caicelonewstersescaslpn ernas usn Sise EEEN NEEVA NE EERENS ENNS ENESENN 359 E a E TE A EA E eee ee ieee 360 Re oN asad cd ccwenpnsscgctonseetamnacacyacudioa dacs agmbansctntawdedentoneeacsaanitnntassaeneanosdonsedecamianics 361 MN cst casa sa San esc cats sateen ssn niles fees iran cin espe oe peice eae 362 oa E T EE A EAA A EA A E A AEN 363 II Obsolete and Unused Commands eesssssssosscseccceececcocssssssesccecceccososssososcecccocessesssssssossecececesssssssssseo 365 ORALE L e T AE vanaines easmememondeausatyammnsneecosmenearedsicnmeramieess 366 IMAL E aI ope E siege cei A ese eee 367 E oaee E AE EEEE E ASS 368 bandwidth redute 5 ceases cenc
252. le data categories related to the selected performance object You can choose all counters or select specific counters from the list The Explain button opens a window with an explanation of the selected counter Instances All of the instances of the chosen performance object For example if you chose Process for your performance this list will show all of the processes running on your system You can choose all processes or select specific processes from the list A number in this list normally indicates a selection from multiple objects of a given type and _ Total means the total across all of the objects For example if you are looking at Processor ina multi processor machine you will see a number 0 1 etc for each processor and a_Total for the cumulative statistic over all processors 1 Select a performance object and counters and instances as applicable 2 Click the Add button to add the selected items to the Monitor system parameter list in the VINE Properties window 3 Click the Apply or OK button in the Properties window when you are finished making your choices and filling the list to apply your changes You should be able to view the results in the Data Browser If you change your mind on what points to monitor you can change the list at any time Any points you remove from the list will continue to exist in VINE until it is shut down and restarted Please refer to Section 13 1 Data Points for more information on
253. lect any number of data points to trend from any data domain The following options determine how the data will display in the chart Square Removes interpolation of the line between two data changes giving the plot a step like appearance This is useful for square functions Extend When checked this option extends the plot of a point s value as a straight line until the point changes value With this option unchecked no plot is shown until a point changes value Then a straight line is plotted connecting the original value to the new value Offset A value entered here will be added to each value of the point creating an offset plot This lets you view widely differing values in the same window scale A value entered here will be multiplied by each value of the point creating an enhanced or diminished if a fractional value plot Buffer This value determines how many data changes for this point will be stored in the local history to allow for scrollbacks to review recently plotted data Label Allows you to change the label for the point whose default is the simple point name Working with the Display There are a few features of the display that are not immediately obvious e You can scroll backwards and forwards through the history of the trend using the left and right arrow buttons or choose a specific date and time with the calendar and time selector The double right arrow button returns the display to real time
254. licitly non authoritative and by extension that VINE should behave as if it is authoritative Normally this is only meaningful between VINE instances constructing a tunnel An application should not send set_authoritative domain 0 to the DataHub If an application does not want to be authoritative for a data domain it simply should not send a set_authoritative command 337 set canonical set_canonical sets the type of a point Syntax set_canonical pointname canonical_type force Arguments pointname The full name of the point with domain Ccanonical_type Either a number with a legal numeric VT_TYPE value or one of 11 12 14 UI1 UI2 UI4 CY DATE BOOL BSTR R4 R8 EMPTY I1 ARRAY I2 ARRAY I4 ARRAY UI1 ARRAY UI2 ARRAY UI4 ARRAY CY ARRAY DATE ARRAY BOOL ARRAY BSTR ARRAY R4 ARRAY R8 ARRAY force A value of 1 forces a change in canonical type A value of 0 or the omission of this optional parameter will allow the canonical type to change only if it is currently EMPTY Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command sets the canonical type of a point Normally a point s canonical type is EMPTY meaning that it will maintain the data type of whatever data is written to it If the canonical type is other than EMPTY then any data written to the point will be converted to that type before it is stored When a point has a non e
255. lliseconds to wait before attempting to reconnect a broken connection Tunnel Mirror Master You can configure your VINE to act as a master for either plain text tunnelling secure tunnelling using SSL or both Each mode uses a separate port number or service name TunnelingMirror Master Accept plain text connections on servicepork 4502 Current Connections Accept secure connections on service port 4503 SSL Certificate C Program Files Skkynet Skkynet VINE plugin TCP yde Curent Connections Try to send data even if itis known to be superseded Boolean Integer Float String Q If you enter a name for the service port instead of a number that name must be listed in the Windows services file Please refer to The Windows Services file Appendix for details VINE installs an SSL Certificate for you If you wish to move it or use a different one you can change the directory path here The SSL implementation uses the default SSL 3 encryption cipher DHE RSA AES256 SHA This is a 256 bit encryption The server and client negotiate the best encryption based on what both can support VINE does not validate the SSL certificate with any outside certificate authority It uses the SSL connection for encryption only not authentication You can also configure the master to attempt to send old data superseded by more recent data Check any or all of Boolean Integer Float or String that apply to the kind of superseded data that yo
256. long as such parties remain in full compliance Section 9 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Library or any work based on the Library you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Library or works based on it Section 10 Each time you redistribute the Library or any work based on the Library the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License Section 11 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a
257. lumreize 6 datatype 12 decimaldigks 0 nams owner nullable 0 10080 Column coumneize 5 idatatype 12 decomaldigts 0 name species rullable 0 ODE Column columrsze 1 datatype 1 decimaldigits 0 inama sez nullable 0 O0Eo Column columnsize 10 datekype 91 decimaldigits 0 name birthh rullable 1 Topa Column colummaze 10 datatype 91 decimaldigits 0 B rae death nullable 1 7 rows i Fluffy Harold cat Y 1993 02 04 nil 2 Olavs Gaver eat m 1994 03 17 ril 3 Bui Harold dog F 1369 05 13 ril 4 Fang Benny dog m 1990 06 27 nil jamat at i en dase oe oll Type a Gamma expression and press Enter Please refer to the VINE ODBC Support manual for more information 11 3 VINE Windows Scripting VINE offers Windows scripting support with the classes necessary to create windows buttons frames tabs entry fields and so on all animated with live data Here is a screenshot of a test program 110 Chapter 11 VINE Scripting i l E Be 8 AE 558 gt ee e Please refer to the VINE Windows Scripting manual for more information The code for this example is in the WindowsExample g file included in your distribution Ill Chapter 12 Security Skkynet VINE provides a means for full access control to all DDE TCP OPC and tunnel mirror
258. ly be attempted by experienced users If you do create a custom configuration file we strongly recommend that it only be used for creating points and data structures and not for standard configuration commands such as those that are created and modified through entries in the Properties window Doing otherwise could result in irregular behavior in Skkynet VINE Chapter I Installation The following sets of commands are the only ones that should be used in a custom configuration file General commands allowed in config files create set cset write cwrite force cforce add Model related commands allowed in config files alias assembly attribute defaultprop instance Only allowed in Windows config files execute_plugin load_plugin unload_plugin load_scripts show_data mult div lock quality secure append dump include private_attribute property subassembly type show_debug_messages show_event_log show_icon show_properties show_script_log Custom configuration files can be created using a text editor like Notepad and are written in Lisp syntax They should be put in the same directory as the Skkynet VINE executable such as C Program Files Cogent Skkynet VINE it may be different for your installation Each entry of the file contains either a command or a comment Comments are marked with a semicolon character at the beginning of each line For more information about commands and their syn
259. m requiring attention in the Service Console A program running on this computer is trying to display a message The program might need information form you or your permission to complete a task Why does this happen View the message Ask me later w Show program details You can stop these messages and close down the Service Console by clicking on the Disable Service Console button in the VINE Service Manager Clicking this button will not stop the VINE service When you close the Service Manager it will automatically disable the service console This will stop Windows from periodically displaying the Interactive Services Detection dialog on your system 1 4 Performing a Silent Unattended Install To perform an unattended install of Skkynet VINE you can run this command vine version number date Windows exe S D c program files cogent es indicates a silent install D indicates the base installation directory There are certain restrictions with the D argument e D must be the last argument on the line The path name for D must NOT contain quotes even if the path contains spaces e There must not be spaces around the sign in the D argument The installation will create two directories beneath the directory indicated by D e OPC DataHub contains the OPC DataHub installation e DataSimcontains the two data simulators 1 5 Configuration Files Skkynet VINE comes with several confi
260. m 1f it isn t already running to get live data in the Data Browser W Skkynet VINE Data Browser 8 of 8 points in DataSim domain ate Selected Pont Enter new welue l Gets I Jari D 14 41 52 765 Datas Jan 06 14 41 52 765 Jan 06 14 41 52 765 Jan 06 14 42 39 144 J 2999999999909 7 Jan 06 14 42 99 144 0 5 Jan 0 14 42 36 409 if 0 5 Jan 06 14 42 35 144 i 0 esos 99999995 Jan O06 144152765 10 Ensure that the Drag amp Drop Style at the bottom of the Data Browser is set to MS Office Excel Word Open an Excel worksheet In the Data Browser click on the label for a point and drag it into the Excel worksheet Sep 23 10 54 0 4sp000000000089 Sep 23 10 54 Good 0 154508497268425 i THETA eae coi p cro Excel Heme Inzet Page layout Formulas Data Review View E F You should see the data update in the worksheet at the same rate it is updating in Skkynet VINE You can select multiple points for drag and drop by using Shift click or Ctrl click You can drag and drop timestamps and other attributes of a point using the Property dropdown list Please refer to Drag and Drop Style and Property in the Data Browser section for more details 16 Chapter 2 Getting Started 2 4 Connect to remote data Cogent has a VINE running that makes live test data available over the Internet
261. m UpdateFrequency 102 0000 Good Mon Spr 23 12 57 26 865 DataSim Amplitude 1 0000 Good Mon Spr 23 12 57 26 865 DataSim Frequency 0 1000 Good Mon Spr 23 12 57 26 865 DataSim Offset 0 0000 Good Mon Spr 23 12 57 26 865 106 Chapter 10 Email and SMS Contents of the ASP File The contents of the fille CreateTable asp are as follows lt html gt lt style gt BODY P TD background color White font family Verdana Geneva Arial Helvetica sans serif font size 8pt TH font family Verdana Arial Helvetica sans serif font size 9pt font weight bold background color cce6fe highlight background color FFFFCC text align right warning color FF0000 font weight bold lt style gt lt body gt lt p gt lt p gt lt div class warning gt Warning The DataSim UpdateFrequency has been set to greater than 100Hz lt div gt lt p gt lt p gt Current DataSim status is lt p gt lt p gt lt table border 1 gt LEES lt th width 180 gt Name lt th gt lt th width 80 gt Value lt th gt lt th width 80 gt Quality lt th gt lt th width 160 gt Timestamp lt th gt lt tr gt lt require Time require Quality try local v q tm ts info with pt in DataSim Sine DataSim Ramp SDataSim Square SDataSim Triangle SDataSim UpdateFrequency SDataSim Amplitude S DataSim Frequency SDataSim Offset do info PointMetadata pt v
262. m for linking with the Library A suitable mechanism is one that 1 uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user s computer system rather than copying library functions into the executable and 2 will operate properly with a modified version of the library if the user installs one as long as the modified version is interface compatible with the version that the work was made with c Accompany the work with a written offer valid for at least three years to give the same user the materials specified in Subsection 6a above for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution d If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place offer equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place e Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a Copy For an executable the required form of the work that uses the Library must include any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it However as a special exception the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license res
263. main to which this property applies attrname The name of the attribute to which this property applies propid An ID number or AUTO to have the VINE assign an ID automatically propname A name for the property type A type for the property rw One of e r for read only e w for write only e rw for read write aflt_value A default value dflt_ conf A default confidence level If nothing is entered the system assumes 0 Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command creates a property For more information and an example please refer to Section 13 4 2 Assemblies Subassemblies Attributes and Properties 326 quality quality assigns a quality to a point Syntax quality name new_quality Arguments name The name of a point as a string new_quality The quality to be assigned to the point as a number Quality numbers are OPC QUALITY BAD OPC QUALITY UNCERTAIN 0x40 OPC_ QUALITY _GOOD 0xc0 OPC_QUALITY_ CONFIG ERROR 0x4 OPC_QUALITY_NOT_CONNECTED 0x8 OPC_QUALITY DEVICE FAILURE Oxc OPC QUALITY SENSOR_FATLURE 0x10 OPC_QUALITY_LAST_KNOWN 0x14 OPC OUALITY COMM _ FAILURE 0x18 OPC QUALITY_OUI_OF_ SERVICE Oxle OPC_QUALITY_ WAITING FOR_INITIAL DATA 0x20 OPC_QUALITY_LAST_USABLE 0x44 OPC_QOUALITY SENSOR CAL 0x50 OPC_QUALITY_EGU_EXCEEDED 0x54 OPC_QUALITY_SUB_NORMAL 0x58 OPC_QUALITY_ LOCAL OV
264. mapped from the remote data domain on the master VINE into the local data domain on this VINE and vice versa Unless you have a good reason for making these different we recommend using the same data domain name on both VINEs for the sake of simplicity There is a VINE running on Cogent s server that you can connect to for testing Here are the parameters you will need to enter for it Primary Host developers cogentrts com e Port 4502 Local data domain test Remote data domain test 6 You now have several options for the mirrored connection 35 Chapter 4 Tunnel Mirror for Networking Data Flow Direction Read write Send and receive data to and From the Master Read only Receive data From the Master but do not send Write only Send data to the Master but do not receive When the connection is initiated Get all values From the Master When the connection is lost O Mark data quality here as Mot Connected G Do not modify the data quality here or on the Master Connection Properties L Replace incoming time stamp with the local current time L Transmit point changes in binary Faster x86 CPU only L Target is a Cogent Embedded Toolkit server Heartbeat msh 1000 K Retry Delay imsi 5000 Timeout ims 5000 Data Flow Direction lets you determine which way the data flows The default is bi directional data flow between slave and master but you can effectively set up a
265. me VariableName type string datatype 9 gt lt column name VariableValue type double datatype 8 gt lt column name Notes type string datatype 9 gt lt row gt lt ID gt 1 lt ID gt lt VariableName gt Testpoint1 lt VariableName gt lt VariableValue gt 95 lt VariableValue gt lt Notes gt First test point lt Notes gt lt row gt lt row gt lt ID gt 2 lt ID gt lt VariableName gt Testpoint2 lt VariableName gt lt VariableValue gt 87 lt VariableValue gt lt Notes gt Second test point lt Notes gt lt row gt lt row gt lt ID gt 3 lt ID gt lt VariableName gt Testpoint3 lt VariableName gt lt VariableValue gt 19 lt VariableValue gt lt Notes gt Third test point lt Notes gt lt row gt lt TableData gt 76 Chapter 8 Query a Database This data can be parsed by an XML parser and is particularly useful for displaying in WebView using the WebView Filtered Data Table control In WebView you would add a Filtered Data Table to a page and configure this point as the Items Source Control Filtered Data Table Name FilteredDataTablet S Presents the result of a row column data set in a table Columns can be reordered and pinned Rows can be filtered and grouped Property Value a Basic Properties a Ci Items Source Binding fag Point The data would then appear in the contro
266. meout ris S000 1 Data Flow Direction lets you determine which way the data flows The default is read only data flow from master to slave but you can set up a read write or write only connection by choosing those options To optimize throughput check the Read only Receive data from the Master but do not send option Only do this if you actually want a read only connection If you do not require read write access a read only tunnel will be faster 2 When the connection is initiated determines how the values from the points are assigned when the slave first connects to the master There three possibilities the slave gets all values from the master the default the slave sends all its values to the master or the data from master and slave gets synchronized The availability of these options depends on the data flow direction selected above 3 When the connection is lost determines where to display the data quality as Not Connected on the master on the slave or neither If you have configured When the connection is initiated as Synchronize based on time stamp see above then this option must be set to Do not modify the data quality here or on the Master to get correct data synchronization 4 Connection Properties gives you these options e Replace incoming timestamp lets you use local time on timestamps This is useful if the source of the data either does not generate time stamps or you do not trust the clock
267. most appropriate for storing a given transaction Failed to store in L1 cache The number of transactions that were not able to be stored in the first level cache Transactions stored in L2 cache The number of transactions taken off the queue and put into the second level cache An internal algorithm determines which of the two caches is most appropriate for storing a given transaction Failed to store in L2 cache The number of transactions that were not able to be stored in the second level cache Transactions forwarded from cache The total number of transactions forwarded from both caches This number should be the sum of L1 and L2 once all transactions have been forwarded and as long as VINE was started up with no cache on disk Transactions failed from cache The number of transactions attempted from cache could not be successfully delivered and were stored for later transmission This phenomenon may occur the first time that VINE learns that the database is not available For example you ll see this for every network break if you ve checked Always write queue to disk Cache directory The path and directory name for the cache Maximum cache size MB The amount of disk space to allocate for the cache in megabytes 7 4 Setting up the DSN Data Source Name A DSN is a Data Source Name Windows uses this name to identify the database you want to connect to This tab lets you select an existing DSN or crea
268. mpty canonical type it is possible that the conversion could fail in which case the point value is not changed 338 show data show_data displays the Data Browser Syntax show_data 0 1 Arguments O Use 1 to show the Data Browser or 0 to hide it Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command shows or hides the Data Browser 339 show_debug messages show_debug_messages show or hide debugging messages in the Data Browser Syntax show_debug_messages 0 1 Arguments O Use 1 to show debugging messages in the Data Browser or 0 to not show them Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command lets you toggle the functionality of the Debug button in the Event Log on or off programmatically The Debug option is very verbose and could put a high demand on system resources 340 show_event_log show_event_log displays the Event Log Syntax show_event_log 0 1 Arguments oppi Use 1 to show the Event Log or O to hide it Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command shows or hides the Event Log 341 show _icon show_icon displays the system tray icon Syntax show_icon 0 1 Arguments O 1 Use 1 to display the system tray icon or 0 to hide it
269. n all meaningful ways you may wish to select this option However you need to keep in mind that values in the input and output domains may not match for an undetermined period of time Never copy the data model to the output domain Preserves the data model of the output domain or if there is no data model flattens the data model from the input domain In either case the data point names are maintained This can be helpful if targeting a system with limited system resources such as an embedded system or if you have an existing data model on the output domain and do not want it overridden by the data model on the input domains 167 Chapter 15 Properties Window Always copy the data model when switching Normally the output domain tracks changes in the data model and when a switch occurs if the data model has changed it gets rewritten This option forces the output domain to copy the data model whether it has changed or not Ignore values written to the output domain Normally data written to the output domain propagates back to the input domains This option prevents that from happening Data written to the output domain will not be written to the input domain Used with Never switch Always use the first source above this will make the output domain function as a read only copy of the input domain Create data points showing input statistics Used for debugging this option creates extra points in the root of the output
270. n folder C Users Skkynet App Data Roaming Skkynek VINE Or Set Global Configuration Folder Sample Users tom App Data Roaming Skkynet VINE E Run as specified user User name LocalSystem Password E Automatically restart on failure Install Update Service Startup type Choose between Automatic Manual or Disabled to specify how you want the service to start when Windows starts Configuration folder Allows you to specify a folder in which to put the configuration files for Skkynet VINE Typically this does not need to be changed Please refer to Section 1 5 Configuration Files for more information about configuration files The Set Global Configuration Folder button lets you specify the configuration file through the registry This will preserve the configuration directory even after uninstalling as a service Run as specified user It is recommended that you run VINE as the local SYSTEM LocalSystem user and leave this box unchecked The VINE Properties window is only available when running the service as the local SYSTEM user If you run as a specified user then you will not be able to access the Properties window to make changes to the VINE while it is running as a service However there are certain situations in which you may need to run it as a specified user To specify a user other than the local SYSTEM user enter the User name and Password as applicable then please see Appendix
271. n is selected in this list you can make changes in any of the tabs and modify it using the Modify You can also duplicate a configured action using the Create button or remove it with the Remove button For more information about configured actions please refer to Section 10 7 Configured Actions 8 Click the Apply button to activate the configured action Now let s see how it all works Trigger and Send an Email The action you just configured causes VINE to send an email any time the DataSim Update Frequency is changed to a value greater than 100 To test the script you ll need to trigger it by changing that value in the DataSim 1 In DataSim press the More button to view the Configurable Options 2 Change the Update Frequency to a number greater than 100 and click the Apply Changes button to commit the change Configurable Options Waveform Parameters Arn plitude Offset ol Frequency Hz Domain Update Frequency Apply jz 3 Check the email account of the recipient You should have received a message that looks like this 96 Chapter 10 Email and SMS Say WUSLe Frequency i Luu ligii Subject This is atest From test company com 4202007 5 12 PM The point Datasim sine had a value of 0 41364204012409417 at the time 2007 04 20 17 12 09 042 Each time you enter a new Update Frequency value greater than 100 in the DataSim the VINE script will send a similar message You have just configured and tested
272. nY PAE E voce EAE EEE EEEE E E EE T E E T 284 i Ug OC errire T EE EEE T 285 enable_dde_client ooce csi cccscecssnavevcivaweadervavanncccessbeaedseussedoenwbstsusduswadawncsceebiasedseubeedseseo sien dedewebewmendestees 286 enable dde server enecens riian si araen aa Er E e aa i dheqmbetonsausendesanuaeee 287 enable_domain_bridging cccccccccccecscceessessssesecceccceceeeeaaaaeaussseeeececcceeeseeeseaauaassseseseceeeees 288 enable serip iN ersinnen sien esas paca EEE EEEE TEE EAEE 289 ERI r E E Sar ces E E E A EEE E E E E E 290 eneit P oor E EREN 291 E A SE A d E E E A E E O E E A A A N E T 292 tarts ge EAEE E E E AAI A E E AA A E T 293 E A ceasseueueseesusevauiuaes secs esedeeseuseeseaveaenee 294 wet Geni oe ia ccstcg cca av nine insect cnt a A atmegalenactoc ue E RE cas eaeastenc RTA 295 iE Rali l O E EA oc ssa Sa ess npn AEE E dua sets tio AEE E E oes A 296 Hoor Ada naaa a a T aE Ti 297 HistorianFlags 000 ccccecsssssssesecceccceeeeeeeaeaaeassssseeeececeeeeeeseaaaasaessssseeceeceeeeeessaeaauaaaasseseeeceeeess 298 Historian CNG cen a a a a Ta E a aaa 299 HistorianSaveConfig aes ed cin Snes rcccseotnsncenseucesecedeasedaciudnoaudessnncosudeseoacesonedeassdacinGaeaudesuncnsudeseodcudades 300 HistorianSetComfigurimg cccccccccccccccsscessssssssesecceccceceeseaaeasasssseseeceeceeeeeeesaesauagasseseseceeeess 301 History GroupAd 00 ccc ccesessssssscceccceceeeecaeaaessesesseeececeeeeeeseaauaeasssseseececeeeeesees
273. nable 171 Security Properties 171 server OPC OPC A amp E Server Name OPC OPC A amp E Service DDE 147 set 335 set_access 336 set_authoritative 337 set_canonical 338 show_data 339 show_debug_messages 340 show_event_log 341 show_icon 342 show_properties 343 show_script_log 344 slave 393 for tunnelling mirroring 139 slow networks optimizing 131 SMS text messaging 91 SQL 208 Status of bridging 143 store transformations 144 store and forward for data logging 153 string license 175 subassembly 345 success 346 sync 394 System Monitor configure 160 how to use 84 networking 87 System Monitor Properties 160 system requirements 1 taskdied 395 taskstarted 396 TCP connections optimizing 131 tcp_service 347 Text messages how to send 91 Text messaging with SMS 91 timeout 348 Topic DDE 147 transformations for bridging 145 storing 144 transmit changes insignificant 137 old timestamp 137 transmit_insignificant 357 Trigger for database queries 77 for emails 99 for logging 61 Trigger conditions database queries 79 email 101 logging 63 TunnelEnable 349 TunnelEnablePlain 350 TunnelEnableSlave 351 TunnelEnableSSL 352 Tunnelling and Bridging and Aggregation connecting to an OPC client 34 connecting to an OPC server 33 OPC part of the data set testing the connection tunnelling mirroring 404 master 142 slave 139
274. nal use only 392 slave slave is for internal use only 393 sync sync is for internal use only 394 taskdied taskdied is for internal use Syntax taskdied name domn gu nodename node pid chid 395 taskstarted taskstarted is for internal use Syntax taskstarted name domn gu nodename node pid chid 396 using license using_license is for internal use only 397 warn_of_license_expiry warn_of_license_expiry is deprecated Syntax warn_of_license_expiry 0 1 398 Index A acksuccess 238 activation for bridging 143 add 239 configuration file 169 data domain 138 DDE client 147 DDE server 148 Security client 171 add a timestamp 137 Aggregation and Bridging and Tunnelling configuring the DataHub OPC alias 240 alive 241 append 242 assembly 243 asyncsocket 366 attribute 244 auth 245 authentication 114 authgroup 367 authorization 116 authreload 246 authuser 368 auto_create_domains 247 auto_timestamp 248 bandwidth_reduce 369 bridge 249 Bridges configuring 38 bridge_remove 251 bridge_remove_pattern 252 bridge_transform 253 bridging activation 143 configuration window 143 creating data sets direction 146 local servers OPC 38 point display 146 point selection 144 status 143 to Excel transformations 145 Bridging Properties 142 cforce 255 client OPC OPC A am
275. name datadomain com will be displayed as username datadomain comin the email reader client 92 Chapter 10 Email and SMS User Name lt username datadomain com gt will be displayed as User Name in the email reader client User name The log in name you use to access this SMTP account Password The applicable password 3 Inthe Security section Security Never attempt to connect securely via SSL Always use SSL fail if unavailable Automatically select most secure connection W Accept invalid or untrusted certificates Choose one of the three SSL options and specify whether you want to accept invalid or untrusted security certificates 4 Click the Apply or OK button to submit your entries The VINE mailer is now ready to use If you haven t already done so we suggest sending a test message as explained in the next section 10 3 Sending a Test Message Once you have configured the mail server you can configure and send a test email Here s how Open the Email SMS Events window Email SMS 1 Inthe Skkynet VINE Properties window select Email SMS 2 Inthe Configure Email and SMS Events section press the Configure button Configure Email and SMS Events Enable Email and SMS Events Configure This opens the Email SMS Events window 93 na a oe oS e 7 10 11 12 13 14 Chapter 10 Email and SMS Email SMS Events Configure Email SMS Events 1
276. named EmbedPoints asp and comes installed with VINE in the Skkynet VINE etc directory If VINE is configured to send this file as the message body and the DataSim s UpdateFrequency is changed to say 102 VINE will email a message like this 104 Update Frequency is too high Subject Update Frequency is too high From test company com Chapter 10 Email and SMS 4 20 2007 5 15 PM Warning The DataSim UpdateFrequency has been set to greater than 100Hz Current DataSim status is Mame Value DataSim Sine 04996585300 7236044 DataSim Ramp 0 24411 764705882355 DataSim Square 0 5 Datasim Triangle O 48625529411 76471 DataSim UpdateFrequency 102 DataSim Amplitude al DataSim Frequency O 10000000000000001 DataSim Offset 0 Contents of the ASP File The contents of the file EmbedPoints asp are as follows lt html gt lt style gt BODY P TD background color White font family Verdana Geneva Arial Helvetica sans serif font size 8pt TH font family Verdana Arial Helvetica sans serif font size 9pt font weight bold background color 23cce6fe highlight background color FFFFCC text align right warning color FF0000 font weight bold lt style gt lt body gt lt l This is a simple example of an HTML template file which contains embedded point values from the DataHub gt lt p gt lt p gt lt div class warning gt Warning The Data
277. nction is called 10 5 Assigning a Trigger A trigger is an event that causes the email to be sent A trigger event can be either a point value change a timer event or a calendar event You can assign a different trigger for each email or an identical trigger to any number of emails An action can be configured to execute on every trigger event or you can assign trigger conditions that are avaluated whenever a trigger occurs to determine if the action should be executed 1 Email 2 Trigger 3 Condition Select a tigger event Whenever the tigger event occurs an email will be sent subject to the expression Define a Trigger Event Point Change Paint Name ammi O Repeat Timer Value Deadband o WH DataPid Time of Day E DataSin Ramp The three kinds of triggers are e Point Change fires whenever a specified trigger point changes 1 Type the name of the point into the Point Name box or select the point using the data tree on the right then click the button 2 Optional Enter a value deadband if you want to filter out extraneous data The number you enter will specify a high and low plus or minus range Any value change falling within that range will not cause the trigger to fire A positive or negative change greater than this value will activate the trigger and cause the email to be sent SG To create a trigger that gets reset automatically please refer to An Auto Resetting Trigger in Section 10 6
278. nd defined as follows Connection Connection Connect This user is allowed to maintain a connection to Skkynet VINE When a connection is made the client has a 5 second grace period in which to authenticate before the client is disconnected If the client does not have Connection Connect permissions after the grace period expires it will be disconnected Connection Read This user is allowed to read point values and subscribe to point value changes Connection Write This user is allowed to write a new point value to Skkynet VINE Connection Force If the user has Connection Write permission he may also have this permission In this case the user will able to send the force and cforce commands to VINE which will override the read only status and timestamp check for a point thereby forcing a write to succeed where it would otherwise fail Connection CreatePoint This user is allowed to create new points in existing data domains in Skkynet VINE Connection DeletePoint This user is allowed to delete a point from Skkynet VINE Q Normally no client should be allowed to delete points from Skkynet VINE Deleting points can be very disruptive for existing clients Use this permission with caution Connection CreateDomain This user is allowed to create new data domains Normally you should also set Connection CreatePoint permission when you set this permission for a user Connection ChangeModel This user can change the o
279. nd escape characters within the string 196 Chapter 18 Troubleshooting This chapter has answers to the most common troubleshooting questions that may arise Any other known unresolved issues are discussed in the README t xt which is included in the distribution archive Please read that file and this page before contacting Cogent for help For responses to other common questions and issues please see also the Cogent Community Forum Frequently Asked Questions 1 I can t get a connection Check the following e Is your connection to the Internet and or network up and functioning normally Does your firewall allow a local program like Skkynet VINE to act as a server e Does Skkynet VINE run OK e Is VINE installed and configured correctly e For drag and drop operations is the Drag amp Drop Style at the bottom of the Data Browser set to MS Office Excel Word e Are you using the VINE Web Server and is Skype installed on the same machine There is a default option in Skype follow the Tools Options Connection menus to use port 80 as an alternative for incoming connections You will need to either disable this or change the port number of VINE s web server to something other than 80 2 Windows Error Messages For a list of Windows error messages including those for TCP and DDE please refer to Appendix G Error Messages 3 Skkynet VINE Error Messages Here is a brief explanation of some of the more common
280. nd group_pattern flags absolute percent maxsecs maxcount Description This command has not yet been documented 304 HistoryGroupDefault HistoryGroupDefault is new not yet documented Syntax HistoryGroupDefault label Description This command has not yet been documented 305 HistoryGroupFileTimes HistoryGroupFileTimes is new not yet documented Syntax HistoryGroupFileTimes group_pattern days hours minutes Description This command has not yet been documented 306 HistoryGroupFlushTimes HistoryGroupFlushTimes is new not yet documented Syntax HistoryGroupFlushTimes group_pattern days hours minutes Description This command has not yet been documented 307 HistoryGroupRemove HistoryGroupRemove is new not yet documented Syntax HistoryGroupRemove group_pattern Description This command has not yet been documented 308 HistoryGroupStorageTimes HistoryGroupStorageTimes is new not yet documented Syntax HistoryGroupStorageTimes group_pattern days hours minutes Description This command has not yet been documented 309 ignore ignore ignores a given point Syntax ignore pointname Arguments pointname The name of the point to be ignored Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command tells the VINE to ignore changes in value to the point po
281. nded that VINE on the machine being monitored act as the master while the machine that is collecting the monitoring data be the slave In a hub and spoke arrangement that VINE could be the slave to multiple masters to collect all the data in a single VINE Configure VINE as a tunnel mirror master 1 Right click on the Skkynet VINE system tray icon and choose Properties gt Tunnel Mirror 2 Inthe Properties window select Tunnel Mirror Tunneling Mirror Master Accept plain text connections on servicepork 4302 Curent Connections 0 Accept secure connections on services part 4505 Curent Connections 0 Try to send data even if itis known to be superseded Boolean Integer Float String 3 Inthe Tunnelling Master section you can configure plain text or secure tunnelling Ensure that at least one of these is checked If you want to change any of the other defaults please refer to Section 15 2 Tunnel Mirror for more information To optimize throughput un check the Try to send data even if it is known to be superseded option This will allow VINE to drop stale values for points which have already changed before the client has been notified of the original change The latest value will always be transmitted 4 Click OK to close the Properties window You are now ready to configure the slave VINE 87 Chapter 9 System Monitor Configure Skkynet VINE as tunnel mirror slave 1 Right click on the Skkynet VINE sy
282. ndicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command creates a new point in VINE Normally it is not necessary to create points manually VINE creates a new point any time a program sends one However this command is useful for creating points programmatically from within VINE See also cset Example Using the Gamma datahub_command function you could pass a create command to VINE as follows to create MyNewPoint in the default domain and assign it a value of 1 datahub_command create default MyNewPoint 1 237 create_domain create domain creates a new domain Syntax create _domain name Arguments name The name of the domain as a string Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command creates a new domain in the VINE This corresponds to using the Add button in the Domains section in the General option of the Properties window 258 creport creport creates a point and requests notification of changes Syntax creport name Arguments The name of the data point to be created Returns A message with the complete definition of the point Description This command creates a data point and then requests the VINE to report changes also called exceptions to the value or any other information about the point as soon as any change takes place See also report 239 c
283. ndicating that the action should not proceed We need to test for zero because when we reset the trigger point to zero a second data change event will occur The argument is unevaluated so the condition should look like this x HighWithReset default TriggerPoint nil if function HighWithReset triggerpoint local value if undefined_p value eval triggerpoint amp amp value 0 after 0 001 setg triggerpoint 0 t else nET This is the inverse of HighWithReset see above If the trigger point is zero perform the action and set the trigger point to 1 If the trigger point is non zero do nothing and return nil Ey function LowWithSet triggerpoint local value if undefined_p value eval triggerpoint amp amp value 0 after 0 001 setq triggerpoint 1 82 Chapter 8 Query a Database 8 7 Configured Actions A configured action will cause your query to be sent to the database according to the trigger and any conditions you have specified It is the end result of your configuration activities in this interface The Configured Actions list shows the actions you have configured and allows you to create modify or remove actions as well as turn them on or off Configured Actions On Label DSH Query Trigger Condition Create Testliuenm MySQLLocal SELECT FROM every 5 sec Modify Remove The list of configured actions shows the actions
284. ndow Also be sure to close any other VINE windows This prevents the Windows Interactive Service Detection program from displaying pop up messages when you return to the normal user console Once all the VINE windows are closed you can return to the normal user console by pressing the Return Now button in the Interactive Service Detection window 192 Chapter 16 Other Windows and Programs If you forget to close any of the VINE windows while working in the Service Console Windows will begin popping up messages in the user console telling you there is a program requiring attention in the Service Console A program running on this computer is trying to display a Message The program might need information form you or your permission to complete a task Why does thes happen View the message Ask me later iw Show program details You can stop these messages and close down the Service Console by clicking on the Disable Service Console button in the VINE Service Manager Clicking this button will not stop the VINE service When you close the Service Manager it will automatically disable the service console This will stop Windows from periodically displaying the Interactive Services Detection dialog on your system Notes 1 This editor is based on the Scintilla and SciTE editor 193 Chapter 17 Using VINE Commands VINE has an internal command set documented in the Reference I Skkynet VINE Command Set refer
285. nfigure Database T able Table name Add Hew Rows O Modify Same Row Add Column able POINTID PT NAME PTWALUE 4ysD oman Item skep DataSim Sine DataSin Sine DataPid E DataSim Property name value Ramp Data Type counter varchar number Sine Square Data Size 10 E4 a PLCERROR Transforms SAE Click the Create Table button If successful you have now created a new table in the database specified by your DSN You can open your database program and view it to verify If you get an error message check your entries above carefully to ensure they are compatible with your database For example some databases will not allow spaces or special characters in table and column names Once the table is created you cannot add any more columns However you can delete the table using the Delete Table button This will delete the table from the database but all of your entries will remain in the entry fields You can then add more columns if you wish and recreate the table You can easily rename insert or delete a column by right clicking on the column name for a pop up menu For more information about creating and modifying tables please refer to Section 7 5 Configuring a Database Table 12 When you have the table the way you want it go down to the Configured Actions box and click the Create button 50 Chapter 7 Write to a Database Configured Actions On DSH T able Points Trigger Condition Create Tests datasintes
286. ng DSN Create or Configure DSM Loo YM Open DSH Administrator slates E S 2 From the drop down box select a DSN If you do not have any DSNs or you wish to create a new DSN you can do this by opening the DSN Administrator Please refer to Setting up a DSN for more details 3 Enter the appropriate user name and password if required and click the Connect button A Connected to message should appear in the message box If you get an error message in the box consult your system administrator Configure a Table 1 Select the 2 Table tab Write to a Database ODBC Configure ODBC Database Logging S gt E gt gt E gt __E gt gt _ ______ OSN 0 2 Table 3 Trigger 4 Condition Select the target table or create one by adding columns and pressing Create Table Associate point properties with each desired column to map points to table columnes Use the point picker to locate the point referenced by lt point gt Configure Database Table Table name lt Select atable gt Add Hew Rows Modify Same Row Add Column Create Table Delete Table AvD oman w DataPid E DataS im Amplitude Frequency bern Property Data Type Offset Ramp Sine v Data Size Transforms 2 Start the DataSim program if it isn t already running and ensure that it is connected t
287. ng about data networks tunnelling means to encapsulate one protocol inside another to allow it to be sent more easily and or securely across the network Mirroring is the ability to mirror part of all of the data set between the two ends of the tunnel in real time Skkynet VINE supports both simultaneously so to make it simple we refer to simply tunnelling in this document for establishing a tunnel mirror connection across a network For more information about these terms please refer to Section 15 2 Tunnel Mirror enn C oc EEE v eae gt eee or Internet bid tii Using Skkynet VINE for tunnelling means T m a e Ec je 1 ee eee ere I ee f it e Connect equally easily across a LAN WAN or the Internet e Real time data transfer e Complete and secure data access e Simple set up Setting up Skkynet VINE for tunnelling is a simple 2 step configuration that can be done in a few minutes All you need to do is 1 Configure VINE to connect to a data server or client on each machine 2 Configure the tunnelling master or slave on each machine 4 2 Configuring the tunnelling master We identify the two tunnelling mirroring VINEs as master and slave The only difference between the master VINE and slave VINE is that the slave initiates the connection Once the connection is established they function exactly the same It is possible for an instance of VINE to be both tunnelling mirroring slave and
288. nge its status and open the Properties window of Skkynet VINE Starting the Service Manager The Service Manager can be started from the Skkynet VINE program group in the Cogent entry of the Windows Start menu Select W Uninstall W Web Site mM 7 i Chapter I Installation yf Skynet VINE Serie Manager VINE Japi A Caimen CALR h log Dap Aare t INE pm Fin ea paed uer Lh i m Pama dmi miw or fake ee Ceea Once started you can choose the service you need to configure from the Select Service dropdown list at the top Then you can configure install and check the status of the service as well as view the VINE Properties window The scrolling list at the bottom maintains a record of activities Chapter I Installation Service Configuration Wf Skkynet VINE Service Manager e Vine Configure Skkynet VINE Service Service Contiguration Startup type Configuration folder C Users Skkynet App Data Roaming Skkynek VINE Or Set Global Configuration Folder Sample Users tom App Data Roaming Skkynet VINE L Run as specified user User name LocalSystem Password E Automatically restart on failure Install Update Service Startup type Choose between Automatic Manual or Disabled to specify how you want the service to start when Windows starts Configuration folder Allows you to specify a folder in which to put the c
289. nnections On the slave side of the connection you can determine the data flow direction for the connection If the data flow is to be one way from the master to the slave 1 e the slave will only read from the master not write you will get the fastest performance by configuring the connection read only as follows 1 Onthe VINE that is making the slave side connection right click on the VINE system tray icon and choose Properties gt Tunnel Mirror 2 Inthe Properties window select Tunnel Mirror 3 Inthe Data Flow Direction section select Read only Receive data from the Master but do not send Data Flow Direction CO Read write Send and receive data to and From the Master Read only Receive data From the Master but do not send CO wWrite only Send data to the Master but do not receive 4 Click Apply 133 Chapter 14 Optimizing Data Throughput Binary mode transmission Ensure that the slave side of the tunnel mirror connection is set to use binary mode transmission 1 On the VINE that is making the slave side connection right click on the VINE system tray icon and choose Properties L gt Tunnel Mirror 2 Inthe Properties window select Tunnel Mirror r 3 Inthe Tunnel Mirror Slave section highlight the host name of the tunnelling master and click the Edit button to open the Tunnel Mirror Master Configuration window 4 Check the Transmit point changes in binary box Connection Prop
290. ns Please refer to Appendix D Command Line Options for more information Pop up Help You can get pop up help in many parts of the Properties window by right clicking the mouse over buttons or text WS ti dl jos i Do not transmit insignificant changes Do Restricts transmission of Insignificant data A data v Aull change is considered tobe fttamped changes insignificant if it differs from the E Startup current data only by its time stamp d Sh WR Ss reer Sota ree i e eee So ee ee ESS a ra timestamp Exit You can terminate VINE by right clicking Skkynet VINE icon W in the system tray and selecting Exit 13 Chapter 2 Getting Started from the pop up menu After a few seconds the icon should disappear indicating that VINE has terminated You must explicitly exit VINE to terminate it Otherwise it continues to run in the background even if you close the Properties Data Browser and Event Log windows 2 2 Test with simulated data There is a data generating program that comes with Skkynet VINE called DataSim You can run DataSim locally to create data for various connection scenarios 1 Start Skkynet VINE if it isn t already running 2 Start DataSim using the Windows Start menu or by double clicking the desktop icon DataSim Ae DataSim Connection Parameters caler oF Host Service Status double click localhost 4502 Connected User Hame Password iv 3 O
291. nsed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION Section 0 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program 22l Appendix J GNU General Public License below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does Section 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and d
292. nses in the DetailS window then click the Remove Selected button 177 Chapter 16 Other Windows and Programs 16 1 Data Browser This window gives a real time view into Skkynet VINE You can open this window in either of two ways e Click the View Data button in the Properties window e Right click the VINE icon in the system tray and select View Data from the pop up menu W Skkynet VINE Data Browser 8 of 8 points in DataSim domain Selected Point Enter new value Quality Local Override default E DataPid Point Name Time Stamp Quality Type Value Amplitude Jan 06 14 41 52 765 Good Any R8 1 Frequency Jan 06 14 41 52 765 Good Any R8 0 1 Offset Jan 06 14 41 52 765 Good Any R8 0 Ramp Jan 06 14 42 39 144 Good Any R8 0 249999999999997 Sine Jan 06 14 42 39 144 Good Any R8 0 5 Square Jan 06 14 42 36 409 Good Any R8 0 5 Triangle Jan 06 14 42 39 144 Good Any R8 0 499999999999995 UpdateFrequency Jan 06 14 41 52 765 Good Any R8 Drag amp Drop Style MS Office Excel Word Property All data domains in VINE are shown in the tree on the left and all the points of the selected data domain are listed on the right Clicking on a point name selects it and puts its name into the Selected Point field at the top of the window A snapshot of the value of the point at the time you clicked appears in the Enter new value field You can change the value of the point by entering a new value in this field i e ty
293. nteractive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 222 Appendix J GNU General Public License Section 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections and 2 above provided that you also do one of
294. ntest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License Section 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License Section 9 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which a
295. number of transactions that were sent either directly to the database or to the disk cache Transactions sec 10 sec window The sending rate for transactions calculated over the past 10 seconds Transactions currently on queue The number of transactions in the queue Results currently on queue Not yet documented Transactions rejected full queue The number of transactions that were rejected from the queue because it was full 154 Chapter 15 Properties Window Transactions stored in L1 cache The number of transactions taken off the queue and put into the first level cache An internal algorithm determines which of the two caches is most appropriate for storing a given transaction Failed to store in L1 cache The number of transactions that were not able to be stored in the first level cache Transactions stored in L2 cache The number of transactions taken off the queue and put into the second level cache An internal algorithm determines which of the two caches is most appropriate for storing a given transaction Failed to store in L2 cache The number of transactions that were not able to be stored in the second level cache Transactions forwarded from cache The total number of transactions forwarded from both caches This number should be the sum of L1 and L2 once all transactions have been forwarded and as long as VINE was started up with no cache on disk Transactions failed from cache The number
296. o 50 For more information please refer to Section 14 1 Binary Mode Tunnel Mirror TCP Connections e Target is a Cogent Embedded Toolkit server allows this slave to connect to an Embedded Toolkit server rather than to another VINE Heartbeat sends a heartbeat message to the master every number of milliseconds specified here to verify that the connection is up 36 Chapter 4 Tunnel Mirror for Networking e Timeout specifies the timeout period for the heartbeat If the slave VINE doesn t receive a response from the master within this timeout it drops the connection You must set the timeout time at least twice the heartbeat time SG To optimize this setting for slow networks please refer to Section 14 2 Tunnel Mirror TCP Connections for Slow Networks e Retry specifies a number of milliseconds to wait before attempting to reconnect a broken connection 7 Click OK to close the Tunnel Mirror Master window The fields in the Tunnelling Slave table of the Properties Window should now be filled in 8 Click the Apply button in the Properties Window If the master VINE is running this VINE should establish the tunnelling connection and the Status should display Connected You can view the data with the Data Browser or view the connection with the Connection Viewer With data from the tunnelling master now available you can now feed it to any VINE client such as an Excel worksheet as described in Section 3 1 Getting
297. o VINE 3 Inthe Table name field type datasimtest 4 Click the Add Column button type POINTID in the pop up dialog and then click OK 49 5 10 11 Chapter 7 Write to a Database Click under the POINTID label in the Item row Configure Database Table Table name Add Nen Rows Modify Same Row POIN TIC ltem Property Data Type Data Size Select lt key gt from the drop down list Notice after you make your selection that the word counter gets entered automatically for the Data Type Click the Add Column button and enter the name PTNAME In the point picker list on the right expand the Dat aS im data domain and select the point named Sine In the PTNAME column click in the Item row and select lt point gt The full name of the point DataSim Sine should appear for Property in that column select name for Data Type select varchar or the equivalent for Data Size the system might have entered a value for you If not type in a value like 64 and click Enter Click the Add Column button again and add the column name PTVALUE Then make these entries for Item select lt point gt The point name DataSim Sine should appear for Property select value for Data Type select number or the equivalent for Data Size depending on your database you might not be able to enter anything If you are able to make an entry The entry fields should now look similar to this Co
298. o be installed on the user s machine For example there is an ODBC driver for MS Access for SQL Server for MySQL and so on Vv VINE You can use the Windows ODBC Data Source Administrator to configure a connection between the ODBC driver and the specific database you want to work with That configuration is called the Data Source Name or DSN For example Skkynet VINE references the DSN and uses the configured connection for the ODBC driver to connect to the database Configuring the DSN is straightforward varying slightly depending on the ODBC driver you are working with Usually you need to select an ODBC driver create a name for the DSN and select a database Other information such as a login name or password may be required or optional For more information please refer to Section 8 3 Setting up the DSN Data Source Name Accessing Data SQL Once connected to a database any queries requests to retrieve modify add or delete data must be made through a language The most popular database query language is SQL Structured Query Language pronounced sequel or ess kyu el Created in the 1960s this language has become a widely used standard supported by most DBMSs although there are some minor variations in certain commands offered Skkynet VINE uses SQL to write to and read from databases When you configure the Data Logging interface to write VINE point values under the hood the commands used are written in SQL VINE
299. obability of this happening If the queue is at least three values deep VINE will send the on off on transition even if it knows that the first two values are already stale Old value queuing is harmless so long as periods of abnormally high data flow are short If the data flow rate is high enough that VINE can never keep up the effect is that the old value queue will always be full no matter how long or short it is The CPU cost of maintaining even a short queue in a sustained overload situation is very high and depends on the queue depth See also Section 14 6 CPU Saturation How to Optimize If your system runs at CPU saturation eliminate the old value queue if at all possible for TCP IP connections Please refer to How to Optimize Procedure 14 4 Old value queueing and un buffered delivery for details If your system runs at CPU saturation eliminate the old value queue if at all possible for the Gamma scripting engine Please refer to How to Optimize Section 14 7 3 Gamma scripts for details 14 4 Un Buffered Delivery Skkynet VINE buffers data that will be transmitted to a client such that if it knows that more incoming data is available it will hold off outgoing transmissions until it has a complete data set to send onward to the client This does not introduce extra latency because VINE will only accumulate data destined for a client that arrives together in an incoming message This buffering greatly increases efficiency
300. of the week please refer to Section 8 6 Setting Trigger Conditions The ranges of the fields are Year 1970 Hour 0 23 Month 1 12 Minute 0 59 Day 1 31 Second 0 59 SG The year and month are entered differently here than for the Gamma localtime function as explained in Time Conditions Examples e These entries a a s o OOo i o would trigger a query at 8 45 every day every month and every year These entries 78 Chapter 8 Query a Database Yee He Day Second 0 would trigger a query every hour on the 15th day of each month every year These entries en a would trigger a query every second for 5 minutes every two hours between 8 a m and 6 p m e After fires once when the specified number of seconds elapses e None configures no trigger 8 6 Setting Trigger Conditions Each query can have up to four conditions that determine whether it gets sent to the database when the trigger fires Query a Database ODBC Configure ODBC Database Query 1DSN 2 Table 3 Trigger 4 Condition Define an optional condition to be evaluted when the Trigger occurs If no condition is defined or if the condition is true then the action will be processed When the trigger occurs perform the query only if this condition is true DataPid Amplitud DJ ORAE o eee Po ee Fill in the conditions a
301. om OPC servers ODBC databases and other sources e Eliminate errors associated with manually writing production reports e Have VINE collect vital report information format it as an Excel spreadsheet and then email the file to key people for review 10 1 1 How it works The VINE has a built in mailing program VINE scripts tell the program what messages to send to whom and when to send them A typical mailing script contains instructions to send an email in plain text HTML format using ASP or both The example script Mail Test g contains examples of both methods You can run this script to test the mailer and then use the examples that follow to send your own messages The sections in this chapter show you how to 1 Configure the mailer 2 Send a test message 3 Send your own messages 4 Create HTML messages 10 1 2 A note about SMS text messages Sending SMS text messages from the DataHub is done by simply sending a small plain text email to the appropriate SMS gateway email address Most cell phone service providers offer email and text messaging options on new subscriptions 9 Chapter 10 Email and SMS For example if you subscribed with Bell Mobility in Canada and your new cell phone number was 416 123 4567 then the email address for this phone would be 4161234567 bellmobility ca and the SMS text message address would be slightly different 4161234567 txt bellmobility ca Normally SMS text messages are
302. on The supername denotes a special assembly that can be created to hold properties and attributes that may be used by several assemblies in much the way that a parent class has instance variables that are used by child classes For more information about assemblies and an example please refer to Section 13 4 2 Assemblies Subassemblies Attributes and Properties 243 attribute attribute creates an attribute Syntax attribute domain assemblyname attrname typename Arguments domain The domain in which this attribute applies assemblyname The assembly or subassembly in which this attribute applies ac irname The name of this attribute typename The type of this attribute Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command creates an attribute For more information and an example please refer to Section 13 4 2 Assemblies Subassemblies Attributes and Properties 244 auth auth requests authentication for a client Syntax auth username password Arguments username A user name in plain text Any non alphanumeric characters must be in double quotes password A password in plain text Any non alphanumeric characters must be in double quotes Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command is sent to the VINE by a client to request authentication
303. on This is ignored if flags amp 512 Srcmin The minimum range map value for the source point This is ignoredif flags amp 1024 0 sSsrcmax The maximum range map value for the source point This is ignored if flags amp 1024 dstmin The minimum range map value for the destination point This is ingored if flags amp 1024 dstmax The maximum range map value for the destination point This is ingored if flags amp 1024 Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details 233 bridge_transform Description This command modifies an existing bridge between two data points The scaling and the limits on source and destination points used for linear transformations are stored with the bridge so that if you decide to change from a direct bridge to one that uses linear transformations your previous entries are preserved The values themselves are only applied when the flag set indicates the corresponding transfer function 254 cforce cforce creates a point and forces a value to be written to it Syntax cforce name value confidence Arguments name The name of the point This is a string value A string representation of the value for the point It will be interpreted into the type specified by the type parameter value A string representation of the value for the point The point value will be interpreted as integer float or string based on
304. on attributes or characteristics of individual data items Each column or field in the table contains a particular attribute and is of one particular data type Typical data types include boolean string numeric date time etc Each row or record in the table contains a complete set of every data value related to a single item For example a table containing data from Skkynet VINE might have columns fields for a point name value timestamp and quality Each row record would show the various data values logged for that point at different times Column or Field DER B 404506497205637 8 26 2009 2 08 00 PM Good Bh 55 DataSim Sine 0154500497225726 26 2009 2 08 01 Pr Good 56 Datasin Sine 0 2936926261020 8262009 2 08 03 PM Good 57 OataSim Sine 0 5 6 26 2009 2 08 04 Phi Good p 58 DataSin Sine 0 29369262621147 8 26 2009 2 08 06 PM Good 59 DataSim Sine 1 07 M7325165E 13 826009 ag 07 Phi Good mee DataSim plies gAs 54 DataSim Sine A different kind of table might have one column for a timestamp and then additional columns containing the values of different VINE points logged at each time like this E testtable4 Table ee Oe OSR ESS a2bfA009 3 07 12 PM 826 2009 3 09 48 PM a209 3 09 54 PM 826 2009 3 10 00 PM B 26 2009 3 10 06 PM Bawa 3 10 12 PM Av2A009 3 10 16 PM B26 2009 3 10 24 PM mB 0 050000 0 1545054971 O 0 45 0 154506495718 0 0 150000 0 4045054972 O 0 25 0 5 OD 0 30000 0 4045054972
305. on offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee Section 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Library and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a The modified work must itself be a software library b You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change c You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License d If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that in the event an application does not supply such function or table the facility still operates and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful For example a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well defined independent of the application Therefore Subsection 2d requires that any application supplied function or table used by this function must be optional if the application does not supply it the square root function must still compute square roots These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If i
306. one Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command allows an external client to force the VINE to save its configuration 333 secure secure adjusts the security level of a point Syntax secure name my_sec new_sec Arguments name The name of a VINE point as a string my_sec The user s security level new_sec The new security level to be assigned to the point Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command adjusts the security level of a VINE point If a point has a non zero security level then any attempt to change the point value will fail if the writer claims to have a security level lower than the point s security level The term security level is something of a misnomer because it is up to the writer to state what security level it has and the writer could claim to have any security level There is no validation of the claim by the VINE Consequently this security level is co operative It acts to stop errors among trusted programs but does not act to limit access by untrusted programs The default security level for a point is 0 334 set set sets the value of a point Syntax set name value confidence Arguments name The name of the point This is a string value A string representation of the value for the point The po
307. onfiguration files for Skkynet VINE Typically this does not need to be changed Please refer to Section 1 5 Configuration Files for more information about configuration files The Set Global Configuration Folder button lets you specify the configuration file through the registry This will preserve the configuration directory even after uninstalling as a service Run as specified user It is recommended that you run VINE as the local SYSTEM LocalSystem user and leave this box unchecked Q The VINE Properties window is only available when running the service as the local SYSTEM user If you run as a specified user then you will not be able to access the Properties window to make changes to the VINE while it is running as a service However there are certain situations in which you may need to run it as a specified user To specify a user other than the local SYSTEM user enter the USer name and Password as applicable then please see Appendix E Running as a Windows Service Specified User for important additional information Chapter I Installation Automatically restart on failure Have the service restart should it fail or be stopped for some reason Install Update Service When the above configuration is complete press this button to install VINE as a service This will also start the VINE service though on some systems the service may need to be started manually if it doesn t start with the install operation If the
308. onnection ConfigAdmin 12 6 Passwords The authentication information for passwords is stored in a database in the configuration directory in a non reversible encryption They are secure and non recoverable If a user forgets his password it cannot be retrieved or regenerated When a password is associated with a mirror tunnel connection it is stored in a weakly encrypted form on disk in the Skkynet VINE cfg file This is a reversible encryption so a good security policy would be to deny access to this file to untrusted users When a password is transmitted across the network it is transmitted in plain text This is necessary to accommodate the variety of clients that could generate an authentication request If the network is itself insecure it is advisable to use a VPN Virtual Private Network or enable SSL for mirror tunnelling to encrypt the network traffic 122 Chapter 13 Working With Data This chapter gives an overview of how Skkynet VINE handles data and the various protocols it works with 13 1 Data Points 13 1 1 13 1 2 13 1 3 13 1 4 Each value stored in Skkynet VINE is called a point A point has the following attributes e Name a character string Currently the only limit on length is internal buffer size about 1000 bytes by default e Value an integer floating point number or character string e Time the date and time of the last significant change to the point s value confidence qual
309. onneeseeeusaves 197 Pg Be cans aasacdecascsecscvesea si iwtenc EO 200 Be CE a Oe E a a E EE A E S E E E E 203 B 1 Configure Excel to receive data from Skkynet VINE using DDEAdvise 000ee 203 B 2 Write data from Excel User initiated using DDEPoke cccceccceeeseeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 204 B 3 Write data from Excel Automatically on value change using DDEPoke 0008 205 BA Otber Useful MaCrOn aoc eicccasnviea vinta viacaderietedawdasamavericiossaversiciedeiancbin EEANN ENAN APANAPA iNNi 206 to UDELT Database L Onei siii r EE rRNR 207 D Conima Line OOS oiiaee aa aaa aaae aaa 209 E Running as a Windows Service Specified User scesccccecececccccceccccceccccccceccecccecccecccecccecccecscecesessse 211 F Windows Services File for Tunnel Mirror cccccccsssssssscsccccssssssscccccccccccsssccccccccccsssccsccccccccssscscees 213 Ea ee cree esas s stincecent A A A E E acteciseeusiateess 214 G 1 Windows Error NumDers 0006 ccccscisceceesscissassssassantesosssaadevacaccasessassasasseaccaoatvesaseuecvncsaraadeaaenss 214 Ch Windows TOP Etror Numbers sicsessiascdivassssancunacucancicesvesiestionadtancdusncanandvesadenessovsanatesivesdawedosancies 215 7 5 Windows DDE Etror Niet eose iisa a E ASA 216 IL Tiori ari Sonte Lienei ooe EEES aa 218 Lobon Soire L ia EEEE 220 I GNU General Pubie Ui a csi vcccvcsscacccns aca caseeinces ta veswacentscesccuavexscecniseusiesnstelactuuseanteveniestuc
310. ons 63 log_file 318 log_file_max 319 log_to_file 320 macro to get data 21 macro to send data 25 Mail server configuring 92 Mailer how to use 91 master for tunnelling mirroring 142 master_host 379 master_service 380 message buffer maximum size 137 mirror_master 321 mirror_master_2 322 move configuration file 169 mult 324 networking Excel System Monitor 87 ODBC 207 old value queuing optimizing 131 on_change 381 OPC Aggregation Bridging client Computer Name Connection Name Data Domain Name server Server Name to Linux Linux setup to Linux Windows setup to QNX QNX setup to QNX Windows setup Tunnelling OPC A amp E client Computer Name Connection Name Data Domain Name server Server Name OPC DA Properties OPC Properties OPCActivate OPCAddItem OPCAddItem 2 OPCAEAttach OPCAEDetach OPCAEEnable OPCAEEnableClient OPCAEEnableServer OPCAE Filter OPCAEServerlnit OPCApply OPCAttach OPCAttach 2 OPCConnect OPCDetach OPCEnable OPCEnableClient OPCEnableServer 402 OPCInit OPCMinimumSecurity OPCModify OPCQueryConnection OPCQueryConnections OPCQueryPoint OPCQueryPointPattern OPCQueryPoints OPCRefresh OPCReload OPCRemoveltem optimizing CPU saturation 133 data throughput 131 old value queuing 131 screen output 132 slow net
311. ontrol This user is allowed to save controls in WebView This function is not currently available WebView DeletePage This user is allowed to delete his own pages in WebView This function is not currently available WebView DeleteControl This user is allowed to delete controls in WebView This function is not currently available WebView ViewPage This user is allowed to view his own pages in WebView WebView EditPage This user is allowed to edit his own pages in WebView WebView ViewOtherOwnerPage This user is allowed to view pages belonging to other owners in WebView WebView EditOtherOwnerPage This user is allowed to edit pages belonging to other owners in WebView WebView SaveOtherOwnerPage This user is allowed to save pages belonging to other owners in WebView WebView DeleteOtherOwnerPage This user is allowed to delete pages belonging to other owners in WebView This function is not currently available WebView EditOtherOwnerControl This user is allowed to edit controls belonging to other owners in WebView This function is not currently available WebView SaveOtherOwnerControl This user is allowed to save controls belonging to other owners in WebView This function is not currently available WebView DeleteOtherOwnerControl This user is allowed to delete controls belonging to other owners in WebView This function is not currently available WebView ViewOnlineHelp This user is allowed to view the WebVie
312. or details Description This command essentially undoes the DDEAdvise command removing an item from a DDE connection 271 debug debug sets the debug level Syntax debug debug_level Arguments debug_level An integer from 0 to 4 specifying the debug level Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command lets you specify the level of detail of debugging from the least 0 to the most 4 272 defaultprop defaultprop sets a default type for a property Syntax defaultprop domain type propname Arguments domain The domain name of the property whose default type will be set type The default type for this property as a string propname The name of the property as a string Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command sets a default type for a property on a given domain For more information and an example please refer to Section 13 4 2 Assemblies Subassemblies Attributes and Properties 27a delete delete deletes a point use with caution Syntax delete pointname domain Arguments pointname The name of the point to delete as a string Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description D Deleting points with this command could cause unexpected behavior for
313. orrect in this statement x insert_expression_here 108 Chapter 11 VINE Scripting VINE has a powerful built in scripting language called Gamma Using Gamma you can write scripts to interact with VINE and its data in various ways such as e Attach scripts to specific data points so the scripts are run whenever the point value changes e Build custom dashboards and summary displays directly in Gamma scripts to create self contained VINE applications e Create alarm condition scripts and have them display warning messages to the user e Create Excel readable log files from your live data by running logging code on a timed interval or whenever a point change occurs e Connect to ODBC compliant relational databases to extract data as well as create records from live data e Apply linear transforms on data as it passes through the DataHub for example change a temperature reading from Celsius to Fahrenheit e Create full simulation programs to test production systems before you go live Please refer to the VINE Scripting manual for more information about scripting 11 1 Tools VINE comes with a built in Script Editor for writing and editing scripts as well as a Script Log for viewing script outputs Storbup Ale loaded gt datehub_cormmand log_fille tmp testleg lag datahub_command iog_ eo a A ede meee hee E A AEA AA 0 Wom defaut celdus 32 0 5 File Edit Script som defaut Fahrenhekt
314. ort_errors 0 1 error_point Arguments O 1 If O the default errors in transmitting an exception will not be reported to the client If 1 an error string will be generated error_point Optional The name of a point to contain the error string If no name is given here the error string will be written as the value of the point in which the error occurred Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command allows a client to specify how a failure to transmit a point change should be reported either by modifying the point data and trying again or by emitting an error point with the message in its data The default is no reporting at all In any case if the attempt to emit the exception with the error information also fails no further action is attempted by the Cascade DataHub 331 request_initial_ data request_initial_data gets current data when client connection is made Syntax request_initial_data yes no 0 1 Arguments yes no QO 1 Choose yes or 1 to request the data or no or 0 to not make the request Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command causes the Cascade DataHub to send the current value of all points when the client connects 332 save_config save_config forces the VINE to save its configuration Syntax save_config Arguments n
315. ot need to be in separate domains 240 alive tells the Cascade DataHub that the client is running Syntax alive Arguments none Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command provides a means for the client to tell the Cascade DataHub that it is still up and running 241 append append appends a string to the value of a point Syntax append name string secs nano Arguments name The name of a point which must be a string type string A string to add to the current string value of the point secs The time in seconds If this is not specified the current date and time in seconds is used nano A fraction of a second in nanoseconds If this is not specified the number of nanoseconds past the current date and time is used Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command is used to add a string to the value of a point 242 assembly assembly creates an assembly Syntax assembly domain name supername Arguments domain The name of the domain in which this assembly will be created name A name for this assembly supername The name of an assembly Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command creates an assembly level of a data organizati
316. oth that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation NEIL HODGSON DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL NEIL HODGSON BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE License for ScintillaNET ScintillaNET is based on the Scintilla component by Neil Hodgson ScintillaNET is released on this same license The ScintillaNET bindings are Copyright 2002 2006 by Garrett Serack lt lt gserack gmail com gt gt All Rights Reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation GARRETT SERACK AND ALL EMPLOYERS PAST AND PRESENT DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS INNO EVENT SHALL GARRETT SERACK AND ALL EMPLOYERS PAST AND PRESENT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER
317. other users of the point This command allows you to delete points from the VINE You should exercise caution when using it however because any program connected to the VINE now or in the future might be relying on the existence of that point We suggest you use this command only after ensuring that no connecting program uses that point 274 d div does division on the value of a point Syntax append name number secs nano Arguments name The name of a point which must be a number type number A value to divide the value of the point by CeCe The time in seconds If this is not specified the current date and time in seconds is used nano A fraction of a second in nanoseconds If this is not specified the number of nanoseconds past the current date and time is used Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command is used to divide to the value of a point 273 domain domain identifies the client domain name Syntax domain domain_name Arguments domain name The name of the domain Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command identifies to the Cascade DataHub the domain that the client is using 276 domains domains lists all domains in the VINE Syntax domains Arguments none Returns On success a mes
318. ource ProfNet Center METATRADER Bw O asooo O00222 l METATRADER v E e e oao MGFOREX C o a 19 is a stock code Reuters REUTER USH8 IBM LAST Telerate WorkStation TWINDDE QUOTES USH8 3 LAST Universal Market Data USDDE QUOTE US8H LAST Server Client and Server In DDE the role of client and server in data exchange is fairly clear A client initiates the activity and the server responds To facilitate two way data transfer each Skkynet VINE can each act as both client and server This is what allows Excel spreadsheets to share data bidirectionally across a network Sending and Receiving Data There are three ways to send and receive ordinary data over DDE Here is a brief explanation using Skkynet VINE and Microsoft Excel as examples Poke The client sends data for an item directly to the server In Excel this is done with a macro The server does not necessarily reply The actual data flow is from client to server from Excel to VINE Request The client asks the server to send an item s data In Excel this is done with a macro The client receives either the requested value or NULL if the server can t send the value The actual data flow is from server to client from VINE to Excel Advise The client asks to be notified of any change in the data for an item If the server agrees to the request it sends the new value for the item each time its value changes Skkynet VINE can conduct two way communication with
319. ow without applying any changes e The Help button opens the help window for the current option 15 1 General E ener This first option in the Properties Window lets you control how changes to data are transmitted from Skkynet VINE Data Changes Do not transmit insignificant changes will reduce traffic by allowing only significant changes to the data to be sent A change is significant if a property of the point other than the time stamp changes That normally means a change to either the value or the quality of the point A change in only the time stamp is considered insignificant Some polled data sources change the time stamp on each cycle even if the value doesn t change If network bandwidth is a concern you can use this option to update the point only when the value has changed Do not transmit changes with an old timestamp allows only current or future changes to be sent Automatically add a timestamp to unstamped changes stamps the current time onto any changes that haven t already been time stamped 137 Chapter 15 Properties Window D This should stay checked unless you have specific reason to uncheck it Unchecking it may cause changes made through DataSim the Data Browser and other programs to receive timestamps of 0 Dec 31 19 00 00 00 000 If this button is unchecked and the Do not transmit change with an old timestamp is checked then any changes with a 0 timestamp won t get transmitted at all Sta
320. p E Cogent DataHub exiting 11 installing 1 running 1 uninstalling 1 COM security Computer Name OPC OPC A amp E configuration file add remove move load 169 configuration window bridging 143 configure database 152 email 162 historian 156 quicktrend 148 redundancy 164 System Monitor 160 update 169 web server webview configure database for data logging 152 Configured actions database queries 83 email 104 logging 68 Configuring bridges 38 the mail server 92 Configuring a database table 56 for database queries 74 Configuring the DataHub for aggregation connecting to InTouch to Linux 399 to QNX Connection Name DDE 147 OPC OPC A amp E connections Excel and Cogent DataHub 19 CPU saturation optimizing 133 cread 256 create 257 create_domain 258 creport 259 cset 260 cwrite 261 data domain add 138 remove 138 Data Domain Name OPC OPC A amp E data logging configure database 152 how to use 48 store and forward 153 data sets creating to data throughput optimizing 131 database concepts 207 configure 152 query 155 terminology 207 write to 152 Database Properties 152 Database queries assigning a trigger 77 configured actions 83 configuring a database table 74 how to 69 quick start 69 setting up DSN 72 trigger conditions 79 DataHub scripting 109 security 112 DDE non English characters 148
321. pe in the value and press the Enter key You can also drag the column headers to change the order of the columns Drag and Drop Style and Property There are several options for the drag and drop style depending on the program in which you want to place the data In addition there is a Snapshat Plain Text option that allows you to put in labels and data properties that don t change The Data Browser also provides a way to select the Property of a data point to drag and drop such as timestamp quality and point type mone c Name Name Full Name Short Quality Quality Name Time Stamp Local Time Stamp UTC The following properties are available 178 Chapter 16 Other Windows and Programs Name The name of the point including its data hierarchy of assemblies subassemblies attributes and properties if any For example PID1 Range Amplitude Name Full The name of the point including its data hierarchy and also domain name For example DataPid PID1 Range Amplitude Name Short The short name of the point without any of the data hierarchy For example Amplitude Quality The quality of the point an integer Quality Name A text string that corresponds to the integer value of the quality of the point Time Stamp Local The local time stamp in seconds In Excel you can format this using a custom format for the cell For example to display the data and time to the nearest millisecond
322. pear in the Password field for that user Passwords are stored using a reasonably strong non reversible encryption If a user forgets his password it is not recoverable To change HTTP realm for a user their password must be reentered For more information on passwords please refer to Section 12 6 Passwords HTTP Realms Here you can maintain a list of HTTP authentication realms This list is accessed by the VINE Web Server as described here Users Groups HTTP Realms 3 HTTP Realm Realm Ne To add an authentication realm simply type it into the list One or more of these realms are assigned to each user when their password is configured see above Common Scenario The most common Skkynet VINE security configuration is to allow any user to connect via OPC or DDE while only allowing authorized users to connect via TCP or via a tunnel mirror This eliminates exposure of the the TCP and tunnel mirror connections to unwanted Internet and network clients OPC and DDE are not exposed in this way 73 Chapter 15 Properties Window To configure this scenario you need to remove all group memberships from the special Anonymous TCP and Mirror users Simply click on each of these user names in turn and uncheck all group memberships for that user When you are finished only DDE and OPC should have any group memberships Permissions Connect This user is allowed to maintain a connection to Skkynet VINE
323. pen the VINE Data Browser by right clicking on the VINE system tray icon and choosing View Data from the pop up menu W Skkynet VINE Data Browser 8 of 6 points in DataSim domain Enter new value default tiame Time Stamp Quali Type value Amplitude Jan 06 14 41 52 765 Good Ary RE i Jan 06 14 41 52 765 Good Any RB 0 1 Jan 06 14 41 52 765 Good Any RE Jan 06 14 42 39 144 Good Any RB O 2999999999999 7 Jan 06 Ph42 99 144 Good Any RB 0 5 Jan 0 11 4236 40 Any RE 0 5 Jan 06 14 42 99 144 Good Any RB 0 agas999999995 Jan 06 14 41 52 765 Good Aniy R8 10 poverty Woe een 4 Select the DataSim data domain in the left hand pane of the window The Data Browser window should fill with simulated data updating in real time The four updating data points are Ramp Sine Square and Triangle 5 You can also click the View Connections button near the bottom of the Properties window to see your currently configured connections 14 Chapter 2 Getting Started ID Lobel Status 0 properties in domain Syste Incoming pain text from 127 Plan on part 4502 SS on p Part 80 591 Wo Ora No Amway be O ow bh IF The Connection Viewer shows all active connections in Skkynet VINE 6 You can click the More button in DataSim to access some options for changing the data feed Domain yr a he aol Fama Dairi pia Gianni 2a a a ini ia i Ps E Pea Di HE ey ty Uplate Poaceae a Ea HE
324. pioeeoscnenetacnss 125 Poa IAD 01 a E E E E E E 125 13 3 2 TCP and Ti a i sins cna dese ci czescsenadssusraaeeloasniceasaqeieesttoedieaenierebneeek 125 Dg M ogee SET gnc cece tees E A E E suede A AE 125 EE RD ED aaie ENEE E A T EA EER 126 DLC OTE a a T E TS 126 13 4 2 Assemblies Subassemblies Attributes and Properties cccccesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 126 EE EE l 0 eect T 127 13 4 4 Example 1 Attributes and TYpes ccccccssssssseeseseseeeeeeeeseeseeeeseeseeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeees 127 DAS A AW DUES eeina lew guerrero eiedleekee sees 129 14 TUE a Data EAI a sssaaa a a 131 14 1 Binary Mode Tunnel Mirror TCP Connections seseeeeeseeeeseeeeeerereeeseeeseresresseresrrreeees 131 14 2 Tunnel Mirror TCP Connections for Slow Networks seeeeseessssessssessseessseessssessserssserss 131 Ti OR vae I aaa N a EAA ETE OAA 131 14 4 Un Buffered Delivery eeseeeseeeseeeseeeseeessesseessesssessseseresereeerseereeereeereeereerreeereerreeerrerereeees 132 Ts Ae Nacsa E no ssto as sean senui acta EE 132 Te aces ser setseeso cence sts E E E E E E 133 DE RRO Ce E EEO 133 14 7 1 Tunnel Mirror TCP connections csi cssccsecaisvccsenacetoccpsessetecdvunsrdeswecensvsenscasarwesdnatdncvass 133 142 DataHub CAA AP onai aTa a Eaa nE aa Eaei 135 14 7 3 Gamma SG sessed deintinasnn se na secaaedince gs eaceonnainse essences riin aeaiiai iiini ainis 135 1 Properts Fy IG soina E ATONE ANRE AAEE ANAE RESE 137 EARR
325. ponds to the Accept non English characters in Excel strings Slower checkbox in the DDE option of the Properties window gt 266 DDEInit DDEInit initializes the VINE to act as a DDE server Syntax DDETnit Arguments none Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command instructs the VINE to act as a DDE server Service names are assigned using the DDEService command 267 DDEService DDEService assigns a DDE service name Syntax DDEService service Arguments service A DDE service name for the VINE as a string Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command assigns a DDE service name to the Cascade DataHub It is possible to use several names simultaneously This command is used when adding service names to the VINE in the DDE option of the Properties window Also see DDE Init 268 DDEUnadvise DDEUnadvise removes an item from a DDE connection Syntax DDEUnadvise label item Arguments label A label identifying a connection as assigned by the DDEConnect command item The DDE item name of the point you wish to stop advising on Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command essentially undoes the DDEAdvise command removing an item from a DDE connection
326. pplies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation Section 10 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY Section 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE 224 Appendix J GNU General Public License PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING
327. r linking a work that uses the Library with the Library creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library because it contains portions of the Library rather than a work that uses the library The executable is therefore covered by this License Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables When a work that uses the Library uses material from a header file that 1s part of the Library the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library or if the work is itself a library The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law If such an object file uses only numerical parameters data structure layouts and accessors and small macros and small inline functions ten lines or less in length then the use of the object file is unrestricted regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6 Otherwise if the work is a derivative of the Library you may distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6 Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6 whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself Section 6 As an exception to the Sections above you may also combine or link a work that uses the
328. r Transformation miltiphe bry l then add o Oo Linear Range Mapping Source Destination Direction F Forward Source bo Destination C Force consistency C inverse Destination to Source Apply Destination Fed Inv Multiply in Dst Maz Remove Selected The following sections give an overview of bridge configuration For step by step instructions please refer to Section 5 2 Configuring Bridges Point Selection This is where you select the points to be bridged a source point and a destination point Bridging Configuration Source T E Destination E Catasim default You can click on the point you need or enter the name in the data entry box at the top of the column Storing Transformations You can store transformations and retrieve them by name later on Ek Transformation astination Load 4 stored transform Remove Source Destination 144 Chapter 15 Properties Window To save a transformation click the Store button and enter a name in the pop up box Once stored the transformation will become available by name in the drop down list Transformation Load a stored transform Chor Bidirectional to F fwd r To load a transformation simply select its name from the list Transform Specify the type of transformation by clicking Direct copy Linear Transformation or Linear Transformation Transform E Direct copy
329. r dialog that opens when you click the Add button in the Tunnel Mirror option of the Properties window SG The VINE uses mirroring to do tunnelling so the term mirror is used to name the command 321 mirror_master_2 mirror_master_2 sets up a secure tunnelling mirroring master Syntax mirror_master_2 host port flagslocaldomain remotedomain heartbeat timeout username password Arguments host The master host s name or IP address POLre The port number or service name of the mirroring master flags Any combination of 0x00100000 Data is readable from the master Always set this 0x00200000 Data is writable to the master 0x01000000 On initial connection send all data to the master master time stamps Connected when the connection drops Not Connected when the connection drops system clock time Some combinations of flags will generate strange results e Combining WRITABLE with OVERRIDE_TIME will result in pollution of the master s time stamps e Only one of SYNC_SEND SYNC_RECV and SYNC_TIME should be specified e Only one of AUTHORITATIVE and NON_AUTHORITATIVE should be specified e If WRITABLE is not set then SYNC_SEND SYNC_TIME and NON_ AUTHORITATIVE make no sense localdomain The domain of the slave 1 e local computer remotedomain The domain of the mirroring master 322 mirror_master_2 heartbeat The number of milliseconds for the heartbeat on this connection
330. r list select Name Value Time or Quality button as desired Then click the Insert Point button VINE will insert into your text the point name with the proper syntax for the desired output in the email If you want to send a message from a file you can still use the text editor with its convenient interface to create it Write up the message in the editor then copy and save it to a file The value time and quality attributes of the VINE points are accessed by using a special syntax This is applied automatically in the text editor when you press the Insert button For your reference the syntax is as follows syntax ample O Dat aSim Sine lt SDataSim Sine gt lt PointTimeString lt PointTimeString Sdomainname pointname gt SDataSim Sine gt Qualit lt S PointQualityString lt PointQualityString y y Sdomainname pointname gt SDataSim Sine gt In this syntax the special characters are used as follows Character Use 98 Chapter 10 Email and SMS Character Use lt gt The enclosed expression will be evaluated by Gamma VINE scripting language S Indicates to Gamma that this is a VINE point name PointTimeString A Gamma function that returns the timestamp of a VINE point in an easily readable format PointQualityString A Gamma function that returns the quality of a VINE point as a text String it Protects the VINE point from being evaluated by Gamma until the fu
331. read only or write only connection by choosing that respective option GS To optimize throughput check the Read only Receive data from the Master but do not send option Only do this if you actually want a read only connection If you do not require read write access a read only tunnel will be faster When the connection is initiated determines how the values from the points are assigned when the slave first connects to the master There three possibilities the slave gets all values from the master the slave sends all its values to the master or the master and slave synchronize their data sets point by point according to the most recent value of each point the default When the connection is lost determines where to display the data quality as Not Connected on the master on the slave or neither If you have configured When the connection is initiated as Synchronize based on time stamp see above then this option must be set to Do not modify the data quality here or on the Master to get correct data synchronization Connection Properties gives you these options e Replace incoming timestamp lets you use local time on timestamps This is useful if the source of the data either does not generate time stamps or you do not trust the clock on the data source Transmit point changes in binary gives users of x86 CPUs a way to speed up the data transfer rate Selecting this option can improve maximum throughput by up t
332. red data If the network breaks while transmitting data from a cache Skkynet VINE needs to know how to handle any already sent data when it reconnects Leaving this box unchecked will require Skkynet VINE to track its cache position at all times and modify that information each time a value is sent This will impact the speed of every transmission but it will ensure that no values get transmitted twice Checking this box will cause VINE to simply start from the beginning of the queue or cache on each reconnect and retransmit some data This significantly reduces data handling complexity and decreases transmission rates This option is particularly useful if network breaks are frequent and some duplication of logged data is acceptable Show statistics in tray menu Adds a Data Logging entry to the VINE s system tray menu which lets you open a statistics window W ODBC VINE Demo Transactions sent successfully Skkynet VINE Transactions sec 10 sec window Properties Transactions curently on queue P View Data Results curently on queue Transactions rejected full queue Transactions stored in L1 cache View Connections View Event Log Failed to store in L1 cache View Script Log Transactions stored in L cache View QuickTrend Failed to store in L2 cache Sa Transactions forwarded from cache _ ue pema a Pala Loggag Transactions failed from cache 0 0 Help Transactions sent successfully The
333. rganizational hierarchy of the data points This is the information that makes the data appear as a tree structure in the Data Browser 116 Chapter 12 Security Connection LoadConfig This user is allowed to tell Skkynet VINE to load a specific configuration file Connection Connection UserAdmin This user is allowed to create and edit users and groups non interactively This permission is not currently available Connection Connection ConfigAdmin This user is allowed to transmit commands to Skkynet VINE to alter VINE s configuration This normally includes actions like enabling and disabling particular interfaces and functions within VINE Connection Connection Shutdown This user may transmit an exit command to Skkynet VINE causing it to shut down Restrictions Restrictions LimitConcurrentLogins This user will be limited to the number of concurrent connections specified in Restrictions MaxLoginLimit regardless of the connection type For example if the Restrictions MaxLoginLimit is 2 the user would be allowed to make two TCP connections or one TCP and one DDE connection This option also applies to anonymous users This restriction is not currently being enforced Restrictions LimitTotalLogins This user is allowed to connect to Skkynet VINE at most the number of times specified by Restrictions MaxLoginLimit Once the user has connected to VINE this many times future attempts to log in will be refused even after VINE has
334. rguments SOUTCEe The fully qualified point name of the source or starting point of the bridge destination The fully qualified point name of the destination or ending point of the bridge Llags A bitwise combination of 1 Forward bridge bridge from source to destination 2 Inverse bridge bridge from destination to source 16 Clamp output to the minimum Range mapping only 32 Clamp output to the maximum Range mapping only 256 The bridge is a direct copy SZ The bridge uses a linear transformation 1024 The bridge uses range mapping 4096 The bridge is disabled Bits 256 512 and 1024 are mutually exclusive multiply The multiplier value for a linear transformation This is ignored if flags amp 512 add The adder value for a linear transformation This is ignored if flags amp 512 srcemin The minimum range map value for the source point This is ignored if flags amp 1024 0 ol Cia x The maximum range map value for the source point This is ignored if flags amp 1024 dstmin The minimum range map value for the destination point This is ingored if flags amp 1024 dstmax The maximum range map value for the destination point This is ingored if flags amp 1024 Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details 249 bridge Description This command creates a bridge between two data points so that a change to the value of
335. rmines where to display the data quality as Not Connected on the master on the slave or neither If you have configured When the connection is initiated as Synchronize based on time stamp see above then this option must be set to Do not modify the data quality here or on the Master to get correct data synchronization 89 Chapter 9 System Monitor d Connection Properties gives you these options e Replace incoming timestamp lets you use local time on timestamps This is useful if the source of the data either does not generate time stamps or you do not trust the clock on the data source Transmit point changes in binary gives users of x86 CPUs a way to speed up the data transfer rate Selecting this option can improve maximum throughput by up to 50 SG For more information please refer to Section 14 1 Binary Mode Tunnel Mirror TCP Connections e Target is a Cogent Embedded Toolkit server allows this slave to connect to an Embedded Toolkit server rather than to another VINE Heartbeat sends a heartbeat message to the master every number of milliseconds specified here to verify that the connection is up e Timeout specifies the timeout period for the heartbeat If the slave VINE doesn t receive a response from the master within this timeout it drops the connection You must set the timeout time at least twice the heartbeat time To optimize this setting for slow networks please refer to Section
336. ro that runs another macro every time a certain cell s value is updated by a DDE message The macro that gets run is Link_updated It simply increments the value in cell A1 You can easily change this example to meet your needs The set_1ink macro tells the workbook to run the 1ink_updated macro whenever VINE sends a DDE message about point 0001 You can also change the name of the VINE point as needed e 2 1 3 i Point Name Date Qualty Vale pont000i 33 Good 27 1 pontood2 7 105 Good pont0003 Jan 20 17 33 27 119 Good point Jan 20 17 33 27 119 Good 4 5 6 1 DataHub updates point0001 2 Macro runs to increment cell 41 f 5 10 u Add to Sheet1 macro code Sub link_updated Cells 1 1 Cells 1 1 1 End Sub Run once to establish the link Sub set_link ThisWorkbook SetLinkOnData vine default point0O001 Sheet1 link_updateqd End Sub 206 Appendix C ODBC Database Concepts Database Terminology and Concepts In general a database is a collection of information Computerized databases store data in tables which are accessed through a database management system or DBMS such as SQL Server MS Access MySQL Oracle etc All of these are capable of storing data in related linked tables which taken together are called a relational database Most modern computerized databases are relational databases A database table is a logical grouping of related data organized by the comm
337. roperties window select Tunnel Mirror 3 Inthe Tunnel Mirror Master section you can choose between one of three states No queuing with buffered delivery This is the fastest state To do this un check the option Try to send data even if it is Known to be superseded in the Tunnel Mirror configuration tab ed A S H L a it _ Try to send data even if it is known to be superseded e Queuing with buffered delivery This is a reasonable compromise that will keep up to three old values for each data point if there is a short burst of heavy data traffic If there are more than three values for a point outstanding the oldest will be discarded To do this check the option Try to send data even if it is known to be superseded but do not select any of the data types below it Se a ps ii Try to send data even if it is known to be superseded Boolean Integer _ Float String e Queuing with un buffered delivery This is the slowest mode but also the one least likely to discard old values during short periods of heavy data traffic In this mode there is a queue of up to 3 old values for each data point In addition you may choose to force the data transmission when a point with any of the specified types changes The goal here is to possibly allow buffering and hence possible discarding of old values for some types while attempting to preserve all changes for other types For example here we have chosen to force an outbound transmission
338. rtup Show the splash screen at startup lets you hide or show the startup screen with the VINE image Show a warning message if running in demonstration mode lets you hide or show the message telling you the demo will terminate in one hour Start when you log on to Windows causes VINE to start up whenever you log on to Windows Allow only one running program instance prevents more than one Skkynet VINE from running at the same time Declare these data domains In this area you can add edit or remove data domains for Skkynet VINE For more information about data domains please refer to Section 13 4 1 Data Domains Declare these data domains Domain Mame default Automatically add domains requested by clients To add a data domain click the Add button and fill in the name in the Data Domain Name Window Domain Name To change a data domain double click it or select it and click the Edit button To remove a data domain highlight it and click the Remove button Checking the Automatically add data domains requested by clients box automatically adds a data domain whenever a client requests it If for some reason you want to limit the data domains to those listed you should make sure this box is not checked Other Options The Interface Language list lets you choose a language for the interface If you don t find your language you can contact Cogent for instructions on how to add a translation to the VINE source code
339. rvice Diagnostic Service _ Manual Local Service 3 Click on the Log On tab and then retype the password for the user account you are trying to use Then click Apply o Local System account eee Alloys service to interact with h desktop C enant m a Pel tei ra AS BAJ re te ri Se Peeeeee Mele of Barn p Corfim password teeeceees oe thks re gpa te Ire eer arrr mst he mr ween 4 You should see a Windows message acknowledging that the right to log on as a service has been granted Services The account Remote has been granted the Log On As A Service right 5 Now if you try to start the service from the Skkynet VINE Services Manager again it should work 212 Appendix F Windows Services File for Tunnel Mirror If you enter a name for the Master service port in the Tunnel Mirror tab of the Properties window that name must be listed in the Windows services file Finding the services file Since each manufacturer s services file is different you must find the services file that your TCP IP protocol stack is currently using A Microsoft TCP IP implementation typically puts the services file in the C Windows or equivalent directory Most third party software either installs the services file in the same directory that their software was installed or into a directory named C ETC Refer to your TCP IP documentation for the location of this file In Windows
340. s Description This command lets you manually write information to a point If the point does not exist the point is automatically created and the value is written This command is identical to the write command except that write will produce an error if the point does not exist 262 DDEAdvise DDEAdvise sets up the item for a DDEAdvise connection Syntax DDEAdvise label item pointname domain Arguments label A string that identifies the connection for this item item The item name as a string pointname The name of the point with which the item is associated as a string domain The domain of the point If unspecified it defaults to the default domain Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command supports a DDEAdvise connection It associates a DDE item with a point and domain as well as the label used by the item s service and topic see DDEConnect This command is used when you add or edit connections in the DDE option of the Properties window For more information on DDE connections please see Appendix A DDE Overview 263 DDEConnect DDEConnect makes a connection to a DDE service and topic Syntax DDEConnect label service topic retry_sec Arguments label A string that identifies this connection service The DDE service name as a string EODLC The DDE topic as a string FeLTy Sec The tim
341. s it to the list This is a quick way to configure similar actions The Modify button overwrites the selected configured action with the information currently entered in the DSN Table Trigger and Condition tabs The Remove button removes a configured action Once a configured action has been created or modified the changes won t take effect until you click the Apply or Done button Each write action to the database gets logged in the VINE Script Log This allows you to check for error messages and ensure that your data is being written successfully You can also verify the writes by querying the database itself 1 Text logging can be configured through VINE scripting 68 Chapter 8 Query a Database 8 1 Introduction Skkynet VINE can query any ODBC compliant database and bring the data back as VINE points or into a single point in XML format for use in WebView ODBC Database Skkynet VINE s ODBC Data Logging interface provides an easy way to connect to a database and submit a query There are two options for writing the query to VINE one VINE point per row or the whole query results in a single VINE point The fastest way to learn how to use the interface is by using the Quick Start 8 2 Quick Start Here s how to configure Skkynet VINE to query a database of your choice Open the Query ODBC Database window 1 Inthe Skkynet VINE Properties window select Database 2 Inthe Query a Database ODBC section
342. s license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the library To protect each distributor we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free library Also if the library is modified by someone else and passed on the recipients should know that what they have is not the original version so that the original author s reputation will not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others Finally software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program We wish to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a patent holder Therefore we insist that any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license 227 Appendix K GNU Lesser General Public License Most GNU software including some libraries is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public License This license the GNU Lesser General Public License applies to certain designated libraries and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License We use this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non free programs When a program is linked with a library whether statically or using a shared library the combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work a derivative of the original library The ordinary General
343. s optional and if not entered all attempts to reconnect will be on the primary host If the connection is interrupted VINE will again alternate attempts at reconnection on the primary and secondary hosts This feature is not recommended for redundancy because it only checks for a TCP disconnect The VINE Redundancy feature on the other hand provides full time TCP connections to both data sources for instantaneous switchover when one source fails for any reason There is no need to start up the OPC server and wait for it to configure its data set You can also specify a preferred source and automatically switch back to that data source whenever it becomes available By contrast the primary and secondary host in the tunnel can act as a primitive form of redundancy but will only switch on a connection failure at the TCP level which is only one sort of failure that a real redundancy pair must consider Port The port number or service name as entered in the Master service port entry box of the master on the remote computer secure SSL You can establish a secure connection using SSL tunnelling as long as the tunnelling master VINE you are attempting to connect to has been configured for secure connections See above Local data domain The local Skkynet VINE data domain for this slave It is common but not necessary to create or use an existing local data domain that has the same name as the remote data domain Remote data domain
344. s the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License Section 13 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns 232 Appendix K GNU Lesser General Public License Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Library specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Library does not specify a license version number you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation Section 14 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all
345. s to the Redundancy checkbox in the Redundancy option of the Properties window 250 domain_bridge_prefer domain_bridge_prefer is new not yet documented Syntax domain_bridge_prefer label index Description This command has not yet been documented 261 domain_bridge_refresh domain_bridge_refresh is new not yet documented Syntax domain_bridge_refresh label Description This command has not yet been documented 282 domain_bridge_remove domain_bridge_remove is new not yet documented Syntax domain_bridge_remove label Description This command has not yet been documented 283 dump dump writes the entire content of the VINE to a file Syntax dump filename Arguments filename The name of the file to write to Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command dumps the contents of the VINE to a file The results are listed by domain data types and assemblies 254 enable_bridging enable bridging enables or disables bridging capabilities Syntax enable_bridging 0 1 Arguments O 1 1 enables the capability 0 disables it Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command enables or disables the capability of the Cascade DataHub to support bridging See Also bridge 285 enable dde client
346. s you view messages about the connection in the Script Log Database Configuration write to a Database ODBC Enable logging to ODBC database Reconnection delay is Maximum transaction queue 100 Show diagnostics in the script log Store and Forward The term store and forward refers to a type of database connection where the data is stored locally to disk and then later forwarded to the database Skkynet VINE performs an advanced form of store and forward that only writes to disk if the database is not connected or has been paused If the database is available the data will be transmitted directly to the database This means that there is no penalty for using store and forward during normal operation The VINE store and forward mechanism uses two levels of disk caching to ensure that all data gets logged and nothing is lost When the database first becomes available after an outage VINE starts writing cached values to the database and continues writing new values to the cache In this way the values are inserted into the database in the order in which they are generated by the system Once the cache is cleared VINE then starts writing new values directly to the database Store and Forward Enable store and Forward Clalways write queue to disk C Mever write to disk C Delay writes to disk Callow duplicates while Forwarding stored data Show statistics controls in tray menu Cache directory C Documents and
347. sage with the following syntax domains default domain domain domain the following syntax On error an error message as described inReturn Syntax Description This command generates a response message listing all of the domains currently in the VINE The response message is different from the usual VINE command return syntax in that it doesn t contain the string success on success 2 domain_bridge domain_bridge configures a redundancy set Syntax domain_bridge label srcl src2 dst flags switchflags point quality value statepoint controlpoint statuspointl statuspoint2 f1ill_delay_ms Arguments Many of these parameters correspond to the similarly named entry field or checkbox in the Configure Redundancy dialog optons in the Redundancy option of the Properties window shown here in parentheses label A label for this redundancy set as a string Label sec i The domain for the first data source as a string Source Domain 1 SECZ The domain for the second data source as a string Source Domain 2 dst The name of the domain that will contain the output Output Domain flags are not yet documented Sswitchflags are not yet documented point The name of a point which will be used in comparisons For this point quality The quality of the data which will be used in comparisons as a number The valid numbers and corresponding qualities can be found in quality Data quality is value
348. se as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 of the License or at your option any later version This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail If the program is interactive make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode Gnomovision version 69 Copyright C year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY for details type show w This is free software and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions type show c for details The hypothetical commands show w and show c should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License Of course the commands you use may be called something other than show w and show c they could even be mouse clicks or menu items whatever suits your program You should also get your employer if you work as a programmer or your school if any to sign a copyright disclaimer for the program if necessary Here is a sample alter t
349. seaauaasaseseeeceeeess 302 HistoryGroupAddPoln cccccccccccceccnccesssessssesecceccceceeeeaauaessssssseececceeeeeeeeseaauagassseseseceeeess 303 HistoryGroupDead band cccccccccccccncsessssssssesecceccceeeeaeaauaesssseseececcceeeeeesaeeauaaasseseseceeeees 304 HistoryGroupDefaullt cece ccccccccccccccccccceesssssseseccecceeeeeseaaaaeessssseeeceeeeeeeeeesseaaaaaansseseseceeeees 305 HistoryGroupFile THmes cccccccccccccnccessssssssesecceccceeeeeeaaeaseusseseececceeeeseseaeaauaassseseseceeeees 306 HistoryGroupFlush Times cc cccccccscsssssssssseseececcceceeceaaaaeessseseccecceeeeeeessesauaessseseseceeeess 307 BRUGES sick ss ccna josess ws heared eae 308 HistoryGroupStorage TImes cccccccccccssssssssssssesecceccceceeseaaeaeasssseseececcceeeeeseseeaaaggaseseeeeeeeees 309 MN gos ceca E I ae nate set endless eo sete naa nado season E 310 ienor old ina steuscncte oetnnnmac ben an anne dpoanninemstenemasynnianaenatannamnessdomoncennelanseatenanesatesesnunensedtacnacenanadens 311 a a A A ee 312 MN i E adage cesta sansa ua tedseastectd atedcyeusdecesectagxocunsseebsectastions 313 load conie ga en TEETE ENE Ei 314 Oo a NE E A E E 315 O O S a EEEE AE 316 o e PEIEE EEE ctor AEA EEAS AAA E TA E A AA NE AE E A AEEA 317 Oe R a a E re E E E O E E 318 OSC i E E E A A 319 LO T a E ee os cn cast al A E A T AE A 320 mirror gs ais sca pats sha npn asd a a ce enema ee
350. service is running and you make changes to the configuration pressing this button will cycle through a service shutdown and restart to apply your changes Service Status Service Status Installed as a service True Uninstall Service state Running stop Installed as a service Indicates whether the selected program is installed as a service or not True or False The Uninstall button allows you to uninstall VINE as a service service state Indicates the run status of the service Stopped StartPending Running etc The Start and Stop buttons allow you to start or stop the service Show Properties Dialog This option appears differently for different versions of the Windows operating system Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 A Show Properties Dialog button allows you to open the Skkynet VINE Properties window Show Properties Dialog Show Properties Dialog The VINE Properties window is only visible on the primary console of the computer running Skkynet VINE If you are currently logged in via a remote desktop session you will see a pop up dialog indicating that you must be connected to the computer s primary console You can do this by using the admin or console options on the Microsoft Remote Desktop client If you are already connected to the primary console the VINE Properties window and system tray icon will be displayed when you press Show Properties Dialog button Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 8 W
351. set cset creates a point and assigns it a value Syntax cset name value confidence Arguments name The name of the point This is a string value A string representation of the value for the point The point value will be interpreted as integer float or string based on the contents of the value string This function tries each type in order and uses the first type for which the value parameter is a valid representation Double quotes around the value parameter are ignored For example e 123 is an integer e 123 4 is a float e 1 234e2 is a float e 123 is an integer e 123abc is a string confidence A confidence factor in the range of 0 to 100 optional This is not used by the VINE so is available to programs that produce graduated confidence such as expert systems If this value is not specified it is set to 100 All strings can be surrounded by double quotes if the string contains spaces or special characters The backslash character escapes double quotes and backslashes within the string Newline carriage return form feed and tab are represented with n r f t respectively Strings must not contain newline characters Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This is a convenience command that combines create and set allowing you to create a point and set its value in a single command When this value is set the follow
352. sionTypes 2014 01 06 14 30 59 407 I System monitor is enabled 2014 01 06 14 41 48 227 I Incoming plain text TCP connection from 127 0 0 1 49188 established 2014 01 06 14 41 52 740 I Incoming plain text TCP connection from 127 0 0 1 49189 established 4 wT Log to File E Log to file Limit 102400 You can specify the category of event Facility and level of Severity by checking and unchecking the related items It is possible to open multiple Event Log windows and select different Facility and Severity options in each window Q The Debug option is very verbose Operating in this mode could put an unusually high demand on system resources Log to File If you wish to save a log you can have Skkynet VINE write the log to a file Just check the Log to File box and specify the file name in the entry field typically with a log extension You can use the Browse button to find a file The Limit text entry box allows you to change the maximum file size default 102 400 Kb Once the 1og file reaches the maximum size limit shown in the Limit field it is renamed with a log 1 extension and a new log file is started Combined the two files provide at least as much data for analysis as specified in the Limit field This also means that the actual size on disk of the two log files could be as much as twice the Limit size at any given time Here are some other useful pointers about log file management If the f
353. ssions UserName Password LoginCount Select GroupName PemName Value Anonymous 0 BasicConnectivity DDE 0 E HTTPUser ope lo D7 Operator Mirror 0 admin 21232 0 gt ccticen 0 Users can be assigned to a group to simplify the configuration of many users who have identical permissions A user can be added to a group at any time When added to a group the user s permissions 115 Chapter 12 Security will be altered to match those of the group If the permissions for the group are subsequently changed the change will immediately affect all users in the group A user may only belong to one group at a time 12 4 Authorization and User Permissions Every client program connected to Skkynet VINE is associated with exactly one user at any given time Each user is authorized to access certain features of VINE according to its user permissions When a client first connects it is immediately associated with the anonymous user and gets those permissions Then it gets switched to the special user for the protocol it is connecting on If the client subsequently authenticates itself as a normal user it is then granted that user s permissions A client s permissions are always the entire permission set for the user that it is currently associated with To edit user permissions select the user name in the Users list and press the Add button This will open the Permission Editor Permissions are categorized into four groups a
354. ssions enabled In addition to the anonymous user there are special users associated with each connection protocol These are essentially anonymous users that are associated with just one particular protocol The protocols are DDE Any connection made from a DDE client to Skkynet VINE OPC Any connection made from an OPC client to Skkynet VINE TCP Any connection made from a third party program using a direct TCP connection the VINE API or a Java applet embedded in a web browser Mirror A mirror or tunnel connection from another Skkynet VINE When a client connects using one of the above protocols it is originally given the anonymous user permissions and then promoted to the protocol user associated with the connection type once the connection is fully constructed This allows Skkynet VINE to apply different permissions to anonymous connections of different types OPC users Since the OPC protocol does not provide a mechanism for authentication this is the only mechanism available to limit the permissions of an OPC client Normal Users and Groups Clients to Skkynet VINE are referred to as users A user name is any combination of letters numbers and some punctuation characters A password can be any sequence of characters Each user has an associated set of permissions When a client transmits a correct user name and password it acquires the permissions of that user maa ess User Group Memberships Effective Permi
355. sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssseeees 108 OE occa E E cs ee E A A nace cccete A I A E EE 109 w T E E E E E A 109 11 2 VINE ODBC Open Database Connectivity Scripting eessssesesesesreeeeesereeereserssereserreeees 109 11 3 VINE eee scen seece nceramatocteacenadensacmensseesseanesweemateecensmiesenssonenstentnossendionss 110 Ae e a sesso sca A E E E A I O I EN AA I V OE EEE A A A 112 R ALD T i e E ss aeemateeomenansenteuncmennceasbereenseanele 22 NEP Reco Be Ge See en A A E een eee ete eer eee ere aren ee ee 114 De le NN E AEE A EEE E E E E 114 12 4 Authorization and User Permissions eeeeeseseesseeeseeseesereeeesseesesreserereeeeeeseeresereserreeereeees 116 12 5 Permissions for the VINE Command Set nnnnneseeeseeeseeeseseeeeeeseeeseeresereereeseeerereserssereerereeees 119 A a AOE E A A TE A TAA N E E A A E TO ree ore 122 EM i Aa a o A E A E E E E 123 Ledea RN E a E E E T E E E 123 LL Crenn New POUMin a a iai Le ES aoa E E E T a La vewnt Dala FM sn a A EE i 123 AE Ma er UA E A E O E E 123 13 2 Data Communication Concepts seeeseeessesseeeseeessesseeereseeeeeeseeeseeeeeereereeeeeeeereeersserreereeeees 124 eA eis Re A D e ene E ee ee 124 KANA S E a E E Sans AEE A 124 13 2 3 Synchronous and Asynchronous COMMUNICATION ccceeeeeesseseeseeseeessseeeeeeeeeees 124 13 3 Data Exchange Protocols sc scescocccosetscccascangasenae saree soncecactassecesscacaeedonssanae badis Sense teccu
356. stem tray icon and choose Properties l l gt Tunnel Mirro 2 Inthe Properties window select Tunnel Mirror Gi Tunnerminor Tunnel Mirror Configuration TunnelingMirror Slave Act at a tunneling mirror slave to these masters Port Domain Remote SSL Status 3 Check the box Act as a tunnelling mirror slave to these masters 4 Click the Add Master button to assign a master to this slave The Tunnel Mirror Master Configuration window will open TunnelW Mirror Master Configuration Primary Host Po Port Secondary Host ae Port 4502 Local data domain Remote user name a Remote data domain Remote password o Secure 55L 5 Type in the following information e Primary Host the name or IP address of the computer running the tunnelling master VINE Port the port number or service name for this host You should use default port number 4502 unless you have changed the entry in the master VINE e Secondary Host gives you the option to have an alternate host and service port number On startup or after a network break VINE will search first for the primary host then for the secondary host alternating between primary and secondary until a connection is made If no secondary host is specified the connection will be attempted on the primary host only SG This feature is not recommended for redundancy because it only checks for a TCP disconnect The VINE Redundancy feature on the other hand provi
357. sts notification of changes to a data point Syntax report name Arguments name The name of a data point Returns A message with the complete definition of the point Description This command requests the VINE to report changes also called exceptions to the value or any other information about a point as soon as any change takes place See also creport 329 report_domain report_domain registers points and requests information on a whole domain Syntax report_domain domain flags Arguments domain The desired domain flags Any bitwise or combination of DH_REG_ALL Register all points on this domain DH_REG_FUTURE Register any new points created on this domain subsequent to this call DH_REG_QUALIFY Tell the Cascade DataHub to emit all point names with the domain prepended as in domain point_name DH_REG_ONCEONLY Tell the Cascade DataHub to send each point value exactly once Tell the Cascade DataHub to send the data model as well as the point values Returns One or more messages depending on the f1lag s chosen Each message contains the complete definition of the point Description This command lets TCP client connections decide on a per domain basis whether to informed of the data model for the domain and whether to get future updates fully qualified domain names or new points 330 report_errors report_errors controls the reporting of errors Syntax rep
358. t You can put numerical values into either side of the comparison When you enter a point name in a condition field the current value of the point will be used in the evaluation For example you could define a condition that states that whenever the trigger event occurs the action will only be executed if another point value is within a certain range There are three automatic variables available for working with point values e lasttrigger the value of the trigger point the last time this trigger was fired e thistrigger the value of the trigger point now e lastevent the value of the trigger the last time the event was actually executed Time Conditions This provides an additional way to restrict the time day month etc when a message gets sent In addition to the options on the triggers here you have day of week condition statements which can give you more flexibility for evemts based on specific days of the week These will work with any type of trigger event You can use the Gamma functions clock and Localtime to specify particular days of the week For example these entries 101 Chapter 10 Email and SMS When the tigger occurs wike only it this condition 1 true would create this Gamma code localtime clock wday gt 0 amp amp localtime clock wday lt 6 which would cause an email to be sent only Monday through Friday The function Localtime returns a class whose members contain information abou
359. t DataSin Sine Remove A new configured action should appear in the list For more information about configured actions please refer to Section 7 9 Configured Actions Next to get VINE to write the data you need to assign a trigger Assign a Trigger For this example we will trigger the action whenever the DataSim Square point changes value 1 Select the 3 Trigger tab 2 From the point selector expand the Dat aSim data domain and select the point Square 3 Click the button to the right of the Point Name field The point name Dat aSim Square should fill in for you Write to a Database ODBC Configure ODBC Database Logging sodas Select a tigger event Whenever the tigger event occurs a single row of data will be written to the database subject to tl expression I Define a Trigger Event Point Change Point Mame DataSin Square AvD omain O Repeat Timer Value Deadband 0 a DataPid Time of Day DataSinm Ramp Sine Square l fl PLEFRAOR You can choose any point for the trigger including the point that gets written such as DataSim Sine in our example For more information about triggers please refer to Section 7 7 Assigning a Trigger 4 Inthe Configured Actions box make sure that the configured action you just created is highlighted If not click on it to highlight it Then click the Modify button
360. t an error message in the box consult your system administrator Creating or Configuring a DSN Windows has different configuration programs for 32 bit and 64 bit DSNs Skkynet VINE uses 32 bit DSNs To configure a 32 bit DSN in a 64 bit system you need to run c windows syswow64 odbcad32 exe 1 To create or configure a DSN click the Open DSN Administrator button This opens the ODBC Data Source Administrator window JJ Chapter 7 Write to a Database ODBC Data Source Administrator User DSN System DSM File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About User Data Sources Add Microsoft dBase Oriwer dbf Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver xls Remove MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver mdb Configure 2 Select the User DSN or System DSN tab depending on how you plan to access your database A user DSN is only available to the current user account while a system DSN 1s available to any user account on the computer 3 Now you can add a new database or configure an existing one Add a new database 1 Click the Add button The Create New Data Source window will open displaying a list of data source drivers 2 Select the data source driver that corresponds to your ODBC database A data source setup window will open Each data source setup window is different but you should be able to find the appropriate entry fields easily enough 3 Enter the data source n
361. t the date as follows 56C The number of seconds after the minute 0 59 min The number of minutes after the hour 0 59 Maretia The number of hours past midnight 0 23 mday The day of the month 1 31 mon The number of months since January 0 11 year The number of years since 1900 wday The number of days since Sunday 0 6 yday The number of days since January 1 0 365 isdst 1 if daylight saving time is in effect 0 if not and a negative number if the information is not available The year and month are entered differently here than for Time of Day trigger conditions as explained in Section 10 5 Assigning a Trigger There are two automatic variables available for working with time values e lasteventtime the time that the last event was executed in UNIX epoch time e curtime the UNIX epoch time now Custom Conditions If the conditions you need to meet are beyond the scope of this interface you can use a Gamma function to express virtually any condition you need Then you can insert the function into one of the condition boxes and set a condition based on the return value of the function To do this is you can create a VINE script g file that contains only the functions you will be using for conditions without any classes or methods For example here is the complete contents of such a file named MyConditions g function MyFunction myvalue SDataSim Sine prin
362. tax please refer to Reference I Skkynet VINE Command Set A small custom configuration file might look like this Create some points in the default data domain create default Pointl create default Point2 create default Point3 Assign values and confidences to the points set default Pointl 5 100 set default Point2 67 234 100 set default Point3 Hello 100 7 7 Create a new data domain create _domain NewDomain Create some points in that data domain create NewDomain Pointl create NewDomain Point2 create NewDomain Point3 Assign a value and confidence to the point set NewDomain Pointl A string 100 set NewDomain Point2 95 100 set NewDomain Point3 3 1519 100 Chapter I Installation 10 Chapter 2 Getting Started 2 1 Running Skkynet VINE To run VINE select the program using the Windows Start menu or double click the desktop icon Select or double click tad Skkynet VINE VOM Once VINE is started it runs in the background and puts a VINE icon W in the system tray Skkynet VINE Properties View Data View Connections View Event Log View Script Log Right click p View QuickTrend Help EY Sel 4 If you right click on that icon you will get a small pop up menu with several options that let you open the following windows Touch screen users press the icon for about one second When you release the pop up menu will appear l
363. te a new one if necessary Open the ODBC Data Logging window In the Skkynet VINE Properties window select Data Logging In the Configure Database ODBC Data Logging section click the Configure button 54 Chapter 7 Write to a Database Database Configuration Write to a Database ODBC Enable logging to ODBC database Configure Reconnection delay 3 Maximum transaction queue 100 Show diagnostics in the script log SG The Data Logging Configuration interface is explained in detail in Section 7 3 Configuring the Queue Store and Forward 3 Configure your DSN as explained below Write to a Database ODBC Configure ODBC Database Logging 1 DSH 2 Table 3 Trigger 4 Condition Select the DSN Data Source Name and authentication defining your database connection Open the DSN Administrator to create or configure a DSN fou must connect successfully before configuring the table Configure Data Source Name DSM Select Existing DSH Create or Configure DSH Open DSH Administrator w User Password ee T ee E E E Status Not Connected Selecting a DSN 1 To select a DSN choose one from the drop down box and then enter the appropriate user name and password If your DSN is using Windows Authentication leave the User and Password fields blank 2 Click the Connect button A Connected to message should appear in the message box If you ge
364. ted Bytes In Use WProcesst TokalI0 Process Wrocesst TotaliID Process Process alg ID Process Wrocess 45imServer ID Process WrocesstaygamsyriiID Process Remove Selected Poink Mame Memory Available KBytes Memory Cache Bytes Memory Cache Bytes Peak Memory Committed Bytes In Use Process Total ID Process Process Total ID Process Process alg ID Process Process ASimServer ID Process Process _ayvgamsyr ID Process Select From List This list shows the system properties you have chosen and their corresponding point names in VINE To add names to the list click the Select From List button This will open the Select System Properties dialog Select System Properties Performance object Processor w All counters Select counters from list C2 Time C3 Time DPE Time Idle Time Interrupt Time Privileged Time Processor Time O All instances Select instances from list Depending on your system this dialog may take a few seconds to appear If it does not come up the Event Log will contain a message Otherwise just be patient it will open eventually In the Select System Properties dialog you can specify which items to add to your list of monitored system properties according to these criteria e Performance object A list of all available objects such as CPU Memory Process Print Queue TCP etc 161 Chapter 15 Properties Window e Counters All of the availab
365. ters See also cset force and cforce 335 set_access set_access is new not yet documented Syntax set_access pointname rw Description This command has not yet been documented 336 set authoritative set_authoritative sets the type of a point Syntax set_authoritative domain flag Arguments domain The name of the data domain flag A value of 1 indicates that this application is authoritative A value of 0 indicates that VINE should be authoritative Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command tells VINE that this application should be considered the authoritative source of data for this data domain VINE will keep track of which data points this application has written to VINE and will automatically mark those points as being Not Connected quality when the application disconnects This provides a mechanism for VINE to provide quality information even if the source application exits unexpectedly There should only ever be one authoritative source of data for any data point though VINE will not enforce this If more than one application claims to be authoritative for a data point that point will be givenaNot Connected quality even if another authoritative application is still connected The command set_authoritative domain 0 does NOT mean turn off authoritative status It informs VINE that the application is exp
366. the following a Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless t
367. the contents of the value string This function tries each type in order and uses the first type for which the value parameter is a valid representation Double quotes around the value parameter are ignored For example e 123 is an integer e 123 4 is a float e 1 234e2 is a float e 123 is an integer e 123abc is a string All strings can be surrounded by double quotes if the string contains spaces or special characters The backslash character escapes double quotes and backslashes within the string Newline carriage return form feed and tab are represented with n r f t respectively Strings must not contain newline characters Returns A message indicating success or error Please refer to Return Syntax for details Description This command is the same as cset except that it forces a write even if the VINE would otherwise refuse it for example if the point is old the value is insignificant or hasn t changed or the point is marked as read only When this value is set the following attributes of the point are set as follows e seconds and nanoseconds are set to the current time on the machine running the DataHub e locked sec and quality are all maintained at their previous values for this point e flags is set to 0 Please refer to the write command for more information about these parameters See also set and force 253 cread cread creates and reads a point Syntax cread name Arguments
368. the value of the point You can use these variables in any condition that is triggered by a data value change For example you could create some conditions like this When the tigger occurs perform the quer only if this condition i true DataSimSine O O O O O pao o E Andy BEAC A and T Expressior DataSim Sine gt O bk thistigger gt lasttriqger Time Conditions This provides an additional way to restrict the time day month etc when a query gets sent In addition to the options on the triggers here you have day of week condition statements which can give you more flexibility for evemts based on specific days of the week These will work with any type of trigger event You can use the Gamma functions clock and localtime to specify particular days of the week For example these entries When the trigger occurs perhorm the quer only if this condition i true are C would create this Gamma code localtime clock wday gt 0 amp amp localtime clock wday lt 6 which would cause a query to be sent only Monday through Friday The function Localtime returns a class whose members contain information about the date as follows SO Chapter 8 Query a Database sec The number of seconds after the minute 0 59 smin The number of minutes after the hour 0 59 Rou The number of hours past midnight 0 23 mday The day of the month 1
369. to HasValueChanged uses the syntax Spointname to specify the point If you select the point from the tree to the right and press the button it will not include the symbol You need to manually add it You can see the complete condition expression in the Expression line beneath the condition selectors like this When the tigger occurs write only if this condition is true d Po a es Expression Has alueChanged DataPid PID1 5p nil LogFunctions g Functions that can be used by the Condition section of a Data Logging configuration to filter whether data is actually written to the database when a trigger occurs mf Change this to nil to silence the debugging statements that will be written to the script log LogFunctionDebug t Track the previous value of a DataHub point and only allow the logging action if the DataHub point value has changed since the last time we logged it Takes a single argument that is either a point symbol or a point name as a string e g DataPid PID1 Mv SDataPid PID1 Mv Notice that a point symbol must be specified with the operator before the symbol to ensure that the symbol is passed not the value of the point EN function HasValueChanged point_symbol local ptsym symbol point_symbol local oldvalue getprop ptsym last_log_value local curvalue local result nil if undefined_p curvalue eval ptsym 67
370. trending e You can resize the trend display by dragging the gray borders on the left side or bottom Move the mouse until you see a white double headed arrow and drag To zoom in to a part of the display drag the mouse over the area that you want to zoom in on To zoom back out and resume real time trending click on the Reset Pan Zoom button at the bottom of the window For other features the QuickTrend display has a menu available on a right mouse click CK Trend ET Ii q E Copy Save Image As Page Sebup Primt Show Point Values Set Scale to Default Yalue 150 Chapter 15 Properties Window Using this menu you can copy save or print the current display as well as unzoom and undo a zoom or pan You can also hide or show point values and reset the scale to the default Chart Title The name of the chart which will appear at the top Wr Skkynet VINE QuickTrend St Quick Trend Title Data Hub Quick Trend e 1 0 XAS Label Time T Time Span 5 4 Update ms 200 sie Majar Tick 8 5 z o4 4 Minor Tick ts 2 5 02 Y Axia Laba Value oo 42572011 4252011 4 25 2011 Are si2011 Major Tick 0 2 17 10 20 AM 17 10 30 AM 17 10 40 AM 11 10 50 AM Minor Tick 0 1 Time Configuration iio san Tene 0S TS ie a X Axis The X axis displays the time coordinate Label Any text string displays at the bottom of the chart Time Span s
371. tribute Property Assembly and so on The written syntax for all of these levels uses a dot to divide the names rather than a colon that was used for the data domain name Hence the syntax of point in a property in an attribute in a subassembly in an assembly in a data domain would be domain assembly subassembly attribute property Properties describe the attributes in more detail An attribute can have a default property such that if you interact with the attribute point directly you will in fact be interacting with its default property For example an item might be plant temperature with properties value highlimit units This would create 4 tags plant temperature plant temperature highlimit plant temperature units plant temperature value The tags plant temperature plant temperature value are aliases of one another Both refer to the default property of plant temperature If you specify no property at all for an item the item takes on the default property Attributes and Types It is common for attributes to contain the same type of information For example all temperatures in a system are likely to share units high alarm level and value To avoid repeating this information for each and every temperature in the system we use a type A type is the prototype or class of an attribute You define a type and its properties first and then define attributes of that type on assemblies When the assembly is
372. trictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system Such a contradiction means you cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute Section 7 You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side by side in a single library together with other library facilities not covered by this License and distribute such a combined library provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise permitted and provided that you do these two things a Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library uncombined with any other library facilities This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above b Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work Section 8 You may not copy modify sublicense link with or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense link with or distribute the Library is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who 231 Appendix K GNU Lesser General Public License have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so
373. ts you view output from scripts and interact with the Gamma scripting engine You can open this window in either of two ways e Click the Script Log button in the Properties window e Right click the VINE icon in the system tray and select View Script Log from the pop up menu Script Log Type a Gamma expression and press Enter 2020202 REAA 182 Chapter 16 Other Windows and Programs Please refer to the VINE Scripting manual for detailed information about the Script Log 16 6 DataSim a data simulation program DataSim is a data simulation program that creates local data for Skkynet VINE It generates data for four different wave patterns and sends these to VINE by a TCP connection dks DataSim Ae DataSim Connection Parameters Select or Hast Service Status double click localhost 4502 Connected User Name Password As soon as DataSim starts it attempts to connect to a VINE and begins generating data To receive the data Skkynet VINE should be set up as a tunnelling mirroring master Connection Parameters Host The name or IP address of the host computer Since DataSim connects via TCP this can be any computer on the network running a Skkynet VINE acting as a tunnelling mirroring master Service The port number or service name as entered in the Master service port entry box of VINE Status Displays the attempts to connect which change to Connected when the connection is made
374. tton This opens the DDE Item Definition window where you can add Excel as a new DDE service 23 a 10 11 12 13 Chapter 3 Excel Connections DDE tem Definition Connection Name Sv _cannectian Service Excel Topic my filename xk Tem Mames peiie penen one Na Type in the following information e Connection Name choose a name to identify this connection It must be unique among all DDE connections e Service type in Excel e Topic type the name of your worksheet file In Windows XP this name is the same as what is shown after the dash in the title bar of the Excel spreadsheet More recent versions of Windows might not show the complete name in the title bar In any case you must use the complete file name so if the worksheet is named Book1 then your Topic is simply Book1 but if the worksheet is named Test x1s then your Topic needs to be Test xls If you want to link to a cell or range which is not on the first sheet in the workbook you need to put the filename in square brackets followed by the sheet name For example if your worksheet name is Test x1s S in workbook fee fee to enter The first sheet first sheet Excel sid Test Test xls Sheet2 StockData Item Names type in the row and column numbers or the name you entered as the cell or range name in Excel in step 2 above Click the Add button The fields DDE Item Point Name and Data Domain are then added to the
375. u wish to have sent To optimize throughput using this option please refer to Section 14 7 How to Optimize 15 3 Bridging 142 Chapter 15 Properties Window aI Bragin The Bridging option lets you configure Skkynet VINE to configure data bridging Bridging means connecting points from two different VINE clients so that when one point changes its value gets written to the bridged point You can configure the bridge to be one way in either direction or bidirectional In addition you can transform the data as it passes through VINE using linear transformations Bridge Activation This setting enables and disables bridging globally for the whole Skkynet VINE program Bridging Point to Point Transformation Bridge Activation Enable point to point bridging This setting enables the point to point bridging engine Disabling this will override the individual bridge settings Tbh b p Ensure the box is checked to enable bridging Uncheck the box to disable bridging Status This shows the total number of bridges that have been configured and how many of them are currently active Status Bridges configured 15 Bridges active 1 Configure Bridges Configure Bridges Click the Configure Bridges button to open the Bridge Configuration window 143 Chapter 15 Properties Window Bridging Configuration Source Destination Load a stored transforms Remove Transform C Direct copy 3 Linea
376. um by checking the Clamp boxes The clamps get applied to the point being changed ie to the 145 Chapter 15 Properties Window destination point for forward direction to the source point for inverse direction and to both points for bidirectional bridges Direction Decide which direction you want the bridge to apply Direction Forward Source to Destination Force consistency Inverse Destination to Source Apply e Select Forward to change the destination point when the source point changes but not change the source when the destination changes If you select Force consistency with this option and if the destination point gets changed for some reason then VINE will attempt to force its value to be consistent with the source point value e Select Inverse to change the source point if the destination point changes but not vice versa Selecting Inverse will apply the inverse of the transformation as explained above e Select both Forward and Inverse for a bidirectional bridge where either point changes whenever the other point changes This combination will deselect Force consistency to eliminate the possibility of conflicting behavior Click the Apply button to create and activate the bridge VINE will create the bridge and update the bridged points immediately Point Display Here you can see all the bridges that exist in the system and the significant information about them On Source Destination Fiwd Inv
377. unique The key value cannot be derived from a VINE point Most database engines support the concept of a counter or an auto increment numeric value If you choose to use a table containing a key the key column must be of the appropriate auto incrementing integer type for your database You can designate a key by choosing the lt key gt option for the Item entry of the database table when configuring a table through the Data Logging interface If you are using an existing table that already contains a key you must specifiy in the Data Logging interface that the column is a key column Modifying the Same Row If you choose to modify a row in the database such that any new data will overwrite the existing data in the row you must be able to uniquely identify that row This means that you must have a key column The key column can be any type and does not need to be auto incrementing Since the row is overwritten whenever new data is available no new key value is generated It is common to supply the VINE point name as a key with the key field defined as a string type typically VARCHAR NVARCHAR or CHAR You can do this by selecting a point in the point picker tree then choosing the lt point gt option for the ltem entry of the database column and lt key gt for the Property field If you wish to specify a key value other than a point name type your own value into the Item entry instead of using the point name You must then choose lt ke
378. untrusted certificates Ignores security certificate warnings Click the OK button to submit your entries Configure Email and SMS Events Configure Email and SMS Events Enable Email and SMS Events Configure To Configure Emails press the Configure button to open the Email SMS Events window 163 Chapter 15 Properties Window Emails Events 2 Trigger Dehne the emal message The emai message t passed through an ASP interpreter allowing you to embed lve data drectly in the message The recipient list i3 alsa healed as ASP s0 the recipient let can be dynamically compuled Message Type Recipients comma separated emal adcress bet Plain TeatMessage HTML Message Recipients blernage Co E Use this He Use the Pd beret Insert Point onfigured Achion A complete explanation for this window can be found in Chapter 10 Email and SMS starting with the Sending a Test Message Click the OK button to submit your entries 15 10 Redundancy The Redundancy option lets you configure redundant connections to Skkynet VINE The purpose of redundancy is to collect data from two data sources and present to the client program a single output data set Skkynet VINE will determine which source will be presented to the client program and switch between the two sources without affecting the client The client will only read data from the output data set The two input and one output data sets are m
379. ust be entered Connection Name A name used by Skkynet VINE to identify the connection There should be no spaces in the name It doesn t matter what name is chosen but it should be unique to other connection names Each connection can have only one Service and one Topic but it can have multiple Items Service The service name of the DDE server to this client 147 Chapter 15 Properties Window Topic The DDE topic under which the data will be sent Item Names The DDE item name which corresponds to a point name in Skkynet VINE If that point doesn t exist in VINE it will be created Enter a name for each item and press the Add button to add items To remove an item highlight it and press the Remove button Once all the information is entered correctly press the OK button to enter the definition DDE Server DDE Server Act as a DDE server listening on these services Register these DDE services DDE Service Mame Edit Remoye To have Skkynet VINE act as a DDE server check the Act as a DDE server box The default service name is vine To add a DDE service name to the list click the Add button and enter the name in the DDE Service Window DDE Service To edit a DDE service name double click it or select it and press the Edit To remove a DDE service name select it and press the Remove button It is currently possible to have more than one instance of Skkynet VINE with one or more DDE
380. vailable by name in the drop down list To load a transformation simply select its name from the drop down list i Transformation Load a stored transform Test 4 55 C to F Bidirectional C to F Fwd C to F Inv Direct Test 5 3 Creating New Points A special feature of Skkynet VINE allows you to create new points Combined with the ability to create new data domains this lets you create e Personalized data sets for different users or groups Aggregated data sets that combine selected data points from different sources and serve it up from a single server i e VINE Scaled data sets that apply one or more transformations to a subset of the data e Temporary data sets for testing and demonstration purposes You can create a new point in the Source or Destination panel of the Bridging Configuration window by typing in a new point name in the entry field Destination test SineCo Load Datasim default E test R Ramptops Tra TriangleCopy And with a few mouse clicks you can quickly create bridges to new destination points Bridging Configuration Source Destination DataSin Sine test Sine Daka Sin DakaSim Amplitude default Frequency Offset Ramp ation to Source Apply be tT 4 Just click on a source point click on a data domain and then click Apply A destination point with the same name as the source point gets created automatically in the data domain
381. w online help 118 Chapter 12 Security WebView Browselnternet This user is allowed to browse the Internet from within WebView WebView ChangeTheme This user is allowed to change the WebView theme This function is not currently available WebView ChangeOptions This user is allowed to change WebView options WebView Troubleshoot This user is allowed to use the troubleshooting abilities of Web View WebView Configure TraceSettings This user is allowed to configure trace settings in WebView 12 5 Permissions for the VINE Command Set Each time VINE receives a command from a client it checks the client s user permissions Before executing the command VINE compares the user s permissions to the permissions required to run the command shown in the table below If the user has the necessary permissions the command is executed otherwise an error message is returned add Connection Write PTE SEE 419 Chapter 12 Security delete lock master_host Connection ConfigAdmin mult Connection Write private_attribute Connection ConfigAdmin 120 Chapter 12 Security Permissions Required property Connection ConfigAdmin quality Connection Write report request slave OPC specific commands po enable_ope_server Connection Write DDE specific commands o 121 Chapter 12 Security DDEService Connection ConfigAdmin DDEUnadvise Connection Write DDEUnadvisePoint Connection Write EnableDDEServer C
382. will use that source whenever possible even if the other source is also available This is useful if the two data sources have different characteristics For example the preferred source may offer a higher bandwidth than the other source If neither data source is selected as preferred VINE will maintain whichever data source is currently being used until it meets any invalid criteria see below Source Domain 2 The VINE data domain for the second data source If this is the preferred source check the Preferred source button Output Domain A name for a VINE data domain which will be the output of the redundant connection to which the client will connect If the output domain does not exist VINE will create it 165 Chapter 15 Properties Window Input Domain is Invalid When Entries in this section determine when VINE should switch from one redundant data source to the other Input Domain is Invalid When Data quality is is equal to Bad Data value is is equal to For point s For any point in the domain For this point Treat the point name as a pattern Data quality is Gives you the option of switching data sources based on a change in data quality for the point s you have selected below You can set the critera of equal to or not equal to a list of available qualities such as Bad EGU Exceeded Last Usable Sensor Calibration Comm Failure Good Local Override Sensor Failure Config Error Init
383. with specialized data A PID loop is often used by process control engineers to determine the efficiency of their system A detailed explanation of PID loops is beyond the scope of this manual but the data generated by this simulator can by used by anyone Starting Up The DataPid can be started from the Windows Start menu the command line or by clicking on the desktop icon 185 Chapter 16 Other Windows and Programs yp DataPid DataPid PID1 localhost 4502 Ap DataPid Connection Parameters Select or eji Host Service Status double click localhost 4502 Connected Pause As soon as DataPid starts it attempts to connect to a VINE and begins generating data To receive the data Skkynet VINE should be set up as a tunnelling mirroring master The DataPid can take several command line arguments at startup to assist in running more than one instance at a time Any combination of the following arguments can be supplied in the Target field of the shortcut or on the command line d data domain name The name of the VINE data domain in which to write the data that DataPid generates The default is DataPid npid name The name of the PID loop For example if data domain nameisDataPidand pid name is PID1 then the data will the data will be created in a hierarchy beneath the point DataPid PID1 The default is PID1 h host name The name of the computer on which VINE is running This can be an address or
384. works 131 TCP connections 131 un buffered delivery 132 options Web Server passwords 122 point 382 point display for bridging 146 point selection for bridging 144 pop up help 11 private_attribute 325 Properties Bridging 142 Database 152 DDE 146 Email 162 General 137 Historian 156 Licenses 175 OPC A amp E OPC DA Quick Trend 148 Redundancy 164 Scripting 169 Security 171 System Monitor 160 Tunnelling Mirroring 139 Update 169 Web Server WebView property 326 QNX connections to OPC QNX setup to OPC Windows setup qnx_name_attach 383 qnx_receiver 384 quality 327 query database 155 Quick start database queries 69 logging 48 quicktrend configure 148 QuickTrend Properties 148 read 328 readid 385 reading data 123 redundancy configure 164 Redundancy Properties 164 register_datahub 386 remove configuration file 169 data domain 138 DDE client 147 DDE server 148 licenses 176 Security client 171 report 329 report_all 387 report_datahubs 388 report_domain 330 report_errors 331 request 389 request_initial_data 332 run 390 running the DataHub 11 403 save_config 333 screen output optimizing 132 scripting DataHub 109 Scripting Properties 169 script_register 391 script_symbol 392 secure 334 security authentication 114 authorization 116 COM DataHub 112 passwords 122 Security client add remove edit e
385. write the data and does so by running one of these macros usually from an assigned button click Transmit array data one array per row to points in Skkynet VINE Triggering this macro writes all the data from the table in Excel to Skkynet VINE The macro writes each row of the table as an array point in VINE All rows of the table get transmitted one after another Point Mame Date Qualky Vale aay Jan 20 17 33 27 109 Good arrayQ0ue Jan 20 17 33 27 109 Good wo Gea fe ee bh arr ayoz Jan 20 17 33 27 119 Good Send Data K aiii Jan 20 17 38 27 119 Good This macro assumes that the data points are named arrayOOO1 array0002 etc a a L Sub transmit_arrays Dim chan As Integer Dim pname As String chan DDEInitiate vine default For 1 1 To 100 pname Format i 0000 pname array amp pname DDEPoke chan pname Worksheets Sheet1 Range Cells i 1 Cells i 40 Next i DDETerminate chan End Sub Transmit individual point data one point per cell to points in Skkynet VINE Triggering this macro writes all the data from the Excel table to VINE The macro writes each cell of the table in turn to a single point in VINE Point Mame Date Quality Yale pointhony Jan 2 17 33 47 109 Good pamtit Jan 20 17 53 27 109 Good pain books Jan 20 17 38 27 119 God painting Jan 20 17 33 27 119 Good E D E oo e ee bh Send Data gt th This macro assumes that the data po
386. xcel macros that use the DDEPoke command 5 Zo PNA D reece epee eee E ATT T ai JaA a I SANE Ts einen dierstaavaenesiadainasaminncsdersbetes 26 s Pn Me RE ahs nsession asec sc taeiet E T a 3 2 2 4 Additional Pointers co ocesccceccsctceceveewerd snereasasesdaccesennvensetresebeeneudsnedeanasteraibbenerndenttee 26 ie NN S E deca antnctesecesonemne mee EE EATE a7 5 941 Getting a Range out Gf EXC6 ona cicsiciescesssonsecssvinsdadwoctamsancesabseeaserssedveeweeiesdacaeabaeacncusboeties r SN PAE E TR a aS l E E E 28 3 3 3 Sample Excel Macros for Arrays s0sssesssessesesscesseesscesssesscessecsscessnesseessseesseenes 3l A Tomek Mirror for Network Mma oo cas cssscacnczetesicecececeedcctezeisscesstvanesecesdssecesavevtscssnssseeecocoseencsesecsseecoscesetoces 33 Ake RUMEN O tens tude Sar EOE EEEE aa 4 2 Conigurme the tunnelling TG ois cas ndtgadeandeidanenswedigaddeceaeipaceesndeadancdiddcsunanedupacdagedioeeenseudeuian 33 4 3 Configuring a tunnelling slave ccccceesessesseeseseeseeseseeseseeeesseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 34 hg MAN NN acces csc E AEN E E A IE E E E OE E 38 KC aa aille nTa EE E E E AEE I E E T 38 NB E Dee N E S E A N E 38 5 2 1 Point to point configuration sssesssesssesssesssesssessseesssesseesseessessseesssesseesseesseeeseeeseeese 38 1 4 2 Makine transiormationg ssssiiscisiuso a a aaa E E EE Naia 40 Tp ae New FOIS isis os ecesaessctonctpa
387. xtraneous data The number you enter will specify a high and low plus or minus range Any value change falling within that range will not cause the trigger to fire A positive or negative change greater than this value will activate the trigger and cause the row to be written To create a trigger that gets reset automatically please refer to An Auto Resetting Trigger in Section 8 6 Setting Trigger Conditions Repeat Timer fires cyclically each time the specified number of seconds elapses Time of Day fires at the time you specify You can enter A number indicating a specific value For example a 0 in the seconds field would cause the event only on the Oth second of the minute A 30 would indicate only on the 30th second of the minute A list of numbers separated by commas For example entering 0 15 30 45 in the minutes field would indicate that the event should fire on the hour and at 15 30 and 45 minutes past the hour A range of numbers separated by a dash For example entering 8 18 in the hours field would indicate that the event should fire every hour from 8 a m to 6 p m Ranges can be mingled with lists asin 0 4 8 16 20 e An asterisk indicates that the event should fire for every possible value of the field For example a in the seconds field would cause the event to fire every second A in the hours field would cause the event to fire every hour SG To regularly log a record on specific days
388. y default Pump Object attribute default Pump temperature Temperature property default Pump AUTO speed R8 rw 0 100 property default Pump AUTO state I4 rw 0 100 Create a valve object It has a property position directly 77 attached to the assembly We do not need an attribute unless 77 there is more than one property to be associated with it In this example position has only a value without limits or os UnIEsS assembly default Valve Object property default Valve AUTO position R8 rw 0 100 Create a specialization of a Valve that also measures whether the valve is powered assembly default Powervalve Valve property default Powervalve AUTO powered I4 rw 0 100 Create the hierarchy in the model z Plants have two boilers named boilerl and boiler2 subassembly default Plant Boiler boilerl subassembly default Plant Boiler boiler2 77 Boilers have one Pump named pump subassembly default Boiler Pump pump Boilers have a normal valve and a powered valve named valvel 7 7 and valve2 respectively subassembly default Boiler Valve valvel subassembly default Boiler Powervalve valve2 777 Create two plants named plantl and plant2 These actually 77 Create the data points in the DataHub and arrange them in the hierarchy specified above Up to this point the commands 77 have just been building a model These calls instantiate the coe model instance default plantl Plant
389. y gt for the Property entry 7 7 Assigning a Trigger A trigger is an event that causes a row of data to be written to your database table A trigger event can be either a point value change a timer event or a calendar event You can assign a different trigger for each row or an identical trigger to any number of rows An action can be configured to execute on every trigger event or you can assign trigger conditions that are evaluated whenever a trigger occurs to determine if the action should be executed Write to a Database ODBC Configure ODBC Database Logging 1 DSN 2 Table 3 Trigger 4 Condition Select a tigger event Whenever the tigger event occurs a single row of data will be written to the database subject to the Condition expression Define a Trigger Event Point Change ENEE CS aban E Repeat Timer Value Deadband oo DataPid ee Datasin Time of D a Amplitude After Frequency a None Offset The three kinds of triggers are e Point Change fires whenever a specified trigger point changes 61 Chapter 7 Write to a Database 1 Type the name of the point into the Point Name box or select the point using the data tree on the right then click the button 2 Optional Enter a value deadband if you want to filter out extraneous data The number you enter will specify a high and low plus or minus range Any value change falling within that rang
390. ynet VINE 184 Chapter 16 Other Windows and Programs Apply Changes Applies any changes that have been entered for these configurable options This button is greyed out until a change has been entered and can be applied Send data change as binary Allows you to send the data changes from DataSim in binary form rather than as ASCII characters This can speed data update rates substantially This feature is only available on x86 machines Data Generation For each of the following four variables the check box stops or starts data generation while the toggle button hides or shows the graph display The numerical value is shown at the right of the graph SIN Data generates a sine wave SQR Data generates a square wave TRI Data generates a triangular 45 degree wave pattern RMP Data generates a ramp wave steadily increasing followed by a sudden drop Display Mode Controls how the data is displayed in the trend display Scroll moves the wave from right to left as the data is generated Old data scrolls off the left side of the display as new data scrolls in from the right Wrap adds to the wave from left to right and writes over old data 16 7 DataPid a PID loop data simulation program DataPid is a data simulation program for Skkynet VINE It simulates data for a set point control output and process variable and sends these values to VINE by a TCP connection This program is similar to DataSim but
391. you chose with the current transformation applied 42 Chapter 5 Bridging You might want to create special data domains for holding sets of destination points For more information about data domains please refer to Section 13 4 1 Data Domains 43 Chapter 6 Using QuickTrend In the VINE Properties window select QuickTrend Configure Quick Trend Open Quick Trend Window To configure a quick trend press the Open quick trend window button of Skynet VINE QuickTend Tile Tite Jaak Tsm Mase Laba Time Spear jaj Wesabe arch Mair Tick imt Wiee Tack ja Ji lew pps ees fe eee e 4952011 4050011 4950011 4050011 11 10 20 4 11 10 30 Ak 11 1040 AH 41 1050 i Time eiin DB Be T E oe oa ceo aa fe e al Configuration QuickTrend supports multiple display configurations which you can manage using the Configuration options The top button opens a dropdown list that contains all named configurations The New Rename and Delete buttons let you create rename and delete configurations flapor Teck Minor Tick 0 1 AAP E Data Points You can select any number of data points to trend from any data domain The following options determine how the data will display in the c
392. zed 6390 DMLERR_INVALIDPARAMETER Invalid parameter to DDEML function call DMLERR_LOW_MEMORY Memory is becoming low 16388 DMLERR_DLL_USAGE General DDE library usage error 16389 DMLERR_EXECACKTIMEOUT Timeout waiting for an exec acknowledgment 16391 16393 DMLERR_NOTPROCESSED Receiving task was not interested in message 16394 DMLERR NO CONV_ESTABLISHED No DDE conversation could be established 16395 DMLERR_POKEACKTIMEOUT Timeout waiting for a poke acknowledge 16396 DMLERR_POSTMSG_FAILED Attempt to post a window message failed 16397 DMLERR_REENTRANCY The DDE library was re entered during a blocking call 16392 DMLERR_ MEMORY_ERROR Memory is exhausted 16398 DMLERR_SERVER_DIED DDE server has died 16399 DMLERR_SYS_ERROR A DDE call has caused a system error 16400 DMLERR_UNADVACKTIMEOUT Timeout waiting for an unadvised acknowledge 216 Appendix G Error Messages Number Error String Error Description 16401 DMLERR_UNFOUND_QUEUE_ID DDE queue id could not be found 217 Appendix H Third Party Source Licenses The following licenses are being used in this product License for Scintilla and SciTE Copyright 1998 2003 by Neil Hodgson lt neilh scintilla org gt All Rights Reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that b

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Philips Scart cable MWV2701T  EASY WAY 201    Kenroy Home 32550BRZD Use and Care Manual  User Manual - Stanford Research Systems  Rheem Front or Bottom Return - Slab Coil with PSC Motor Specification Sheet  devis type Aides a la communication  取扱説明書（1.5 MB）  Synergy PPS Manual  Philips DesignLine Edge 32PDL7906M 32" Full HD 3D compatibility Wi-Fi White  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file